﻿<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><rss version="2.0"><channel><title>墨迹星空 的博客</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/sunyy</link><description><![CDATA[墨迹星空 的博客]]></description><language>zh-cn</language><generator>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/</generator><copyright>Copyright 2008-2009 金牛教育博客</copyright><ttl>60</ttl><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">&nbsp;&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一单元：师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元围绕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一主题，编排了两篇主体课文和一个语文天地。前一篇课文作者记叙了童年时代的启蒙老师对自己成长的点滴帮助。虽然作者从老师那里获得的只是由一首小诗引申的一个小故事，但从这篇课文里我们都能体会到老师对学生的殷殷关爱和学生对老师的深厚感情。另一篇记叙的是我国春秋时代的大教育家孔子因为有教无类和因材施教而受到学生的尊重，从而使得学生明白了自己虽然各有优点，但都还要不断学习的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初步体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">间感情的珍贵，明白老师对自己教育的良苦用心，从而以百倍热情投入到学习中，回报老师的付出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过学写摘录笔记和阅读名句格言等学习积累词句的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过畅所欲言、开卷有益等环节练习使学生在语文实践活动中体会师生间真正情意，并学会表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过语文的各项训练，使学生能较好地运用口语和书面语与老师交流感情，使师生间情意进一步加深。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课余时间多与不善于交流的学生交流，了解他们的学习和生活状况，从而增进师生情感，利于课中的学习，利于突破教学重难点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《师恩难忘》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、预习课文要求。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读课文，采用自己喜欢的方式认识生字，将课文读正确、读通顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．了解课文大意，在自己不懂的地方坐上标记，试着寻找答案。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、导入新课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．板书课题，齐读课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．根据你预习的情况说说课题的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：让作者难以忘记的老师是谁？什么事让他难忘？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、了解课文大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．带着问题自读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流，弄清课文主要写了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的启蒙老师田老师用讲故事的方法教</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我们</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习古典诗词，给</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">巨大影响的事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、指导认真阅读，深入理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．分小组讨论自己在预习中遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报本组学习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流在小组内未解决的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生联系课文内容重点理解词语：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">娓娓动听、身临其境、嘎然而止、引人入胜、年近古稀、恭恭敬敬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">鼓励学生选择自己喜欢的成语造句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生重点理解课文第七段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">质疑：田老师的故事讲得怎样？从</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的表现中哪些词可以看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">生朗读第七段，找出相应词语理解交流（入迷、恍如、发呆、惊醒）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请生分别扮演田老师讲故事，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">听故事，再现场景，体会当时作者的心情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：田老师编故事讲课对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以后有什么影响？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生理解课文第九段。（简介</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刘绍棠</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，帮助学生理解。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小结：说说此时你对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如何理解？如果把</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">换成</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是否可以？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、鼓励学生选一首学过的古诗编个故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、将自己所编的故事全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、再读课文，赏析课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你认为田老师是怎样的人？你喜欢他吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说出理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．再读课文，小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报交流成果。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：作者对田老师的态度如何？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生找相应的句子读一读，说一说，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">十年树木，百年树人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">无心插柳柳成荫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小结：田老师用心地教导学生，对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有巨大的影响，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">深深地敬爱着这位老师。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．读课文，选择自己喜欢的句子读给同桌听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、学写摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将课文中自己喜欢的词和句子摘录下来。注意写清文章题目、作者、书名和日期，以备查阅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、学生交流摘录情况，进行评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、比较记忆字形，巩固识字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">恍</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">畔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">杖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">描</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">光</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">伴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瞄</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、练习写生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">难忘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（刘绍棠）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">编故事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">行礼</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让我入迷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">感念</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让我开了窍</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">终生难忘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生情深</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《孔子和学生》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、预习课文要求。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读课文，用自己的方法独立识字，把课文读通、读顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．边读边圈点自己遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的画像，你认识他吗？板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．根据自己的预习情况请生上台向大家介绍孔子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：孔子是我国春秋时代的大教育家，它一生教过三千多名学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．板书课题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子和学生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，齐读课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：孔子到底是个怎样的人？为什么人们称他为伟大的教育家呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、理解课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．带着问题朗读课文，边读边思考，边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流，说出自己的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生了解课文中孔子教育学生不分高低贵贱，一视同仁，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有教无类</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生了解孔子与子夏对话时根据学生具体情况进行不同的教育，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因材施教</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组交流讨论自己在预习中遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报交流情况，将疑难问题全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、作业：采集孔子的言语，摘录自己喜欢的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、把自己摘录的孔子名言小组交流，谈谈自己对它的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、用一句话说说自己对孔子的认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、拓展思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如果你是孔子的学生，你想对他说什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、读名言警句，试着背下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．子曰：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三人行，必有我师焉。则其善者而从之，其不善者而改之。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话表明了孔子对身边人的态度。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">弟子不必不如师，师不必贤于弟子，闻道有先后，术业有专攻，如是而已。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话表明老师与学生之间的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学相长</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的特征，鼓励学生独立学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、读课文，做摘录笔记。教师指导后进生，学生之间相互交流评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习巩固认词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">富裕、天资、愚笨、选择、谨慎、谦虚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、比较记忆字形</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">裕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">资</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">择</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慎</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">浴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">姿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">泽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">真</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、练习写生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、自读短文《爸爸的老师》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引疑：爸爸的老师是谁？短文讲了一件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生读课文解疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引疑：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和爸爸一起去看他的老师，心情有些什么变化呢？想象当时的情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生再读课文，边读边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班汇报交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．指名生读短文，评议朗读情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．试着将短文的内容用自己的话说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、综合学习活动：自制贺卡，向老师表达自己的敬意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．借用教师节到来的契机，让学生自制贺卡，并给老师写几句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．制定活动计划。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．动手实践，同学间相互交流，相互提出建议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．办展报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、自读短文《一位影响了我一生的老师》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读短文，边读边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流：影响作者一生的老师是谁？你认为它是怎样的人？为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生理解布鲁克斯先生与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的简朴交往渗透着他的良苦用心，从而给</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以巨大影响。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．将田老师与布鲁克斯先生相比较，他们在对待学生方面有什么共同点？说说你对他们的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．读、背名言警句：吾爱吾师，吾更爱真理。此句鼓励学生学习时不唯师是从，要积极思考。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、口语表达：说说我们的老师</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：古今中外，有许多老师给人们留下了深刻的印象，在你的记忆中，一定也有让你印象深刻的老师，向同学介绍一下他（她）吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．结合金钥匙内容进行此次说话训练，学习作重点发言人，要做好准备，向好先说什么，怎样说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组内进行说话训练，同学互相评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将口语表达的内容记录下来，形成习作，题目自拟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
<span style="color: red">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></span><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：教学了本单元后，我指导学生开展了&ldquo;为老师制作贺卡&rdquo;和&ldquo;说说我的老师&rdquo;两个活动，首先和美术老师联系，为老师制作贺卡，但是没有把语文活动深入，应该在此基础上开展&ldquo;为老师献祝福语&rdquo;比赛，将语文和美术充分结合，而口语交际中，学生经过精心准备带来了不少的感动。本期应该将口语交际作为重点训练项目。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>心得体会</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">&nbsp;&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一单元：师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元围绕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一主题，编排了两篇主体课文和一个语文天地。前一篇课文作者记叙了童年时代的启蒙老师对自己成长的点滴帮助。虽然作者从老师那里获得的只是由一首小诗引申的一个小故事，但从这篇课文里我们都能体会到老师对学生的殷殷关爱和学生对老师的深厚感情。另一篇记叙的是我国春秋时代的大教育家孔子因为有教无类和因材施教而受到学生的尊重，从而使得学生明白了自己虽然各有优点，但都还要不断学习的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初步体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">间感情的珍贵，明白老师对自己教育的良苦用心，从而以百倍热情投入到学习中，回报老师的付出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过学写摘录笔记和阅读名句格言等学习积累词句的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过畅所欲言、开卷有益等环节练习使学生在语文实践活动中体会师生间真正情意，并学会表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过语文的各项训练，使学生能较好地运用口语和书面语与老师交流感情，使师生间情意进一步加深。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课余时间多与不善于交流的学生交流，了解他们的学习和生活状况，从而增进师生情感，利于课中的学习，利于突破教学重难点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《师恩难忘》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、预习课文要求。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读课文，采用自己喜欢的方式认识生字，将课文读正确、读通顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．了解课文大意，在自己不懂的地方坐上标记，试着寻找答案。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、导入新课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．板书课题，齐读课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．根据你预习的情况说说课题的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：让作者难以忘记的老师是谁？什么事让他难忘？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、了解课文大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．带着问题自读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流，弄清课文主要写了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的启蒙老师田老师用讲故事的方法教</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我们</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习古典诗词，给</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">巨大影响的事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、指导认真阅读，深入理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．分小组讨论自己在预习中遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报本组学习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流在小组内未解决的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生联系课文内容重点理解词语：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">娓娓动听、身临其境、嘎然而止、引人入胜、年近古稀、恭恭敬敬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">鼓励学生选择自己喜欢的成语造句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生重点理解课文第七段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">质疑：田老师的故事讲得怎样？从</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的表现中哪些词可以看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">生朗读第七段，找出相应词语理解交流（入迷、恍如、发呆、惊醒）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请生分别扮演田老师讲故事，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">听故事，再现场景，体会当时作者的心情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：田老师编故事讲课对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以后有什么影响？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生理解课文第九段。（简介</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刘绍棠</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，帮助学生理解。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小结：说说此时你对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如何理解？如果把</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">换成</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是否可以？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、鼓励学生选一首学过的古诗编个故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、将自己所编的故事全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、再读课文，赏析课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你认为田老师是怎样的人？你喜欢他吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说出理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．再读课文，小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报交流成果。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：作者对田老师的态度如何？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生找相应的句子读一读，说一说，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">十年树木，百年树人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">无心插柳柳成荫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小结：田老师用心地教导学生，对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有巨大的影响，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">深深地敬爱着这位老师。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．读课文，选择自己喜欢的句子读给同桌听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、学写摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将课文中自己喜欢的词和句子摘录下来。注意写清文章题目、作者、书名和日期，以备查阅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、学生交流摘录情况，进行评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、比较记忆字形，巩固识字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">恍</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">畔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">杖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">描</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">光</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">伴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瞄</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、练习写生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">难忘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（刘绍棠）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">编故事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">行礼</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让我入迷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">感念</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让我开了窍</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">终生难忘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生情深</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《孔子和学生》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、预习课文要求。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读课文，用自己的方法独立识字，把课文读通、读顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．边读边圈点自己遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的画像，你认识他吗？板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．根据自己的预习情况请生上台向大家介绍孔子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：孔子是我国春秋时代的大教育家，它一生教过三千多名学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．板书课题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子和学生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，齐读课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：孔子到底是个怎样的人？为什么人们称他为伟大的教育家呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、理解课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．带着问题朗读课文，边读边思考，边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流，说出自己的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生了解课文中孔子教育学生不分高低贵贱，一视同仁，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有教无类</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生了解孔子与子夏对话时根据学生具体情况进行不同的教育，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因材施教</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组交流讨论自己在预习中遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报交流情况，将疑难问题全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、作业：采集孔子的言语，摘录自己喜欢的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、把自己摘录的孔子名言小组交流，谈谈自己对它的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、用一句话说说自己对孔子的认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、拓展思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如果你是孔子的学生，你想对他说什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、读名言警句，试着背下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．子曰：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三人行，必有我师焉。则其善者而从之，其不善者而改之。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话表明了孔子对身边人的态度。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">弟子不必不如师，师不必贤于弟子，闻道有先后，术业有专攻，如是而已。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话表明老师与学生之间的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学相长</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的特征，鼓励学生独立学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、读课文，做摘录笔记。教师指导后进生，学生之间相互交流评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习巩固认词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">富裕、天资、愚笨、选择、谨慎、谦虚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、比较记忆字形</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">裕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">资</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">择</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慎</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">浴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">姿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">泽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">真</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、练习写生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、自读短文《爸爸的老师》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引疑：爸爸的老师是谁？短文讲了一件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生读课文解疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引疑：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和爸爸一起去看他的老师，心情有些什么变化呢？想象当时的情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生再读课文，边读边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班汇报交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．指名生读短文，评议朗读情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．试着将短文的内容用自己的话说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、综合学习活动：自制贺卡，向老师表达自己的敬意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．借用教师节到来的契机，让学生自制贺卡，并给老师写几句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．制定活动计划。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．动手实践，同学间相互交流，相互提出建议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．办展报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、自读短文《一位影响了我一生的老师》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读短文，边读边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流：影响作者一生的老师是谁？你认为它是怎样的人？为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生理解布鲁克斯先生与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的简朴交往渗透着他的良苦用心，从而给</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以巨大影响。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．将田老师与布鲁克斯先生相比较，他们在对待学生方面有什么共同点？说说你对他们的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．读、背名言警句：吾爱吾师，吾更爱真理。此句鼓励学生学习时不唯师是从，要积极思考。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、口语表达：说说我们的老师</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：古今中外，有许多老师给人们留下了深刻的印象，在你的记忆中，一定也有让你印象深刻的老师，向同学介绍一下他（她）吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．结合金钥匙内容进行此次说话训练，学习作重点发言人，要做好准备，向好先说什么，怎样说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组内进行说话训练，同学互相评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将口语表达的内容记录下来，形成习作，题目自拟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
<span style="color: red">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></span><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：教学了本单元后，我指导学生开展了&ldquo;为老师制作贺卡&rdquo;和&ldquo;说说我的老师&rdquo;两个活动，首先和美术老师联系，为老师制作贺卡，但是没有把语文活动深入，应该在此基础上开展&ldquo;为老师献祝福语&rdquo;比赛，将语文和美术充分结合，而口语交际中，学生经过精心准备带来了不少的感动。本期应该将口语交际作为重点训练项目。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>复习计划和教案</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">&nbsp;&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一单元：师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元围绕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一主题，编排了两篇主体课文和一个语文天地。前一篇课文作者记叙了童年时代的启蒙老师对自己成长的点滴帮助。虽然作者从老师那里获得的只是由一首小诗引申的一个小故事，但从这篇课文里我们都能体会到老师对学生的殷殷关爱和学生对老师的深厚感情。另一篇记叙的是我国春秋时代的大教育家孔子因为有教无类和因材施教而受到学生的尊重，从而使得学生明白了自己虽然各有优点，但都还要不断学习的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初步体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">间感情的珍贵，明白老师对自己教育的良苦用心，从而以百倍热情投入到学习中，回报老师的付出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过学写摘录笔记和阅读名句格言等学习积累词句的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过畅所欲言、开卷有益等环节练习使学生在语文实践活动中体会师生间真正情意，并学会表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过语文的各项训练，使学生能较好地运用口语和书面语与老师交流感情，使师生间情意进一步加深。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课余时间多与不善于交流的学生交流，了解他们的学习和生活状况，从而增进师生情感，利于课中的学习，利于突破教学重难点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《师恩难忘》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、预习课文要求。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读课文，采用自己喜欢的方式认识生字，将课文读正确、读通顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．了解课文大意，在自己不懂的地方坐上标记，试着寻找答案。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、导入新课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．板书课题，齐读课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．根据你预习的情况说说课题的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：让作者难以忘记的老师是谁？什么事让他难忘？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、了解课文大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．带着问题自读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流，弄清课文主要写了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的启蒙老师田老师用讲故事的方法教</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我们</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习古典诗词，给</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">巨大影响的事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、指导认真阅读，深入理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．分小组讨论自己在预习中遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报本组学习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流在小组内未解决的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生联系课文内容重点理解词语：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">娓娓动听、身临其境、嘎然而止、引人入胜、年近古稀、恭恭敬敬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">鼓励学生选择自己喜欢的成语造句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生重点理解课文第七段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">质疑：田老师的故事讲得怎样？从</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的表现中哪些词可以看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">生朗读第七段，找出相应词语理解交流（入迷、恍如、发呆、惊醒）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请生分别扮演田老师讲故事，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">听故事，再现场景，体会当时作者的心情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：田老师编故事讲课对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以后有什么影响？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生理解课文第九段。（简介</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刘绍棠</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，帮助学生理解。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小结：说说此时你对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如何理解？如果把</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">换成</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是否可以？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、鼓励学生选一首学过的古诗编个故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、将自己所编的故事全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、再读课文，赏析课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你认为田老师是怎样的人？你喜欢他吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说出理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．再读课文，小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报交流成果。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：作者对田老师的态度如何？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生找相应的句子读一读，说一说，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">十年树木，百年树人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">无心插柳柳成荫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小结：田老师用心地教导学生，对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有巨大的影响，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">深深地敬爱着这位老师。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．读课文，选择自己喜欢的句子读给同桌听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、学写摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将课文中自己喜欢的词和句子摘录下来。注意写清文章题目、作者、书名和日期，以备查阅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、学生交流摘录情况，进行评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、比较记忆字形，巩固识字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">恍</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">畔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">杖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">描</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">光</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">伴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瞄</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、练习写生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">难忘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（刘绍棠）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">编故事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">行礼</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让我入迷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">感念</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让我开了窍</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">终生难忘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生情深</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《孔子和学生》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、预习课文要求。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读课文，用自己的方法独立识字，把课文读通、读顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．边读边圈点自己遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的画像，你认识他吗？板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．根据自己的预习情况请生上台向大家介绍孔子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：孔子是我国春秋时代的大教育家，它一生教过三千多名学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．板书课题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子和学生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，齐读课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：孔子到底是个怎样的人？为什么人们称他为伟大的教育家呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、理解课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．带着问题朗读课文，边读边思考，边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流，说出自己的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生了解课文中孔子教育学生不分高低贵贱，一视同仁，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有教无类</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生了解孔子与子夏对话时根据学生具体情况进行不同的教育，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因材施教</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组交流讨论自己在预习中遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报交流情况，将疑难问题全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、作业：采集孔子的言语，摘录自己喜欢的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、把自己摘录的孔子名言小组交流，谈谈自己对它的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、用一句话说说自己对孔子的认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、拓展思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如果你是孔子的学生，你想对他说什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、读名言警句，试着背下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．子曰：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三人行，必有我师焉。则其善者而从之，其不善者而改之。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话表明了孔子对身边人的态度。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">弟子不必不如师，师不必贤于弟子，闻道有先后，术业有专攻，如是而已。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话表明老师与学生之间的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学相长</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的特征，鼓励学生独立学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、读课文，做摘录笔记。教师指导后进生，学生之间相互交流评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习巩固认词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">富裕、天资、愚笨、选择、谨慎、谦虚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、比较记忆字形</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">裕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">资</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">择</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慎</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">浴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">姿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">泽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">真</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、练习写生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、自读短文《爸爸的老师》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引疑：爸爸的老师是谁？短文讲了一件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生读课文解疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引疑：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和爸爸一起去看他的老师，心情有些什么变化呢？想象当时的情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生再读课文，边读边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班汇报交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．指名生读短文，评议朗读情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．试着将短文的内容用自己的话说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、综合学习活动：自制贺卡，向老师表达自己的敬意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．借用教师节到来的契机，让学生自制贺卡，并给老师写几句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．制定活动计划。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．动手实践，同学间相互交流，相互提出建议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．办展报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、自读短文《一位影响了我一生的老师》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读短文，边读边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流：影响作者一生的老师是谁？你认为它是怎样的人？为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生理解布鲁克斯先生与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的简朴交往渗透着他的良苦用心，从而给</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以巨大影响。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．将田老师与布鲁克斯先生相比较，他们在对待学生方面有什么共同点？说说你对他们的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．读、背名言警句：吾爱吾师，吾更爱真理。此句鼓励学生学习时不唯师是从，要积极思考。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、口语表达：说说我们的老师</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：古今中外，有许多老师给人们留下了深刻的印象，在你的记忆中，一定也有让你印象深刻的老师，向同学介绍一下他（她）吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．结合金钥匙内容进行此次说话训练，学习作重点发言人，要做好准备，向好先说什么，怎样说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组内进行说话训练，同学互相评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将口语表达的内容记录下来，形成习作，题目自拟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
<span style="color: red">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></span><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：教学了本单元后，我指导学生开展了&ldquo;为老师制作贺卡&rdquo;和&ldquo;说说我的老师&rdquo;两个活动，首先和美术老师联系，为老师制作贺卡，但是没有把语文活动深入，应该在此基础上开展&ldquo;为老师献祝福语&rdquo;比赛，将语文和美术充分结合，而口语交际中，学生经过精心准备带来了不少的感动。本期应该将口语交际作为重点训练项目。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>教案</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">&nbsp;&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一单元：师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元围绕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一主题，编排了两篇主体课文和一个语文天地。前一篇课文作者记叙了童年时代的启蒙老师对自己成长的点滴帮助。虽然作者从老师那里获得的只是由一首小诗引申的一个小故事，但从这篇课文里我们都能体会到老师对学生的殷殷关爱和学生对老师的深厚感情。另一篇记叙的是我国春秋时代的大教育家孔子因为有教无类和因材施教而受到学生的尊重，从而使得学生明白了自己虽然各有优点，但都还要不断学习的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初步体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">间感情的珍贵，明白老师对自己教育的良苦用心，从而以百倍热情投入到学习中，回报老师的付出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过学写摘录笔记和阅读名句格言等学习积累词句的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过畅所欲言、开卷有益等环节练习使学生在语文实践活动中体会师生间真正情意，并学会表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过语文的各项训练，使学生能较好地运用口语和书面语与老师交流感情，使师生间情意进一步加深。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课余时间多与不善于交流的学生交流，了解他们的学习和生活状况，从而增进师生情感，利于课中的学习，利于突破教学重难点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《师恩难忘》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、预习课文要求。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读课文，采用自己喜欢的方式认识生字，将课文读正确、读通顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．了解课文大意，在自己不懂的地方坐上标记，试着寻找答案。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、导入新课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．板书课题，齐读课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．根据你预习的情况说说课题的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：让作者难以忘记的老师是谁？什么事让他难忘？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、了解课文大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．带着问题自读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流，弄清课文主要写了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的启蒙老师田老师用讲故事的方法教</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我们</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习古典诗词，给</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">巨大影响的事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、指导认真阅读，深入理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．分小组讨论自己在预习中遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报本组学习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流在小组内未解决的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生联系课文内容重点理解词语：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">娓娓动听、身临其境、嘎然而止、引人入胜、年近古稀、恭恭敬敬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">鼓励学生选择自己喜欢的成语造句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生重点理解课文第七段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">质疑：田老师的故事讲得怎样？从</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的表现中哪些词可以看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">生朗读第七段，找出相应词语理解交流（入迷、恍如、发呆、惊醒）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请生分别扮演田老师讲故事，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">听故事，再现场景，体会当时作者的心情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：田老师编故事讲课对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以后有什么影响？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生理解课文第九段。（简介</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刘绍棠</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，帮助学生理解。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小结：说说此时你对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如何理解？如果把</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">换成</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是否可以？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、鼓励学生选一首学过的古诗编个故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、将自己所编的故事全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、再读课文，赏析课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你认为田老师是怎样的人？你喜欢他吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说出理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．再读课文，小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报交流成果。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：作者对田老师的态度如何？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生找相应的句子读一读，说一说，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">十年树木，百年树人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">无心插柳柳成荫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小结：田老师用心地教导学生，对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有巨大的影响，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">深深地敬爱着这位老师。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．读课文，选择自己喜欢的句子读给同桌听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、学写摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将课文中自己喜欢的词和句子摘录下来。注意写清文章题目、作者、书名和日期，以备查阅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、学生交流摘录情况，进行评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、比较记忆字形，巩固识字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">恍</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">畔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">杖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">描</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">光</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">伴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瞄</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、练习写生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">难忘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（刘绍棠）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">编故事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">行礼</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让我入迷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">感念</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让我开了窍</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">终生难忘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生情深</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《孔子和学生》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、预习课文要求。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读课文，用自己的方法独立识字，把课文读通、读顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．边读边圈点自己遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的画像，你认识他吗？板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．根据自己的预习情况请生上台向大家介绍孔子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：孔子是我国春秋时代的大教育家，它一生教过三千多名学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．板书课题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子和学生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，齐读课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：孔子到底是个怎样的人？为什么人们称他为伟大的教育家呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、理解课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．带着问题朗读课文，边读边思考，边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流，说出自己的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生了解课文中孔子教育学生不分高低贵贱，一视同仁，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有教无类</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生了解孔子与子夏对话时根据学生具体情况进行不同的教育，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因材施教</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组交流讨论自己在预习中遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报交流情况，将疑难问题全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、作业：采集孔子的言语，摘录自己喜欢的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、把自己摘录的孔子名言小组交流，谈谈自己对它的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、用一句话说说自己对孔子的认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、拓展思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如果你是孔子的学生，你想对他说什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、读名言警句，试着背下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．子曰：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三人行，必有我师焉。则其善者而从之，其不善者而改之。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话表明了孔子对身边人的态度。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">弟子不必不如师，师不必贤于弟子，闻道有先后，术业有专攻，如是而已。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话表明老师与学生之间的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学相长</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的特征，鼓励学生独立学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、读课文，做摘录笔记。教师指导后进生，学生之间相互交流评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习巩固认词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">富裕、天资、愚笨、选择、谨慎、谦虚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、比较记忆字形</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">裕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">资</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">择</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慎</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">浴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">姿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">泽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">真</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、练习写生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、自读短文《爸爸的老师》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引疑：爸爸的老师是谁？短文讲了一件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生读课文解疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引疑：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和爸爸一起去看他的老师，心情有些什么变化呢？想象当时的情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生再读课文，边读边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班汇报交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．指名生读短文，评议朗读情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．试着将短文的内容用自己的话说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、综合学习活动：自制贺卡，向老师表达自己的敬意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．借用教师节到来的契机，让学生自制贺卡，并给老师写几句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．制定活动计划。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．动手实践，同学间相互交流，相互提出建议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．办展报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、自读短文《一位影响了我一生的老师》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读短文，边读边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流：影响作者一生的老师是谁？你认为它是怎样的人？为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生理解布鲁克斯先生与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的简朴交往渗透着他的良苦用心，从而给</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以巨大影响。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．将田老师与布鲁克斯先生相比较，他们在对待学生方面有什么共同点？说说你对他们的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．读、背名言警句：吾爱吾师，吾更爱真理。此句鼓励学生学习时不唯师是从，要积极思考。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、口语表达：说说我们的老师</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：古今中外，有许多老师给人们留下了深刻的印象，在你的记忆中，一定也有让你印象深刻的老师，向同学介绍一下他（她）吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．结合金钥匙内容进行此次说话训练，学习作重点发言人，要做好准备，向好先说什么，怎样说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组内进行说话训练，同学互相评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将口语表达的内容记录下来，形成习作，题目自拟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
<span style="color: red">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></span><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：教学了本单元后，我指导学生开展了&ldquo;为老师制作贺卡&rdquo;和&ldquo;说说我的老师&rdquo;两个活动，首先和美术老师联系，为老师制作贺卡，但是没有把语文活动深入，应该在此基础上开展&ldquo;为老师献祝福语&rdquo;比赛，将语文和美术充分结合，而口语交际中，学生经过精心准备带来了不少的感动。本期应该将口语交际作为重点训练项目。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>复习计划</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">&nbsp;&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一单元：师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元围绕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一主题，编排了两篇主体课文和一个语文天地。前一篇课文作者记叙了童年时代的启蒙老师对自己成长的点滴帮助。虽然作者从老师那里获得的只是由一首小诗引申的一个小故事，但从这篇课文里我们都能体会到老师对学生的殷殷关爱和学生对老师的深厚感情。另一篇记叙的是我国春秋时代的大教育家孔子因为有教无类和因材施教而受到学生的尊重，从而使得学生明白了自己虽然各有优点，但都还要不断学习的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初步体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">间感情的珍贵，明白老师对自己教育的良苦用心，从而以百倍热情投入到学习中，回报老师的付出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过学写摘录笔记和阅读名句格言等学习积累词句的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过畅所欲言、开卷有益等环节练习使学生在语文实践活动中体会师生间真正情意，并学会表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过语文的各项训练，使学生能较好地运用口语和书面语与老师交流感情，使师生间情意进一步加深。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课余时间多与不善于交流的学生交流，了解他们的学习和生活状况，从而增进师生情感，利于课中的学习，利于突破教学重难点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《师恩难忘》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、预习课文要求。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读课文，采用自己喜欢的方式认识生字，将课文读正确、读通顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．了解课文大意，在自己不懂的地方坐上标记，试着寻找答案。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、导入新课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．板书课题，齐读课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．根据你预习的情况说说课题的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：让作者难以忘记的老师是谁？什么事让他难忘？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、了解课文大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．带着问题自读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流，弄清课文主要写了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的启蒙老师田老师用讲故事的方法教</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我们</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习古典诗词，给</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">巨大影响的事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、指导认真阅读，深入理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．分小组讨论自己在预习中遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报本组学习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流在小组内未解决的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生联系课文内容重点理解词语：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">娓娓动听、身临其境、嘎然而止、引人入胜、年近古稀、恭恭敬敬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">鼓励学生选择自己喜欢的成语造句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生重点理解课文第七段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">质疑：田老师的故事讲得怎样？从</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的表现中哪些词可以看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">生朗读第七段，找出相应词语理解交流（入迷、恍如、发呆、惊醒）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请生分别扮演田老师讲故事，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">听故事，再现场景，体会当时作者的心情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：田老师编故事讲课对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以后有什么影响？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生理解课文第九段。（简介</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刘绍棠</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，帮助学生理解。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小结：说说此时你对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如何理解？如果把</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">换成</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是否可以？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、鼓励学生选一首学过的古诗编个故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、将自己所编的故事全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、再读课文，赏析课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你认为田老师是怎样的人？你喜欢他吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说出理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．再读课文，小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报交流成果。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：作者对田老师的态度如何？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生找相应的句子读一读，说一说，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">十年树木，百年树人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">无心插柳柳成荫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小结：田老师用心地教导学生，对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有巨大的影响，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">深深地敬爱着这位老师。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．读课文，选择自己喜欢的句子读给同桌听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、学写摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将课文中自己喜欢的词和句子摘录下来。注意写清文章题目、作者、书名和日期，以备查阅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、学生交流摘录情况，进行评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、比较记忆字形，巩固识字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">恍</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">畔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">杖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">描</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">光</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">伴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瞄</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、练习写生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">难忘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（刘绍棠）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">编故事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">行礼</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让我入迷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">感念</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让我开了窍</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">终生难忘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生情深</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《孔子和学生》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、预习课文要求。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读课文，用自己的方法独立识字，把课文读通、读顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．边读边圈点自己遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的画像，你认识他吗？板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．根据自己的预习情况请生上台向大家介绍孔子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：孔子是我国春秋时代的大教育家，它一生教过三千多名学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．板书课题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子和学生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，齐读课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：孔子到底是个怎样的人？为什么人们称他为伟大的教育家呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、理解课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．带着问题朗读课文，边读边思考，边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流，说出自己的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生了解课文中孔子教育学生不分高低贵贱，一视同仁，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有教无类</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生了解孔子与子夏对话时根据学生具体情况进行不同的教育，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因材施教</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组交流讨论自己在预习中遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报交流情况，将疑难问题全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、作业：采集孔子的言语，摘录自己喜欢的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、把自己摘录的孔子名言小组交流，谈谈自己对它的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、用一句话说说自己对孔子的认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、拓展思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如果你是孔子的学生，你想对他说什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、读名言警句，试着背下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．子曰：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三人行，必有我师焉。则其善者而从之，其不善者而改之。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话表明了孔子对身边人的态度。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">弟子不必不如师，师不必贤于弟子，闻道有先后，术业有专攻，如是而已。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话表明老师与学生之间的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学相长</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的特征，鼓励学生独立学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、读课文，做摘录笔记。教师指导后进生，学生之间相互交流评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习巩固认词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">富裕、天资、愚笨、选择、谨慎、谦虚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、比较记忆字形</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">裕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">资</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">择</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慎</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">浴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">姿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">泽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">真</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、练习写生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、自读短文《爸爸的老师》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引疑：爸爸的老师是谁？短文讲了一件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生读课文解疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引疑：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和爸爸一起去看他的老师，心情有些什么变化呢？想象当时的情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生再读课文，边读边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班汇报交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．指名生读短文，评议朗读情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．试着将短文的内容用自己的话说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、综合学习活动：自制贺卡，向老师表达自己的敬意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．借用教师节到来的契机，让学生自制贺卡，并给老师写几句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．制定活动计划。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．动手实践，同学间相互交流，相互提出建议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．办展报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、自读短文《一位影响了我一生的老师》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读短文，边读边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流：影响作者一生的老师是谁？你认为它是怎样的人？为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生理解布鲁克斯先生与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的简朴交往渗透着他的良苦用心，从而给</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以巨大影响。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．将田老师与布鲁克斯先生相比较，他们在对待学生方面有什么共同点？说说你对他们的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．读、背名言警句：吾爱吾师，吾更爱真理。此句鼓励学生学习时不唯师是从，要积极思考。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、口语表达：说说我们的老师</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：古今中外，有许多老师给人们留下了深刻的印象，在你的记忆中，一定也有让你印象深刻的老师，向同学介绍一下他（她）吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．结合金钥匙内容进行此次说话训练，学习作重点发言人，要做好准备，向好先说什么，怎样说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组内进行说话训练，同学互相评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将口语表达的内容记录下来，形成习作，题目自拟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
<span style="color: red">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></span><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：教学了本单元后，我指导学生开展了&ldquo;为老师制作贺卡&rdquo;和&ldquo;说说我的老师&rdquo;两个活动，首先和美术老师联系，为老师制作贺卡，但是没有把语文活动深入，应该在此基础上开展&ldquo;为老师献祝福语&rdquo;比赛，将语文和美术充分结合，而口语交际中，学生经过精心准备带来了不少的感动。本期应该将口语交际作为重点训练项目。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>校本培训－－论文</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">&nbsp;&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一单元：师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元围绕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一主题，编排了两篇主体课文和一个语文天地。前一篇课文作者记叙了童年时代的启蒙老师对自己成长的点滴帮助。虽然作者从老师那里获得的只是由一首小诗引申的一个小故事，但从这篇课文里我们都能体会到老师对学生的殷殷关爱和学生对老师的深厚感情。另一篇记叙的是我国春秋时代的大教育家孔子因为有教无类和因材施教而受到学生的尊重，从而使得学生明白了自己虽然各有优点，但都还要不断学习的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初步体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">间感情的珍贵，明白老师对自己教育的良苦用心，从而以百倍热情投入到学习中，回报老师的付出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过学写摘录笔记和阅读名句格言等学习积累词句的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过畅所欲言、开卷有益等环节练习使学生在语文实践活动中体会师生间真正情意，并学会表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过语文的各项训练，使学生能较好地运用口语和书面语与老师交流感情，使师生间情意进一步加深。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课余时间多与不善于交流的学生交流，了解他们的学习和生活状况，从而增进师生情感，利于课中的学习，利于突破教学重难点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《师恩难忘》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、预习课文要求。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读课文，采用自己喜欢的方式认识生字，将课文读正确、读通顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．了解课文大意，在自己不懂的地方坐上标记，试着寻找答案。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、导入新课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．板书课题，齐读课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．根据你预习的情况说说课题的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：让作者难以忘记的老师是谁？什么事让他难忘？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、了解课文大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．带着问题自读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流，弄清课文主要写了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的启蒙老师田老师用讲故事的方法教</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我们</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习古典诗词，给</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">巨大影响的事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、指导认真阅读，深入理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．分小组讨论自己在预习中遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报本组学习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流在小组内未解决的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生联系课文内容重点理解词语：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">娓娓动听、身临其境、嘎然而止、引人入胜、年近古稀、恭恭敬敬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">鼓励学生选择自己喜欢的成语造句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生重点理解课文第七段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">质疑：田老师的故事讲得怎样？从</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的表现中哪些词可以看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">生朗读第七段，找出相应词语理解交流（入迷、恍如、发呆、惊醒）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请生分别扮演田老师讲故事，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">听故事，再现场景，体会当时作者的心情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：田老师编故事讲课对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以后有什么影响？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生理解课文第九段。（简介</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刘绍棠</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，帮助学生理解。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小结：说说此时你对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如何理解？如果把</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">换成</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是否可以？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、鼓励学生选一首学过的古诗编个故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、将自己所编的故事全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、再读课文，赏析课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你认为田老师是怎样的人？你喜欢他吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说出理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．再读课文，小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报交流成果。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：作者对田老师的态度如何？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生找相应的句子读一读，说一说，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">十年树木，百年树人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">无心插柳柳成荫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小结：田老师用心地教导学生，对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有巨大的影响，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">深深地敬爱着这位老师。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．读课文，选择自己喜欢的句子读给同桌听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、学写摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将课文中自己喜欢的词和句子摘录下来。注意写清文章题目、作者、书名和日期，以备查阅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、学生交流摘录情况，进行评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、比较记忆字形，巩固识字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">恍</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">畔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">杖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">描</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">光</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">伴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瞄</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、练习写生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">难忘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（刘绍棠）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">编故事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">行礼</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让我入迷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">感念</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让我开了窍</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">终生难忘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生情深</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《孔子和学生》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、预习课文要求。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读课文，用自己的方法独立识字，把课文读通、读顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．边读边圈点自己遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的画像，你认识他吗？板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．根据自己的预习情况请生上台向大家介绍孔子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：孔子是我国春秋时代的大教育家，它一生教过三千多名学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．板书课题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子和学生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，齐读课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：孔子到底是个怎样的人？为什么人们称他为伟大的教育家呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、理解课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．带着问题朗读课文，边读边思考，边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流，说出自己的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生了解课文中孔子教育学生不分高低贵贱，一视同仁，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有教无类</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生了解孔子与子夏对话时根据学生具体情况进行不同的教育，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因材施教</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组交流讨论自己在预习中遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报交流情况，将疑难问题全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、作业：采集孔子的言语，摘录自己喜欢的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、把自己摘录的孔子名言小组交流，谈谈自己对它的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、用一句话说说自己对孔子的认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、拓展思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如果你是孔子的学生，你想对他说什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、读名言警句，试着背下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．子曰：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三人行，必有我师焉。则其善者而从之，其不善者而改之。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话表明了孔子对身边人的态度。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">弟子不必不如师，师不必贤于弟子，闻道有先后，术业有专攻，如是而已。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话表明老师与学生之间的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学相长</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的特征，鼓励学生独立学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、读课文，做摘录笔记。教师指导后进生，学生之间相互交流评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习巩固认词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">富裕、天资、愚笨、选择、谨慎、谦虚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、比较记忆字形</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">裕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">资</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">择</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慎</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">浴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">姿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">泽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">真</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、练习写生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、自读短文《爸爸的老师》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引疑：爸爸的老师是谁？短文讲了一件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生读课文解疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引疑：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和爸爸一起去看他的老师，心情有些什么变化呢？想象当时的情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生再读课文，边读边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班汇报交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．指名生读短文，评议朗读情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．试着将短文的内容用自己的话说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、综合学习活动：自制贺卡，向老师表达自己的敬意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．借用教师节到来的契机，让学生自制贺卡，并给老师写几句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．制定活动计划。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．动手实践，同学间相互交流，相互提出建议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．办展报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、自读短文《一位影响了我一生的老师》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读短文，边读边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流：影响作者一生的老师是谁？你认为它是怎样的人？为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生理解布鲁克斯先生与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的简朴交往渗透着他的良苦用心，从而给</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以巨大影响。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．将田老师与布鲁克斯先生相比较，他们在对待学生方面有什么共同点？说说你对他们的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．读、背名言警句：吾爱吾师，吾更爱真理。此句鼓励学生学习时不唯师是从，要积极思考。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、口语表达：说说我们的老师</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：古今中外，有许多老师给人们留下了深刻的印象，在你的记忆中，一定也有让你印象深刻的老师，向同学介绍一下他（她）吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．结合金钥匙内容进行此次说话训练，学习作重点发言人，要做好准备，向好先说什么，怎样说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组内进行说话训练，同学互相评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将口语表达的内容记录下来，形成习作，题目自拟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
<span style="color: red">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></span><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：教学了本单元后，我指导学生开展了&ldquo;为老师制作贺卡&rdquo;和&ldquo;说说我的老师&rdquo;两个活动，首先和美术老师联系，为老师制作贺卡，但是没有把语文活动深入，应该在此基础上开展&ldquo;为老师献祝福语&rdquo;比赛，将语文和美术充分结合，而口语交际中，学生经过精心准备带来了不少的感动。本期应该将口语交际作为重点训练项目。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>工会</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">&nbsp;&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一单元：师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元围绕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一主题，编排了两篇主体课文和一个语文天地。前一篇课文作者记叙了童年时代的启蒙老师对自己成长的点滴帮助。虽然作者从老师那里获得的只是由一首小诗引申的一个小故事，但从这篇课文里我们都能体会到老师对学生的殷殷关爱和学生对老师的深厚感情。另一篇记叙的是我国春秋时代的大教育家孔子因为有教无类和因材施教而受到学生的尊重，从而使得学生明白了自己虽然各有优点，但都还要不断学习的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初步体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">间感情的珍贵，明白老师对自己教育的良苦用心，从而以百倍热情投入到学习中，回报老师的付出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过学写摘录笔记和阅读名句格言等学习积累词句的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过畅所欲言、开卷有益等环节练习使学生在语文实践活动中体会师生间真正情意，并学会表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过语文的各项训练，使学生能较好地运用口语和书面语与老师交流感情，使师生间情意进一步加深。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课余时间多与不善于交流的学生交流，了解他们的学习和生活状况，从而增进师生情感，利于课中的学习，利于突破教学重难点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《师恩难忘》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、预习课文要求。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读课文，采用自己喜欢的方式认识生字，将课文读正确、读通顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．了解课文大意，在自己不懂的地方坐上标记，试着寻找答案。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、导入新课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．板书课题，齐读课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．根据你预习的情况说说课题的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：让作者难以忘记的老师是谁？什么事让他难忘？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、了解课文大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．带着问题自读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流，弄清课文主要写了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的启蒙老师田老师用讲故事的方法教</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我们</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习古典诗词，给</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">巨大影响的事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、指导认真阅读，深入理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．分小组讨论自己在预习中遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报本组学习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流在小组内未解决的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生联系课文内容重点理解词语：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">娓娓动听、身临其境、嘎然而止、引人入胜、年近古稀、恭恭敬敬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">鼓励学生选择自己喜欢的成语造句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生重点理解课文第七段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">质疑：田老师的故事讲得怎样？从</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的表现中哪些词可以看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">生朗读第七段，找出相应词语理解交流（入迷、恍如、发呆、惊醒）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请生分别扮演田老师讲故事，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">听故事，再现场景，体会当时作者的心情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：田老师编故事讲课对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以后有什么影响？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生理解课文第九段。（简介</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刘绍棠</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，帮助学生理解。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小结：说说此时你对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如何理解？如果把</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">换成</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是否可以？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、鼓励学生选一首学过的古诗编个故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、将自己所编的故事全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、再读课文，赏析课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你认为田老师是怎样的人？你喜欢他吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说出理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．再读课文，小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报交流成果。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：作者对田老师的态度如何？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生找相应的句子读一读，说一说，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">十年树木，百年树人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">无心插柳柳成荫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小结：田老师用心地教导学生，对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有巨大的影响，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">深深地敬爱着这位老师。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．读课文，选择自己喜欢的句子读给同桌听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、学写摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将课文中自己喜欢的词和句子摘录下来。注意写清文章题目、作者、书名和日期，以备查阅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、学生交流摘录情况，进行评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、比较记忆字形，巩固识字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">恍</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">畔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">杖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">描</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">光</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">伴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瞄</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、练习写生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师恩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">难忘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（刘绍棠）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">编故事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">行礼</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让我入迷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">感念</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让我开了窍</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">终生难忘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生情深</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《孔子和学生》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、预习课文要求。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读课文，用自己的方法独立识字，把课文读通、读顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．边读边圈点自己遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的画像，你认识他吗？板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．根据自己的预习情况请生上台向大家介绍孔子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：孔子是我国春秋时代的大教育家，它一生教过三千多名学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．板书课题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孔子和学生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，齐读课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生思考：孔子到底是个怎样的人？为什么人们称他为伟大的教育家呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、理解课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．带着问题朗读课文，边读边思考，边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流，说出自己的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生了解课文中孔子教育学生不分高低贵贱，一视同仁，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有教无类</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生了解孔子与子夏对话时根据学生具体情况进行不同的教育，理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因材施教</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组交流讨论自己在预习中遇到的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组汇报交流情况，将疑难问题全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、作业：采集孔子的言语，摘录自己喜欢的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、把自己摘录的孔子名言小组交流，谈谈自己对它的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、用一句话说说自己对孔子的认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、拓展思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如果你是孔子的学生，你想对他说什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、读名言警句，试着背下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．子曰：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三人行，必有我师焉。则其善者而从之，其不善者而改之。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话表明了孔子对身边人的态度。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">弟子不必不如师，师不必贤于弟子，闻道有先后，术业有专攻，如是而已。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话表明老师与学生之间的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学相长</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的特征，鼓励学生独立学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、读课文，做摘录笔记。教师指导后进生，学生之间相互交流评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习巩固认词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">富裕、天资、愚笨、选择、谨慎、谦虚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、比较记忆字形</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">裕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">资</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">择</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慎</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">浴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">姿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">泽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">真</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、练习写生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、自读短文《爸爸的老师》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引疑：爸爸的老师是谁？短文讲了一件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生读课文解疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引疑：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和爸爸一起去看他的老师，心情有些什么变化呢？想象当时的情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．生再读课文，边读边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班汇报交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．指名生读短文，评议朗读情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．试着将短文的内容用自己的话说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、综合学习活动：自制贺卡，向老师表达自己的敬意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．借用教师节到来的契机，让学生自制贺卡，并给老师写几句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．制定活动计划。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．动手实践，同学间相互交流，相互提出建议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．办展报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、自读短文《一位影响了我一生的老师》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自读短文，边读边圈点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．全班交流：影响作者一生的老师是谁？你认为它是怎样的人？为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．引导学生理解布鲁克斯先生与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的简朴交往渗透着他的良苦用心，从而给</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以巨大影响。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．将田老师与布鲁克斯先生相比较，他们在对待学生方面有什么共同点？说说你对他们的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．读、背名言警句：吾爱吾师，吾更爱真理。此句鼓励学生学习时不唯师是从，要积极思考。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、口语表达：说说我们的老师</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．过渡：古今中外，有许多老师给人们留下了深刻的印象，在你的记忆中，一定也有让你印象深刻的老师，向同学介绍一下他（她）吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．结合金钥匙内容进行此次说话训练，学习作重点发言人，要做好准备，向好先说什么，怎样说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．小组内进行说话训练，同学互相评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将口语表达的内容记录下来，形成习作，题目自拟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
<span style="color: red">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></span><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：教学了本单元后，我指导学生开展了&ldquo;为老师制作贺卡&rdquo;和&ldquo;说说我的老师&rdquo;两个活动，首先和美术老师联系，为老师制作贺卡，但是没有把语文活动深入，应该在此基础上开展&ldquo;为老师献祝福语&rdquo;比赛，将语文和美术充分结合，而口语交际中，学生经过精心准备带来了不少的感动。本期应该将口语交际作为重点训练项目。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>班主任工作计划</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元包括两篇主体课文和两篇阅读课文。《拾穗》一课是对世界名画《拾穗》的欣赏。表达了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作者对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">19</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">世纪法国农妇的辛劳的理解和同情。《落花生》一文，叙述了作者一家人自己种花生，又自家享用劳动成果的过程，感悟到应该做什么样的人的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初步体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的愉悦，同时也体味到没有劳动，就没有收获的生活哲理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过学写摘录笔记和阅读名句格言等学习积累词句的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过畅所欲言、开卷有益等环节练习使学生在语文实践活动中体会农民的劳动对我们的生活有着重大的意义，农民的勤劳品质值得我们学习，对农民要关心、尊重、敬佩、不要歧视</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解父亲赞美花生的话的深刻含义，懂得做人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">要做有用的人，不要只做伟大、体面的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对社会有用、对他人有益，是一个人的真正价值。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《落花生》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（见教学设计）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《拾穗》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一．导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　今天我们来学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一单元的第二篇课文《拾穗》板书（拾穗）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拾</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是什么意思？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">穗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是指什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二．初读课文，整体感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自由读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　注意：读准字音，读通句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．检查字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　弥散晚餐监督遵循搜寻逼真偷窃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　欣赏充满</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三．理解课文内容</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．从课文中的哪一部分看出收获了？（第一段）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　板书（收获）读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　（出示：拾穗图）麦香混合在尘雾中，弥散在田野上，远处堆起了金黄色的麦垛，一片丰收的景象。这收获的季节属于拾穗者吗？我们来进一步欣赏这副油画。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．欣赏画面，说说你看到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．文中，作者也对这三位妇女拾穗时的情景进行了具体、细致的描写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　默读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段，边读边画出描写三位妇女动作、神态的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．说说你画的句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　板书：中间承担生活重担</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　右边腰落下毛病</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　左边艰苦生活刚开始</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．再读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段，结合课文中的词句说说你从中体会到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．同学刚才结合油画谈出了自己的感受，我们看看作者是怎样评价这副画的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　由于米勒对劳动的辛苦有切身的感受，因此这副画画的十分逼真，认真的欣赏会产生丰富的感受和联想。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四．情感升华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　谁来说说你的感受和联想？收获的季节属于她们吗？她们能享受到收获的幸福吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　中间：承担生活重担</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　拾穗　｛右边：腰落下毛病</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　左边：艰苦生活刚开始</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　同学们，你们看。（出示课文插图）还记得这幅画吗？你能简单的来介绍一下这幅画吗？前几天，我们一起欣赏了著名画家米勒的这幅油画作品，学习了一篇课文，课文的作者也像我们一样欣赏了这幅世界名画，并用生动的语言、具体的描写描绘了画面内容，使我们也学会了欣赏名画，课文的题目是《拾穗》。今天，让我们一起再走进课文，感受一下作者是怎样将画面内容写具体的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、回顾课文，指导写作方法：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从课文中找出描写画面主要内容的段落，自由朗读，说说作者是抓住了哪些方面对人物进行刻画、描写的？（动作、神态）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名学生说。板书。找出有关的句子读一读。从这些语句中体会出了什么？为什么能从中体会出农民的辛苦和他们生活的艰难？在抓住动作、神态对画面中的人物进行描写之前需要怎么样？（仔细观察）板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：只有在仔细观察的基础上，抓住人物的动作、神态进行描写、刻画，就会使你的文章具体生动。这是一种很重要的写作方法。（板书）还可以抓住哪些方面对人物进行刻画、描写？（语言、心理活动）我们应该学习运用这种写作方法，并运用到自己的文章中，这样你的文章也会具体生动。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、除了对人物的动作、神态进行描写之外，这三段中还有哪些语句你认为写得比较好？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这句话中描写的内容能够从画面上全部观察的到吗？（不是）这是作者的（联想、想象）还有哪些句子是作者的联想？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：从这些句子中我们更深刻的体会到了农民的艰辛和生活的艰苦，所以，结合画面内容及当时的情景展开合理的联想也是一种很好的写作方法，它会使你的文章真实感人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、今天，我们就学习运用这种方法进行一个小练笔的练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、创设情景、指导练笔：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、请两位学生将地面的纸花扫干净，其他学生观察人物的动作、神态等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你都观察到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、把你观察到的内容写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、交流、评议：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，说说好在哪？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从文章中你体会出了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　动作　　　具体生动</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　仔细观察　神态</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　合理联想　真实感人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三年级时，我们摘抄了文章中用得好的词语，但只这样还不够，本学期，我们还要进行摘抄的练习，而且还要学会摘抄优美的句子，这就是我们这节课要学习的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨论班级每学期进行几次摘录笔记的交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提醒学生注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在课外阅读中作摘录笔记要把题目、作者、书名和日期写下来，以备查阅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示活页卡</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">问：上面摘录了哪些内容？为什么要摘录这些词句？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐读摘录的词句</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指读里面的句子，请查资料的学生讲讲这几句话的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在自己的摘录笔记中，摘录自己喜欢的词句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师简单介绍谚语、古诗文的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采用多种形式朗读读、背诵。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七、师小结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时（自读课文）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">每个人都有自己美好的童年回忆。今天，我们一起跟随作者到它的童年时光中去看看她的收获。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">柚子树下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用自己的话说说这篇文章主要写了什么。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己不理解的地方划上记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流自读情况</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在自由读课文，出示课件思考题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读课文第三部分，划出描写心理变化的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说我实在怎样的情况下和由根子一起去水塘里划盆采菱？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在水塘里采菱时，发生了生么事，我的心理先后发生了怎样的变化？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">此时，我又怎样的收获？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当我把木盆划到柚子树时，回合由根子说什么？做什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小练笔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当我把木盆划到柚子树时，回合由根子说什么？做什么？，注意把自己的想象写进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：有感情地的朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时（自读课文）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元的主题是收获，其实就是劳动，是对劳动和农民的尊敬。农民伯伯的勤劳品质值得我们学习。今天我们再来学习一篇描写农民的诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个农民，在田边走着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自读课文，出示学习要求：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读准字音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己的感受写在文中的空白地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">划出不理解的地方或提出不理解的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">检查自学情况</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名朗读，注意正音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流自己读懂了什么，及自己不理解的地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导有感情的朗读，品位其中的感情，体会老人的普通、平凡。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写一篇读书笔记，谈谈自己的感受。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从课外阅读中摘抄优美的词句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小记者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">去采访身边的农民，为下节课做准备。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谈话导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元《拾穗》、《一个农民，在田边走着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">》我们知道农民的普通、平反，但农民的劳动对我们的生活有着重大的意义，农民的吃苦、耐劳等优秀品质值得我们学习，们的生活与农民的辛勤劳动是分不开的。今天，我们就来说说他们。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、小组交流课前采访或观察到的身边的农民。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、全班开展交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师要适时评点，鼓励学生发表自己的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、小练笔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说农民与我们的关系。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第五课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">习作略</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：本单元将作文教学作为重点，首先让学生理解什么是收获，不把收获定在果实的收获中，生活中的点滴都可以收获，在教学中我引导学生拓宽思维，将收获定位在大方向上。根据学生的作文反馈我发现，学生的两极分化逐渐加大，读书多，成绩好的孩子作文写得不仅生动有趣而且有一定的蕴意，而部分学生连入门都困难，作文教学将成为以后探讨的重点。</span></div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>心得体会</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元包括两篇主体课文和两篇阅读课文。《拾穗》一课是对世界名画《拾穗》的欣赏。表达了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作者对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">19</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">世纪法国农妇的辛劳的理解和同情。《落花生》一文，叙述了作者一家人自己种花生，又自家享用劳动成果的过程，感悟到应该做什么样的人的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初步体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的愉悦，同时也体味到没有劳动，就没有收获的生活哲理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过学写摘录笔记和阅读名句格言等学习积累词句的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过畅所欲言、开卷有益等环节练习使学生在语文实践活动中体会农民的劳动对我们的生活有着重大的意义，农民的勤劳品质值得我们学习，对农民要关心、尊重、敬佩、不要歧视</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解父亲赞美花生的话的深刻含义，懂得做人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">要做有用的人，不要只做伟大、体面的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对社会有用、对他人有益，是一个人的真正价值。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《落花生》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（见教学设计）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《拾穗》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一．导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　今天我们来学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一单元的第二篇课文《拾穗》板书（拾穗）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拾</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是什么意思？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">穗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是指什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二．初读课文，整体感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自由读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　注意：读准字音，读通句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．检查字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　弥散晚餐监督遵循搜寻逼真偷窃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　欣赏充满</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三．理解课文内容</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．从课文中的哪一部分看出收获了？（第一段）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　板书（收获）读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　（出示：拾穗图）麦香混合在尘雾中，弥散在田野上，远处堆起了金黄色的麦垛，一片丰收的景象。这收获的季节属于拾穗者吗？我们来进一步欣赏这副油画。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．欣赏画面，说说你看到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．文中，作者也对这三位妇女拾穗时的情景进行了具体、细致的描写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　默读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段，边读边画出描写三位妇女动作、神态的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．说说你画的句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　板书：中间承担生活重担</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　右边腰落下毛病</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　左边艰苦生活刚开始</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．再读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段，结合课文中的词句说说你从中体会到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．同学刚才结合油画谈出了自己的感受，我们看看作者是怎样评价这副画的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　由于米勒对劳动的辛苦有切身的感受，因此这副画画的十分逼真，认真的欣赏会产生丰富的感受和联想。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四．情感升华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　谁来说说你的感受和联想？收获的季节属于她们吗？她们能享受到收获的幸福吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　中间：承担生活重担</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　拾穗　｛右边：腰落下毛病</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　左边：艰苦生活刚开始</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　同学们，你们看。（出示课文插图）还记得这幅画吗？你能简单的来介绍一下这幅画吗？前几天，我们一起欣赏了著名画家米勒的这幅油画作品，学习了一篇课文，课文的作者也像我们一样欣赏了这幅世界名画，并用生动的语言、具体的描写描绘了画面内容，使我们也学会了欣赏名画，课文的题目是《拾穗》。今天，让我们一起再走进课文，感受一下作者是怎样将画面内容写具体的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、回顾课文，指导写作方法：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从课文中找出描写画面主要内容的段落，自由朗读，说说作者是抓住了哪些方面对人物进行刻画、描写的？（动作、神态）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名学生说。板书。找出有关的句子读一读。从这些语句中体会出了什么？为什么能从中体会出农民的辛苦和他们生活的艰难？在抓住动作、神态对画面中的人物进行描写之前需要怎么样？（仔细观察）板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：只有在仔细观察的基础上，抓住人物的动作、神态进行描写、刻画，就会使你的文章具体生动。这是一种很重要的写作方法。（板书）还可以抓住哪些方面对人物进行刻画、描写？（语言、心理活动）我们应该学习运用这种写作方法，并运用到自己的文章中，这样你的文章也会具体生动。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、除了对人物的动作、神态进行描写之外，这三段中还有哪些语句你认为写得比较好？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这句话中描写的内容能够从画面上全部观察的到吗？（不是）这是作者的（联想、想象）还有哪些句子是作者的联想？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：从这些句子中我们更深刻的体会到了农民的艰辛和生活的艰苦，所以，结合画面内容及当时的情景展开合理的联想也是一种很好的写作方法，它会使你的文章真实感人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、今天，我们就学习运用这种方法进行一个小练笔的练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、创设情景、指导练笔：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、请两位学生将地面的纸花扫干净，其他学生观察人物的动作、神态等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你都观察到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、把你观察到的内容写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、交流、评议：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，说说好在哪？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从文章中你体会出了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　动作　　　具体生动</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　仔细观察　神态</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　合理联想　真实感人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三年级时，我们摘抄了文章中用得好的词语，但只这样还不够，本学期，我们还要进行摘抄的练习，而且还要学会摘抄优美的句子，这就是我们这节课要学习的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨论班级每学期进行几次摘录笔记的交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提醒学生注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在课外阅读中作摘录笔记要把题目、作者、书名和日期写下来，以备查阅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示活页卡</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">问：上面摘录了哪些内容？为什么要摘录这些词句？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐读摘录的词句</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指读里面的句子，请查资料的学生讲讲这几句话的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在自己的摘录笔记中，摘录自己喜欢的词句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师简单介绍谚语、古诗文的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采用多种形式朗读读、背诵。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七、师小结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时（自读课文）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">每个人都有自己美好的童年回忆。今天，我们一起跟随作者到它的童年时光中去看看她的收获。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">柚子树下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用自己的话说说这篇文章主要写了什么。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己不理解的地方划上记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流自读情况</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在自由读课文，出示课件思考题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读课文第三部分，划出描写心理变化的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说我实在怎样的情况下和由根子一起去水塘里划盆采菱？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在水塘里采菱时，发生了生么事，我的心理先后发生了怎样的变化？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">此时，我又怎样的收获？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当我把木盆划到柚子树时，回合由根子说什么？做什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小练笔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当我把木盆划到柚子树时，回合由根子说什么？做什么？，注意把自己的想象写进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：有感情地的朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时（自读课文）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元的主题是收获，其实就是劳动，是对劳动和农民的尊敬。农民伯伯的勤劳品质值得我们学习。今天我们再来学习一篇描写农民的诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个农民，在田边走着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自读课文，出示学习要求：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读准字音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己的感受写在文中的空白地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">划出不理解的地方或提出不理解的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">检查自学情况</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名朗读，注意正音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流自己读懂了什么，及自己不理解的地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导有感情的朗读，品位其中的感情，体会老人的普通、平凡。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写一篇读书笔记，谈谈自己的感受。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从课外阅读中摘抄优美的词句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小记者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">去采访身边的农民，为下节课做准备。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谈话导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元《拾穗》、《一个农民，在田边走着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">》我们知道农民的普通、平反，但农民的劳动对我们的生活有着重大的意义，农民的吃苦、耐劳等优秀品质值得我们学习，们的生活与农民的辛勤劳动是分不开的。今天，我们就来说说他们。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、小组交流课前采访或观察到的身边的农民。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、全班开展交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师要适时评点，鼓励学生发表自己的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、小练笔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说农民与我们的关系。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第五课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">习作略</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：本单元将作文教学作为重点，首先让学生理解什么是收获，不把收获定在果实的收获中，生活中的点滴都可以收获，在教学中我引导学生拓宽思维，将收获定位在大方向上。根据学生的作文反馈我发现，学生的两极分化逐渐加大，读书多，成绩好的孩子作文写得不仅生动有趣而且有一定的蕴意，而部分学生连入门都困难，作文教学将成为以后探讨的重点。</span></div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>复习计划和教案</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元包括两篇主体课文和两篇阅读课文。《拾穗》一课是对世界名画《拾穗》的欣赏。表达了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作者对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">19</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">世纪法国农妇的辛劳的理解和同情。《落花生》一文，叙述了作者一家人自己种花生，又自家享用劳动成果的过程，感悟到应该做什么样的人的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初步体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的愉悦，同时也体味到没有劳动，就没有收获的生活哲理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过学写摘录笔记和阅读名句格言等学习积累词句的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过畅所欲言、开卷有益等环节练习使学生在语文实践活动中体会农民的劳动对我们的生活有着重大的意义，农民的勤劳品质值得我们学习，对农民要关心、尊重、敬佩、不要歧视</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解父亲赞美花生的话的深刻含义，懂得做人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">要做有用的人，不要只做伟大、体面的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对社会有用、对他人有益，是一个人的真正价值。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《落花生》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（见教学设计）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《拾穗》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一．导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　今天我们来学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一单元的第二篇课文《拾穗》板书（拾穗）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拾</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是什么意思？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">穗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是指什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二．初读课文，整体感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自由读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　注意：读准字音，读通句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．检查字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　弥散晚餐监督遵循搜寻逼真偷窃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　欣赏充满</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三．理解课文内容</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．从课文中的哪一部分看出收获了？（第一段）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　板书（收获）读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　（出示：拾穗图）麦香混合在尘雾中，弥散在田野上，远处堆起了金黄色的麦垛，一片丰收的景象。这收获的季节属于拾穗者吗？我们来进一步欣赏这副油画。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．欣赏画面，说说你看到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．文中，作者也对这三位妇女拾穗时的情景进行了具体、细致的描写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　默读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段，边读边画出描写三位妇女动作、神态的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．说说你画的句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　板书：中间承担生活重担</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　右边腰落下毛病</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　左边艰苦生活刚开始</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．再读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段，结合课文中的词句说说你从中体会到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．同学刚才结合油画谈出了自己的感受，我们看看作者是怎样评价这副画的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　由于米勒对劳动的辛苦有切身的感受，因此这副画画的十分逼真，认真的欣赏会产生丰富的感受和联想。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四．情感升华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　谁来说说你的感受和联想？收获的季节属于她们吗？她们能享受到收获的幸福吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　中间：承担生活重担</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　拾穗　｛右边：腰落下毛病</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　左边：艰苦生活刚开始</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　同学们，你们看。（出示课文插图）还记得这幅画吗？你能简单的来介绍一下这幅画吗？前几天，我们一起欣赏了著名画家米勒的这幅油画作品，学习了一篇课文，课文的作者也像我们一样欣赏了这幅世界名画，并用生动的语言、具体的描写描绘了画面内容，使我们也学会了欣赏名画，课文的题目是《拾穗》。今天，让我们一起再走进课文，感受一下作者是怎样将画面内容写具体的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、回顾课文，指导写作方法：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从课文中找出描写画面主要内容的段落，自由朗读，说说作者是抓住了哪些方面对人物进行刻画、描写的？（动作、神态）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名学生说。板书。找出有关的句子读一读。从这些语句中体会出了什么？为什么能从中体会出农民的辛苦和他们生活的艰难？在抓住动作、神态对画面中的人物进行描写之前需要怎么样？（仔细观察）板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：只有在仔细观察的基础上，抓住人物的动作、神态进行描写、刻画，就会使你的文章具体生动。这是一种很重要的写作方法。（板书）还可以抓住哪些方面对人物进行刻画、描写？（语言、心理活动）我们应该学习运用这种写作方法，并运用到自己的文章中，这样你的文章也会具体生动。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、除了对人物的动作、神态进行描写之外，这三段中还有哪些语句你认为写得比较好？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这句话中描写的内容能够从画面上全部观察的到吗？（不是）这是作者的（联想、想象）还有哪些句子是作者的联想？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：从这些句子中我们更深刻的体会到了农民的艰辛和生活的艰苦，所以，结合画面内容及当时的情景展开合理的联想也是一种很好的写作方法，它会使你的文章真实感人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、今天，我们就学习运用这种方法进行一个小练笔的练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、创设情景、指导练笔：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、请两位学生将地面的纸花扫干净，其他学生观察人物的动作、神态等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你都观察到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、把你观察到的内容写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、交流、评议：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，说说好在哪？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从文章中你体会出了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　动作　　　具体生动</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　仔细观察　神态</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　合理联想　真实感人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三年级时，我们摘抄了文章中用得好的词语，但只这样还不够，本学期，我们还要进行摘抄的练习，而且还要学会摘抄优美的句子，这就是我们这节课要学习的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨论班级每学期进行几次摘录笔记的交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提醒学生注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在课外阅读中作摘录笔记要把题目、作者、书名和日期写下来，以备查阅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示活页卡</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">问：上面摘录了哪些内容？为什么要摘录这些词句？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐读摘录的词句</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指读里面的句子，请查资料的学生讲讲这几句话的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在自己的摘录笔记中，摘录自己喜欢的词句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师简单介绍谚语、古诗文的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采用多种形式朗读读、背诵。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七、师小结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时（自读课文）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">每个人都有自己美好的童年回忆。今天，我们一起跟随作者到它的童年时光中去看看她的收获。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">柚子树下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用自己的话说说这篇文章主要写了什么。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己不理解的地方划上记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流自读情况</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在自由读课文，出示课件思考题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读课文第三部分，划出描写心理变化的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说我实在怎样的情况下和由根子一起去水塘里划盆采菱？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在水塘里采菱时，发生了生么事，我的心理先后发生了怎样的变化？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">此时，我又怎样的收获？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当我把木盆划到柚子树时，回合由根子说什么？做什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小练笔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当我把木盆划到柚子树时，回合由根子说什么？做什么？，注意把自己的想象写进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：有感情地的朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时（自读课文）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元的主题是收获，其实就是劳动，是对劳动和农民的尊敬。农民伯伯的勤劳品质值得我们学习。今天我们再来学习一篇描写农民的诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个农民，在田边走着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自读课文，出示学习要求：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读准字音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己的感受写在文中的空白地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">划出不理解的地方或提出不理解的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">检查自学情况</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名朗读，注意正音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流自己读懂了什么，及自己不理解的地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导有感情的朗读，品位其中的感情，体会老人的普通、平凡。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写一篇读书笔记，谈谈自己的感受。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从课外阅读中摘抄优美的词句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小记者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">去采访身边的农民，为下节课做准备。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谈话导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元《拾穗》、《一个农民，在田边走着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">》我们知道农民的普通、平反，但农民的劳动对我们的生活有着重大的意义，农民的吃苦、耐劳等优秀品质值得我们学习，们的生活与农民的辛勤劳动是分不开的。今天，我们就来说说他们。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、小组交流课前采访或观察到的身边的农民。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、全班开展交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师要适时评点，鼓励学生发表自己的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、小练笔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说农民与我们的关系。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第五课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">习作略</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：本单元将作文教学作为重点，首先让学生理解什么是收获，不把收获定在果实的收获中，生活中的点滴都可以收获，在教学中我引导学生拓宽思维，将收获定位在大方向上。根据学生的作文反馈我发现，学生的两极分化逐渐加大，读书多，成绩好的孩子作文写得不仅生动有趣而且有一定的蕴意，而部分学生连入门都困难，作文教学将成为以后探讨的重点。</span></div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>教案</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元包括两篇主体课文和两篇阅读课文。《拾穗》一课是对世界名画《拾穗》的欣赏。表达了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作者对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">19</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">世纪法国农妇的辛劳的理解和同情。《落花生》一文，叙述了作者一家人自己种花生，又自家享用劳动成果的过程，感悟到应该做什么样的人的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初步体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的愉悦，同时也体味到没有劳动，就没有收获的生活哲理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过学写摘录笔记和阅读名句格言等学习积累词句的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过畅所欲言、开卷有益等环节练习使学生在语文实践活动中体会农民的劳动对我们的生活有着重大的意义，农民的勤劳品质值得我们学习，对农民要关心、尊重、敬佩、不要歧视</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解父亲赞美花生的话的深刻含义，懂得做人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">要做有用的人，不要只做伟大、体面的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对社会有用、对他人有益，是一个人的真正价值。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《落花生》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（见教学设计）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《拾穗》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一．导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　今天我们来学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一单元的第二篇课文《拾穗》板书（拾穗）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拾</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是什么意思？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">穗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是指什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二．初读课文，整体感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自由读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　注意：读准字音，读通句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．检查字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　弥散晚餐监督遵循搜寻逼真偷窃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　欣赏充满</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三．理解课文内容</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．从课文中的哪一部分看出收获了？（第一段）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　板书（收获）读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　（出示：拾穗图）麦香混合在尘雾中，弥散在田野上，远处堆起了金黄色的麦垛，一片丰收的景象。这收获的季节属于拾穗者吗？我们来进一步欣赏这副油画。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．欣赏画面，说说你看到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．文中，作者也对这三位妇女拾穗时的情景进行了具体、细致的描写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　默读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段，边读边画出描写三位妇女动作、神态的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．说说你画的句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　板书：中间承担生活重担</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　右边腰落下毛病</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　左边艰苦生活刚开始</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．再读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段，结合课文中的词句说说你从中体会到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．同学刚才结合油画谈出了自己的感受，我们看看作者是怎样评价这副画的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　由于米勒对劳动的辛苦有切身的感受，因此这副画画的十分逼真，认真的欣赏会产生丰富的感受和联想。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四．情感升华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　谁来说说你的感受和联想？收获的季节属于她们吗？她们能享受到收获的幸福吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　中间：承担生活重担</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　拾穗　｛右边：腰落下毛病</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　左边：艰苦生活刚开始</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　同学们，你们看。（出示课文插图）还记得这幅画吗？你能简单的来介绍一下这幅画吗？前几天，我们一起欣赏了著名画家米勒的这幅油画作品，学习了一篇课文，课文的作者也像我们一样欣赏了这幅世界名画，并用生动的语言、具体的描写描绘了画面内容，使我们也学会了欣赏名画，课文的题目是《拾穗》。今天，让我们一起再走进课文，感受一下作者是怎样将画面内容写具体的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、回顾课文，指导写作方法：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从课文中找出描写画面主要内容的段落，自由朗读，说说作者是抓住了哪些方面对人物进行刻画、描写的？（动作、神态）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名学生说。板书。找出有关的句子读一读。从这些语句中体会出了什么？为什么能从中体会出农民的辛苦和他们生活的艰难？在抓住动作、神态对画面中的人物进行描写之前需要怎么样？（仔细观察）板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：只有在仔细观察的基础上，抓住人物的动作、神态进行描写、刻画，就会使你的文章具体生动。这是一种很重要的写作方法。（板书）还可以抓住哪些方面对人物进行刻画、描写？（语言、心理活动）我们应该学习运用这种写作方法，并运用到自己的文章中，这样你的文章也会具体生动。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、除了对人物的动作、神态进行描写之外，这三段中还有哪些语句你认为写得比较好？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这句话中描写的内容能够从画面上全部观察的到吗？（不是）这是作者的（联想、想象）还有哪些句子是作者的联想？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：从这些句子中我们更深刻的体会到了农民的艰辛和生活的艰苦，所以，结合画面内容及当时的情景展开合理的联想也是一种很好的写作方法，它会使你的文章真实感人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、今天，我们就学习运用这种方法进行一个小练笔的练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、创设情景、指导练笔：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、请两位学生将地面的纸花扫干净，其他学生观察人物的动作、神态等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你都观察到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、把你观察到的内容写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、交流、评议：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，说说好在哪？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从文章中你体会出了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　动作　　　具体生动</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　仔细观察　神态</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　合理联想　真实感人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三年级时，我们摘抄了文章中用得好的词语，但只这样还不够，本学期，我们还要进行摘抄的练习，而且还要学会摘抄优美的句子，这就是我们这节课要学习的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨论班级每学期进行几次摘录笔记的交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提醒学生注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在课外阅读中作摘录笔记要把题目、作者、书名和日期写下来，以备查阅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示活页卡</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">问：上面摘录了哪些内容？为什么要摘录这些词句？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐读摘录的词句</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指读里面的句子，请查资料的学生讲讲这几句话的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在自己的摘录笔记中，摘录自己喜欢的词句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师简单介绍谚语、古诗文的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采用多种形式朗读读、背诵。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七、师小结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时（自读课文）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">每个人都有自己美好的童年回忆。今天，我们一起跟随作者到它的童年时光中去看看她的收获。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">柚子树下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用自己的话说说这篇文章主要写了什么。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己不理解的地方划上记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流自读情况</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在自由读课文，出示课件思考题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读课文第三部分，划出描写心理变化的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说我实在怎样的情况下和由根子一起去水塘里划盆采菱？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在水塘里采菱时，发生了生么事，我的心理先后发生了怎样的变化？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">此时，我又怎样的收获？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当我把木盆划到柚子树时，回合由根子说什么？做什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小练笔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当我把木盆划到柚子树时，回合由根子说什么？做什么？，注意把自己的想象写进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：有感情地的朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时（自读课文）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元的主题是收获，其实就是劳动，是对劳动和农民的尊敬。农民伯伯的勤劳品质值得我们学习。今天我们再来学习一篇描写农民的诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个农民，在田边走着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自读课文，出示学习要求：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读准字音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己的感受写在文中的空白地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">划出不理解的地方或提出不理解的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">检查自学情况</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名朗读，注意正音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流自己读懂了什么，及自己不理解的地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导有感情的朗读，品位其中的感情，体会老人的普通、平凡。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写一篇读书笔记，谈谈自己的感受。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从课外阅读中摘抄优美的词句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小记者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">去采访身边的农民，为下节课做准备。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谈话导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元《拾穗》、《一个农民，在田边走着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">》我们知道农民的普通、平反，但农民的劳动对我们的生活有着重大的意义，农民的吃苦、耐劳等优秀品质值得我们学习，们的生活与农民的辛勤劳动是分不开的。今天，我们就来说说他们。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、小组交流课前采访或观察到的身边的农民。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、全班开展交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师要适时评点，鼓励学生发表自己的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、小练笔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说农民与我们的关系。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第五课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">习作略</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：本单元将作文教学作为重点，首先让学生理解什么是收获，不把收获定在果实的收获中，生活中的点滴都可以收获，在教学中我引导学生拓宽思维，将收获定位在大方向上。根据学生的作文反馈我发现，学生的两极分化逐渐加大，读书多，成绩好的孩子作文写得不仅生动有趣而且有一定的蕴意，而部分学生连入门都困难，作文教学将成为以后探讨的重点。</span></div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>复习计划</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元包括两篇主体课文和两篇阅读课文。《拾穗》一课是对世界名画《拾穗》的欣赏。表达了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作者对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">19</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">世纪法国农妇的辛劳的理解和同情。《落花生》一文，叙述了作者一家人自己种花生，又自家享用劳动成果的过程，感悟到应该做什么样的人的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初步体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的愉悦，同时也体味到没有劳动，就没有收获的生活哲理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过学写摘录笔记和阅读名句格言等学习积累词句的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过畅所欲言、开卷有益等环节练习使学生在语文实践活动中体会农民的劳动对我们的生活有着重大的意义，农民的勤劳品质值得我们学习，对农民要关心、尊重、敬佩、不要歧视</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解父亲赞美花生的话的深刻含义，懂得做人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">要做有用的人，不要只做伟大、体面的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对社会有用、对他人有益，是一个人的真正价值。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《落花生》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（见教学设计）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《拾穗》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一．导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　今天我们来学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一单元的第二篇课文《拾穗》板书（拾穗）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拾</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是什么意思？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">穗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是指什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二．初读课文，整体感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自由读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　注意：读准字音，读通句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．检查字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　弥散晚餐监督遵循搜寻逼真偷窃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　欣赏充满</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三．理解课文内容</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．从课文中的哪一部分看出收获了？（第一段）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　板书（收获）读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　（出示：拾穗图）麦香混合在尘雾中，弥散在田野上，远处堆起了金黄色的麦垛，一片丰收的景象。这收获的季节属于拾穗者吗？我们来进一步欣赏这副油画。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．欣赏画面，说说你看到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．文中，作者也对这三位妇女拾穗时的情景进行了具体、细致的描写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　默读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段，边读边画出描写三位妇女动作、神态的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．说说你画的句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　板书：中间承担生活重担</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　右边腰落下毛病</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　左边艰苦生活刚开始</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．再读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段，结合课文中的词句说说你从中体会到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．同学刚才结合油画谈出了自己的感受，我们看看作者是怎样评价这副画的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　由于米勒对劳动的辛苦有切身的感受，因此这副画画的十分逼真，认真的欣赏会产生丰富的感受和联想。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四．情感升华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　谁来说说你的感受和联想？收获的季节属于她们吗？她们能享受到收获的幸福吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　中间：承担生活重担</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　拾穗　｛右边：腰落下毛病</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　左边：艰苦生活刚开始</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　同学们，你们看。（出示课文插图）还记得这幅画吗？你能简单的来介绍一下这幅画吗？前几天，我们一起欣赏了著名画家米勒的这幅油画作品，学习了一篇课文，课文的作者也像我们一样欣赏了这幅世界名画，并用生动的语言、具体的描写描绘了画面内容，使我们也学会了欣赏名画，课文的题目是《拾穗》。今天，让我们一起再走进课文，感受一下作者是怎样将画面内容写具体的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、回顾课文，指导写作方法：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从课文中找出描写画面主要内容的段落，自由朗读，说说作者是抓住了哪些方面对人物进行刻画、描写的？（动作、神态）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名学生说。板书。找出有关的句子读一读。从这些语句中体会出了什么？为什么能从中体会出农民的辛苦和他们生活的艰难？在抓住动作、神态对画面中的人物进行描写之前需要怎么样？（仔细观察）板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：只有在仔细观察的基础上，抓住人物的动作、神态进行描写、刻画，就会使你的文章具体生动。这是一种很重要的写作方法。（板书）还可以抓住哪些方面对人物进行刻画、描写？（语言、心理活动）我们应该学习运用这种写作方法，并运用到自己的文章中，这样你的文章也会具体生动。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、除了对人物的动作、神态进行描写之外，这三段中还有哪些语句你认为写得比较好？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这句话中描写的内容能够从画面上全部观察的到吗？（不是）这是作者的（联想、想象）还有哪些句子是作者的联想？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：从这些句子中我们更深刻的体会到了农民的艰辛和生活的艰苦，所以，结合画面内容及当时的情景展开合理的联想也是一种很好的写作方法，它会使你的文章真实感人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、今天，我们就学习运用这种方法进行一个小练笔的练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、创设情景、指导练笔：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、请两位学生将地面的纸花扫干净，其他学生观察人物的动作、神态等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你都观察到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、把你观察到的内容写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、交流、评议：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，说说好在哪？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从文章中你体会出了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　动作　　　具体生动</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　仔细观察　神态</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　合理联想　真实感人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三年级时，我们摘抄了文章中用得好的词语，但只这样还不够，本学期，我们还要进行摘抄的练习，而且还要学会摘抄优美的句子，这就是我们这节课要学习的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨论班级每学期进行几次摘录笔记的交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提醒学生注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在课外阅读中作摘录笔记要把题目、作者、书名和日期写下来，以备查阅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示活页卡</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">问：上面摘录了哪些内容？为什么要摘录这些词句？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐读摘录的词句</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指读里面的句子，请查资料的学生讲讲这几句话的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在自己的摘录笔记中，摘录自己喜欢的词句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师简单介绍谚语、古诗文的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采用多种形式朗读读、背诵。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七、师小结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时（自读课文）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">每个人都有自己美好的童年回忆。今天，我们一起跟随作者到它的童年时光中去看看她的收获。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">柚子树下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用自己的话说说这篇文章主要写了什么。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己不理解的地方划上记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流自读情况</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在自由读课文，出示课件思考题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读课文第三部分，划出描写心理变化的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说我实在怎样的情况下和由根子一起去水塘里划盆采菱？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在水塘里采菱时，发生了生么事，我的心理先后发生了怎样的变化？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">此时，我又怎样的收获？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当我把木盆划到柚子树时，回合由根子说什么？做什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小练笔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当我把木盆划到柚子树时，回合由根子说什么？做什么？，注意把自己的想象写进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：有感情地的朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时（自读课文）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元的主题是收获，其实就是劳动，是对劳动和农民的尊敬。农民伯伯的勤劳品质值得我们学习。今天我们再来学习一篇描写农民的诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个农民，在田边走着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自读课文，出示学习要求：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读准字音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己的感受写在文中的空白地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">划出不理解的地方或提出不理解的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">检查自学情况</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名朗读，注意正音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流自己读懂了什么，及自己不理解的地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导有感情的朗读，品位其中的感情，体会老人的普通、平凡。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写一篇读书笔记，谈谈自己的感受。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从课外阅读中摘抄优美的词句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小记者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">去采访身边的农民，为下节课做准备。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谈话导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元《拾穗》、《一个农民，在田边走着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">》我们知道农民的普通、平反，但农民的劳动对我们的生活有着重大的意义，农民的吃苦、耐劳等优秀品质值得我们学习，们的生活与农民的辛勤劳动是分不开的。今天，我们就来说说他们。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、小组交流课前采访或观察到的身边的农民。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、全班开展交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师要适时评点，鼓励学生发表自己的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、小练笔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说农民与我们的关系。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第五课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">习作略</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：本单元将作文教学作为重点，首先让学生理解什么是收获，不把收获定在果实的收获中，生活中的点滴都可以收获，在教学中我引导学生拓宽思维，将收获定位在大方向上。根据学生的作文反馈我发现，学生的两极分化逐渐加大，读书多，成绩好的孩子作文写得不仅生动有趣而且有一定的蕴意，而部分学生连入门都困难，作文教学将成为以后探讨的重点。</span></div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>校本培训－－论文</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元包括两篇主体课文和两篇阅读课文。《拾穗》一课是对世界名画《拾穗》的欣赏。表达了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作者对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">19</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">世纪法国农妇的辛劳的理解和同情。《落花生》一文，叙述了作者一家人自己种花生，又自家享用劳动成果的过程，感悟到应该做什么样的人的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初步体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的愉悦，同时也体味到没有劳动，就没有收获的生活哲理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过学写摘录笔记和阅读名句格言等学习积累词句的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过畅所欲言、开卷有益等环节练习使学生在语文实践活动中体会农民的劳动对我们的生活有着重大的意义，农民的勤劳品质值得我们学习，对农民要关心、尊重、敬佩、不要歧视</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解父亲赞美花生的话的深刻含义，懂得做人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">要做有用的人，不要只做伟大、体面的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对社会有用、对他人有益，是一个人的真正价值。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《落花生》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（见教学设计）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《拾穗》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一．导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　今天我们来学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一单元的第二篇课文《拾穗》板书（拾穗）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拾</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是什么意思？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">穗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是指什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二．初读课文，整体感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自由读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　注意：读准字音，读通句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．检查字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　弥散晚餐监督遵循搜寻逼真偷窃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　欣赏充满</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三．理解课文内容</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．从课文中的哪一部分看出收获了？（第一段）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　板书（收获）读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　（出示：拾穗图）麦香混合在尘雾中，弥散在田野上，远处堆起了金黄色的麦垛，一片丰收的景象。这收获的季节属于拾穗者吗？我们来进一步欣赏这副油画。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．欣赏画面，说说你看到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．文中，作者也对这三位妇女拾穗时的情景进行了具体、细致的描写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　默读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段，边读边画出描写三位妇女动作、神态的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．说说你画的句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　板书：中间承担生活重担</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　右边腰落下毛病</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　左边艰苦生活刚开始</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．再读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段，结合课文中的词句说说你从中体会到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．同学刚才结合油画谈出了自己的感受，我们看看作者是怎样评价这副画的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　由于米勒对劳动的辛苦有切身的感受，因此这副画画的十分逼真，认真的欣赏会产生丰富的感受和联想。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四．情感升华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　谁来说说你的感受和联想？收获的季节属于她们吗？她们能享受到收获的幸福吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　中间：承担生活重担</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　拾穗　｛右边：腰落下毛病</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　左边：艰苦生活刚开始</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　同学们，你们看。（出示课文插图）还记得这幅画吗？你能简单的来介绍一下这幅画吗？前几天，我们一起欣赏了著名画家米勒的这幅油画作品，学习了一篇课文，课文的作者也像我们一样欣赏了这幅世界名画，并用生动的语言、具体的描写描绘了画面内容，使我们也学会了欣赏名画，课文的题目是《拾穗》。今天，让我们一起再走进课文，感受一下作者是怎样将画面内容写具体的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、回顾课文，指导写作方法：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从课文中找出描写画面主要内容的段落，自由朗读，说说作者是抓住了哪些方面对人物进行刻画、描写的？（动作、神态）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名学生说。板书。找出有关的句子读一读。从这些语句中体会出了什么？为什么能从中体会出农民的辛苦和他们生活的艰难？在抓住动作、神态对画面中的人物进行描写之前需要怎么样？（仔细观察）板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：只有在仔细观察的基础上，抓住人物的动作、神态进行描写、刻画，就会使你的文章具体生动。这是一种很重要的写作方法。（板书）还可以抓住哪些方面对人物进行刻画、描写？（语言、心理活动）我们应该学习运用这种写作方法，并运用到自己的文章中，这样你的文章也会具体生动。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、除了对人物的动作、神态进行描写之外，这三段中还有哪些语句你认为写得比较好？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这句话中描写的内容能够从画面上全部观察的到吗？（不是）这是作者的（联想、想象）还有哪些句子是作者的联想？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：从这些句子中我们更深刻的体会到了农民的艰辛和生活的艰苦，所以，结合画面内容及当时的情景展开合理的联想也是一种很好的写作方法，它会使你的文章真实感人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、今天，我们就学习运用这种方法进行一个小练笔的练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、创设情景、指导练笔：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、请两位学生将地面的纸花扫干净，其他学生观察人物的动作、神态等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你都观察到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、把你观察到的内容写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、交流、评议：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，说说好在哪？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从文章中你体会出了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　动作　　　具体生动</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　仔细观察　神态</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　合理联想　真实感人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三年级时，我们摘抄了文章中用得好的词语，但只这样还不够，本学期，我们还要进行摘抄的练习，而且还要学会摘抄优美的句子，这就是我们这节课要学习的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨论班级每学期进行几次摘录笔记的交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提醒学生注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在课外阅读中作摘录笔记要把题目、作者、书名和日期写下来，以备查阅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示活页卡</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">问：上面摘录了哪些内容？为什么要摘录这些词句？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐读摘录的词句</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指读里面的句子，请查资料的学生讲讲这几句话的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在自己的摘录笔记中，摘录自己喜欢的词句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师简单介绍谚语、古诗文的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采用多种形式朗读读、背诵。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七、师小结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时（自读课文）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">每个人都有自己美好的童年回忆。今天，我们一起跟随作者到它的童年时光中去看看她的收获。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">柚子树下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用自己的话说说这篇文章主要写了什么。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己不理解的地方划上记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流自读情况</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在自由读课文，出示课件思考题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读课文第三部分，划出描写心理变化的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说我实在怎样的情况下和由根子一起去水塘里划盆采菱？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在水塘里采菱时，发生了生么事，我的心理先后发生了怎样的变化？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">此时，我又怎样的收获？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当我把木盆划到柚子树时，回合由根子说什么？做什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小练笔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当我把木盆划到柚子树时，回合由根子说什么？做什么？，注意把自己的想象写进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：有感情地的朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时（自读课文）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元的主题是收获，其实就是劳动，是对劳动和农民的尊敬。农民伯伯的勤劳品质值得我们学习。今天我们再来学习一篇描写农民的诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个农民，在田边走着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自读课文，出示学习要求：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读准字音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己的感受写在文中的空白地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">划出不理解的地方或提出不理解的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">检查自学情况</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名朗读，注意正音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流自己读懂了什么，及自己不理解的地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导有感情的朗读，品位其中的感情，体会老人的普通、平凡。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写一篇读书笔记，谈谈自己的感受。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从课外阅读中摘抄优美的词句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小记者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">去采访身边的农民，为下节课做准备。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谈话导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元《拾穗》、《一个农民，在田边走着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">》我们知道农民的普通、平反，但农民的劳动对我们的生活有着重大的意义，农民的吃苦、耐劳等优秀品质值得我们学习，们的生活与农民的辛勤劳动是分不开的。今天，我们就来说说他们。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、小组交流课前采访或观察到的身边的农民。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、全班开展交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师要适时评点，鼓励学生发表自己的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、小练笔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说农民与我们的关系。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第五课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">习作略</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：本单元将作文教学作为重点，首先让学生理解什么是收获，不把收获定在果实的收获中，生活中的点滴都可以收获，在教学中我引导学生拓宽思维，将收获定位在大方向上。根据学生的作文反馈我发现，学生的两极分化逐渐加大，读书多，成绩好的孩子作文写得不仅生动有趣而且有一定的蕴意，而部分学生连入门都困难，作文教学将成为以后探讨的重点。</span></div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>工会</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元包括两篇主体课文和两篇阅读课文。《拾穗》一课是对世界名画《拾穗》的欣赏。表达了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作者对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">19</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">世纪法国农妇的辛劳的理解和同情。《落花生》一文，叙述了作者一家人自己种花生，又自家享用劳动成果的过程，感悟到应该做什么样的人的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初步体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的愉悦，同时也体味到没有劳动，就没有收获的生活哲理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过学写摘录笔记和阅读名句格言等学习积累词句的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过畅所欲言、开卷有益等环节练习使学生在语文实践活动中体会农民的劳动对我们的生活有着重大的意义，农民的勤劳品质值得我们学习，对农民要关心、尊重、敬佩、不要歧视</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解父亲赞美花生的话的深刻含义，懂得做人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">要做有用的人，不要只做伟大、体面的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对社会有用、对他人有益，是一个人的真正价值。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《落花生》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（见教学设计）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《拾穗》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一．导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　今天我们来学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一单元的第二篇课文《拾穗》板书（拾穗）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拾</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是什么意思？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">穗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是指什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二．初读课文，整体感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．自由读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　注意：读准字音，读通句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．检查字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　弥散晚餐监督遵循搜寻逼真偷窃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　欣赏充满</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三．理解课文内容</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．从课文中的哪一部分看出收获了？（第一段）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　板书（收获）读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　（出示：拾穗图）麦香混合在尘雾中，弥散在田野上，远处堆起了金黄色的麦垛，一片丰收的景象。这收获的季节属于拾穗者吗？我们来进一步欣赏这副油画。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．欣赏画面，说说你看到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．文中，作者也对这三位妇女拾穗时的情景进行了具体、细致的描写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　默读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段，边读边画出描写三位妇女动作、神态的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．说说你画的句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　板书：中间承担生活重担</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　右边腰落下毛病</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　左边艰苦生活刚开始</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．再读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段，结合课文中的词句说说你从中体会到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．同学刚才结合油画谈出了自己的感受，我们看看作者是怎样评价这副画的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　由于米勒对劳动的辛苦有切身的感受，因此这副画画的十分逼真，认真的欣赏会产生丰富的感受和联想。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四．情感升华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　谁来说说你的感受和联想？收获的季节属于她们吗？她们能享受到收获的幸福吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　收获</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　中间：承担生活重担</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　拾穗　｛右边：腰落下毛病</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　左边：艰苦生活刚开始</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　同学们，你们看。（出示课文插图）还记得这幅画吗？你能简单的来介绍一下这幅画吗？前几天，我们一起欣赏了著名画家米勒的这幅油画作品，学习了一篇课文，课文的作者也像我们一样欣赏了这幅世界名画，并用生动的语言、具体的描写描绘了画面内容，使我们也学会了欣赏名画，课文的题目是《拾穗》。今天，让我们一起再走进课文，感受一下作者是怎样将画面内容写具体的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、回顾课文，指导写作方法：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从课文中找出描写画面主要内容的段落，自由朗读，说说作者是抓住了哪些方面对人物进行刻画、描写的？（动作、神态）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名学生说。板书。找出有关的句子读一读。从这些语句中体会出了什么？为什么能从中体会出农民的辛苦和他们生活的艰难？在抓住动作、神态对画面中的人物进行描写之前需要怎么样？（仔细观察）板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：只有在仔细观察的基础上，抓住人物的动作、神态进行描写、刻画，就会使你的文章具体生动。这是一种很重要的写作方法。（板书）还可以抓住哪些方面对人物进行刻画、描写？（语言、心理活动）我们应该学习运用这种写作方法，并运用到自己的文章中，这样你的文章也会具体生动。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、除了对人物的动作、神态进行描写之外，这三段中还有哪些语句你认为写得比较好？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这句话中描写的内容能够从画面上全部观察的到吗？（不是）这是作者的（联想、想象）还有哪些句子是作者的联想？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：从这些句子中我们更深刻的体会到了农民的艰辛和生活的艰苦，所以，结合画面内容及当时的情景展开合理的联想也是一种很好的写作方法，它会使你的文章真实感人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、今天，我们就学习运用这种方法进行一个小练笔的练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、创设情景、指导练笔：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、请两位学生将地面的纸花扫干净，其他学生观察人物的动作、神态等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你都观察到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、把你观察到的内容写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、交流、评议：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，说说好在哪？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从文章中你体会出了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　动作　　　具体生动</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　仔细观察　神态</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　合理联想　真实感人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三年级时，我们摘抄了文章中用得好的词语，但只这样还不够，本学期，我们还要进行摘抄的练习，而且还要学会摘抄优美的句子，这就是我们这节课要学习的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨论班级每学期进行几次摘录笔记的交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提醒学生注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在课外阅读中作摘录笔记要把题目、作者、书名和日期写下来，以备查阅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示活页卡</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">问：上面摘录了哪些内容？为什么要摘录这些词句？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐读摘录的词句</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指读里面的句子，请查资料的学生讲讲这几句话的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在自己的摘录笔记中，摘录自己喜欢的词句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师简单介绍谚语、古诗文的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采用多种形式朗读读、背诵。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七、师小结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时（自读课文）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">每个人都有自己美好的童年回忆。今天，我们一起跟随作者到它的童年时光中去看看她的收获。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">柚子树下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用自己的话说说这篇文章主要写了什么。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己不理解的地方划上记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流自读情况</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在自由读课文，出示课件思考题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读课文第三部分，划出描写心理变化的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说我实在怎样的情况下和由根子一起去水塘里划盆采菱？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在水塘里采菱时，发生了生么事，我的心理先后发生了怎样的变化？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">此时，我又怎样的收获？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当我把木盆划到柚子树时，回合由根子说什么？做什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小练笔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当我把木盆划到柚子树时，回合由根子说什么？做什么？，注意把自己的想象写进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：有感情地的朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时（自读课文）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元的主题是收获，其实就是劳动，是对劳动和农民的尊敬。农民伯伯的勤劳品质值得我们学习。今天我们再来学习一篇描写农民的诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个农民，在田边走着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自读课文，出示学习要求：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读准字音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己的感受写在文中的空白地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">划出不理解的地方或提出不理解的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">检查自学情况</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名朗读，注意正音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流自己读懂了什么，及自己不理解的地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导有感情的朗读，品位其中的感情，体会老人的普通、平凡。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写一篇读书笔记，谈谈自己的感受。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从课外阅读中摘抄优美的词句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小记者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">去采访身边的农民，为下节课做准备。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谈话导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元《拾穗》、《一个农民，在田边走着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">》我们知道农民的普通、平反，但农民的劳动对我们的生活有着重大的意义，农民的吃苦、耐劳等优秀品质值得我们学习，们的生活与农民的辛勤劳动是分不开的。今天，我们就来说说他们。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、小组交流课前采访或观察到的身边的农民。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、全班开展交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师要适时评点，鼓励学生发表自己的看法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、小练笔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说农民与我们的关系。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第五课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">习作略</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：本单元将作文教学作为重点，首先让学生理解什么是收获，不把收获定在果实的收获中，生活中的点滴都可以收获，在教学中我引导学生拓宽思维，将收获定位在大方向上。根据学生的作文反馈我发现，学生的两极分化逐渐加大，读书多，成绩好的孩子作文写得不仅生动有趣而且有一定的蕴意，而部分学生连入门都困难，作文教学将成为以后探讨的重点。</span></div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>班主任工作计划</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第六单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">方寸之地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">邮票是时代的一扇窗口，包含着丰富的文化信息，从中可以了解社会生活的方方面面，感知一个时代的脉搏。本单元课文风格各异，反映出许多人爱好集邮或喜欢邮票是因为小小的邮票里蕴涵着丰富的知识、无限的乐趣。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元的学习，学生不仅对不起眼的小小的邮票的诞生历史和功能作用有所了解，而且通过对邮票内容的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体验一种新的求知方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">21</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，会灵活运用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在词句的积累中，注意辨析近义词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养健康的生活情趣，扩大知识视野和丰富文化底蕴。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养良好的学习方法和学习语文的兴趣。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元的学习，学生不仅对不起眼的小小的邮票的诞生历史和功能作用有所了解，而且通过对邮票内容的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养健康的生活情趣，扩大知识视野和丰富文化底蕴。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进行成语积累，并能用形容词的动词进行正确的搭配。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合语言能力的训练，引导学生正确认识自己和锻炼自己表现得能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《美丽的集邮册》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你喜欢邮票吗？小小的方寸之间蕴藏着许多秘密，不知在其中你是否也发现了许多美丽的色彩。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）初读课文，认识生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你喜爱美丽的集邮册吗？赶快打开书来读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师提要求：看准生字，读准音，要读流利。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读课文，老师巡视，着重指导能力不强的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">[</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">神圣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">庐山</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">琢磨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轩辕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">敦煌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">歌颂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不朽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">硕果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这些词语你会读吗？小组内互相检查一下，评选出</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">识字能手</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师随机检查生字掌握一般的学生。对每组评选出的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">识字能手</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，给予奖励。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谁想把课文读给大家听一听。指学生初读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）精读课文，理解内容，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、（出示挂图）：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">看在这些图中，你看到邮票上都有什么图案。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生小组内互相交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指大面积学生回答。（引导学生抓住人物的表情、动作和其他画面来表达）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师小结，引出下一环节：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是呀！同学们想不想知道，从这些缤纷的邮票中发现了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小节朗读诗歌，你从诗歌中了解到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将全班交流的结果在读书笔记中作摘抄。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生自己练习朗读课文，老师巡视指导。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指朗读优秀的学生进行师范朗读，大家来点评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内互相朗读点评，评选小组内</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读优胜者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读进步者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班进行</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读大比拼</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，一人读群人评，评选</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读快乐之星</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 11</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师小结：同学们在五彩的世界里，快乐的长大。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五彩的邮票给大家带来了快乐，用你明亮的眼睛去发现去欣赏吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们来学习生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）巩固旧知识，为学习新知识打下基础。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示生字卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、随机抽一组学生读生字卡片。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示词语卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）认识新生字，记忆新生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你认识这些生字吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谁来带领大家读一读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师巡视了解情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据学生记忆生字的情况进行有针对性的总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）学习生字的书写方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示这三种结构的生字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小组讨论，老师巡视，了解学生的学习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生说说这几类生字书写时应注意的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据学生回答的情况，重点指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蔚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的写法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（老师范写）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师巡视指导个别学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据巡视的情况，指学生上黑板范写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示小黑板</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流订正后，学生再练写，并且在组内评选</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">书写最棒</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">书写进步最大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天我们学习了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，同学们通过自己独立的观察，把这些生字写的十分规范，同学们在不断的进步，希望大家今后继续努力，把生字写的更美观。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《罗斯福集邮》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示课文插图：你们知道这是谁吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名说说有关罗斯福的资料。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们就来学习关于罗斯福集邮的故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、分层朗读，随文识字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">初读感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">此处可灵活机动，也可随文识字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读课文，圈出不认识的字，用自己喜欢的方法记住。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你记住生字了吗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小黑板出示：依次出现课文的几句话，画出生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、强调难读的字：避</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">供</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、复述课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重视复述，鼓励学生与他人交流，谈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生质疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">随机写在黑板上</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、精读品读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">略读课文，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文是从哪几方面介绍罗斯福集邮的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习课文第一自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用自己的话，说说罗斯福为什么喜欢集邮？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习课文第二、三自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读课文：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文内具体讲了哪两件事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）找出令你感动的词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、句子谈谈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）重点理解：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从不买价格昂贵的邮票</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己的邮票捐给伤员，一直到去世</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请不要忘了我是一个集邮者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导学生读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点理解词语：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从不</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一直</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合词语、句子谈谈自己的体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）有感情地朗读课文二、三段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习课文第四段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想想人们被罗斯福的什么精神所感动？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你想对他说些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福是坚持爱好、敢于奉献、为人民造福的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、解决质疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你们还知道哪些关于罗斯福的故事？课下找找，在小组中交流交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自己复习认识的字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，选出自己喜欢的段落背一背。及时复习巩固。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名复述课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习写字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示田字格，让学生观察构字部件，及笔划占格位置。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师范写这几个字，强调容易错的地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">及时强调易错的地方，防患于未然。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在自己本上练写两个，带两遍拼音。教师注意巡视，注意强调书写姿势，表扬写的又快又好的同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组合作运用学过的识字方法学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">其他生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师参与各小组的学习交流，适当给予指导帮助，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">特别注意学习能力较弱的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">各小组交流自己识记生字的好方法、妙方法、巧方法</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示比较练习，对比巩固生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">住</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">主</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拄</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、复习生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、继续查找其他罗斯福的事迹。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计如下：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　罗斯福集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　获取知识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　快乐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　收集整理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　普及集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　关心印制</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、日积月累</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你都摘抄了哪些优美词语，读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写摘抄笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读成语、名言</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会持之以恒、培养习惯的重要性。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你还收集了哪些？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、阅读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《大龙邮票》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进行默读练习，在规定时间内找出文章的主要信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你的感想是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《邮票是怎样诞生的》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在规定时间内找出文章的主要信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">复述文章的大意，同学评价。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、巩固复习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选择正确的读音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提供</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ōn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ograve;n</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">参谋（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">m&agrave;o m&oacute;u </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">琢磨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> zhu&oacute; zu&oacute;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">秦俑（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">yōn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> yǒn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选词填空。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采取</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采纳</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">班主任（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了同学们的意见。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了普及集邮的许多措施。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我们的书本是（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）再生纸浆制造出来的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">歌颂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">赞扬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">赞美</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">美丽的集邮册（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了伟大的祖国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">游客禁不住（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）江南秀美的风光。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">诚实守信的行为应该得到（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、综合实践</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在邮票展览会上，我做了准备</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我的发言是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益中的文章，我最喜欢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在记叙一件事情或说明一件事物时，应当真实</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">\</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">编造，因为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、金钥匙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你了解到什么，大声读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、评价时要注意些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、巩固复习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读片段完成练习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福曾经以总统的名义，采取了一些普及集邮的措施。他让人把一部邮票印刷机装在一辆巡回车上，开到各地作示范表演，车上陈列着美国的各种邮票。第二次世界大战期间，美国开展了一个捐献邮票慰问伤员的运动，罗斯福积极参加，不间断地把自己的重复的邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">票捐献给伤员，一直到他去世。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这段讲了罗斯福为了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做了许多工作，包括</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、给下面的词语找个近义词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不间断</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">捐献</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、罗斯福做为一位总统，他这样做的目的是我对此的看法是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时（大显身手）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">上节课我们举行邮票展示会，这节我们继续举办邮票展示会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学生上台谈我最喜欢的邮票</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、仿写《大龙邮票》写上说明的文字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四、五课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：本单元开展了&ldquo;我的邮票&rdquo;展，自己找一张最好的邮票并写说明，大部分学生完成情况非常好，将美术结合在一起，大语文观贯彻在综合活动中。此外在教学《美丽的集邮册》时，以读为主，教师引导，再开展朗读比赛，通过丰富多彩的活动使学生得到了锻炼。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>心得体会</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第六单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">方寸之地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">邮票是时代的一扇窗口，包含着丰富的文化信息，从中可以了解社会生活的方方面面，感知一个时代的脉搏。本单元课文风格各异，反映出许多人爱好集邮或喜欢邮票是因为小小的邮票里蕴涵着丰富的知识、无限的乐趣。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元的学习，学生不仅对不起眼的小小的邮票的诞生历史和功能作用有所了解，而且通过对邮票内容的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体验一种新的求知方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">21</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，会灵活运用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在词句的积累中，注意辨析近义词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养健康的生活情趣，扩大知识视野和丰富文化底蕴。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养良好的学习方法和学习语文的兴趣。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元的学习，学生不仅对不起眼的小小的邮票的诞生历史和功能作用有所了解，而且通过对邮票内容的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养健康的生活情趣，扩大知识视野和丰富文化底蕴。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进行成语积累，并能用形容词的动词进行正确的搭配。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合语言能力的训练，引导学生正确认识自己和锻炼自己表现得能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《美丽的集邮册》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你喜欢邮票吗？小小的方寸之间蕴藏着许多秘密，不知在其中你是否也发现了许多美丽的色彩。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）初读课文，认识生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你喜爱美丽的集邮册吗？赶快打开书来读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师提要求：看准生字，读准音，要读流利。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读课文，老师巡视，着重指导能力不强的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">[</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">神圣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">庐山</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">琢磨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轩辕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">敦煌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">歌颂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不朽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">硕果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这些词语你会读吗？小组内互相检查一下，评选出</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">识字能手</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师随机检查生字掌握一般的学生。对每组评选出的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">识字能手</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，给予奖励。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谁想把课文读给大家听一听。指学生初读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）精读课文，理解内容，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、（出示挂图）：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">看在这些图中，你看到邮票上都有什么图案。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生小组内互相交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指大面积学生回答。（引导学生抓住人物的表情、动作和其他画面来表达）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师小结，引出下一环节：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是呀！同学们想不想知道，从这些缤纷的邮票中发现了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小节朗读诗歌，你从诗歌中了解到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将全班交流的结果在读书笔记中作摘抄。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生自己练习朗读课文，老师巡视指导。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指朗读优秀的学生进行师范朗读，大家来点评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内互相朗读点评，评选小组内</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读优胜者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读进步者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班进行</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读大比拼</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，一人读群人评，评选</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读快乐之星</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 11</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师小结：同学们在五彩的世界里，快乐的长大。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五彩的邮票给大家带来了快乐，用你明亮的眼睛去发现去欣赏吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们来学习生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）巩固旧知识，为学习新知识打下基础。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示生字卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、随机抽一组学生读生字卡片。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示词语卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）认识新生字，记忆新生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你认识这些生字吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谁来带领大家读一读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师巡视了解情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据学生记忆生字的情况进行有针对性的总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）学习生字的书写方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示这三种结构的生字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小组讨论，老师巡视，了解学生的学习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生说说这几类生字书写时应注意的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据学生回答的情况，重点指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蔚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的写法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（老师范写）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师巡视指导个别学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据巡视的情况，指学生上黑板范写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示小黑板</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流订正后，学生再练写，并且在组内评选</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">书写最棒</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">书写进步最大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天我们学习了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，同学们通过自己独立的观察，把这些生字写的十分规范，同学们在不断的进步，希望大家今后继续努力，把生字写的更美观。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《罗斯福集邮》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示课文插图：你们知道这是谁吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名说说有关罗斯福的资料。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们就来学习关于罗斯福集邮的故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、分层朗读，随文识字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">初读感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">此处可灵活机动，也可随文识字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读课文，圈出不认识的字，用自己喜欢的方法记住。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你记住生字了吗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小黑板出示：依次出现课文的几句话，画出生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、强调难读的字：避</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">供</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、复述课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重视复述，鼓励学生与他人交流，谈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生质疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">随机写在黑板上</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、精读品读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">略读课文，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文是从哪几方面介绍罗斯福集邮的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习课文第一自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用自己的话，说说罗斯福为什么喜欢集邮？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习课文第二、三自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读课文：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文内具体讲了哪两件事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）找出令你感动的词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、句子谈谈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）重点理解：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从不买价格昂贵的邮票</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己的邮票捐给伤员，一直到去世</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请不要忘了我是一个集邮者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导学生读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点理解词语：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从不</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一直</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合词语、句子谈谈自己的体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）有感情地朗读课文二、三段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习课文第四段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想想人们被罗斯福的什么精神所感动？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你想对他说些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福是坚持爱好、敢于奉献、为人民造福的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、解决质疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你们还知道哪些关于罗斯福的故事？课下找找，在小组中交流交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自己复习认识的字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，选出自己喜欢的段落背一背。及时复习巩固。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名复述课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习写字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示田字格，让学生观察构字部件，及笔划占格位置。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师范写这几个字，强调容易错的地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">及时强调易错的地方，防患于未然。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在自己本上练写两个，带两遍拼音。教师注意巡视，注意强调书写姿势，表扬写的又快又好的同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组合作运用学过的识字方法学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">其他生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师参与各小组的学习交流，适当给予指导帮助，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">特别注意学习能力较弱的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">各小组交流自己识记生字的好方法、妙方法、巧方法</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示比较练习，对比巩固生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">住</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">主</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拄</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、复习生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、继续查找其他罗斯福的事迹。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计如下：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　罗斯福集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　获取知识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　快乐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　收集整理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　普及集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　关心印制</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、日积月累</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你都摘抄了哪些优美词语，读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写摘抄笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读成语、名言</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会持之以恒、培养习惯的重要性。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你还收集了哪些？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、阅读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《大龙邮票》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进行默读练习，在规定时间内找出文章的主要信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你的感想是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《邮票是怎样诞生的》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在规定时间内找出文章的主要信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">复述文章的大意，同学评价。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、巩固复习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选择正确的读音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提供</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ōn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ograve;n</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">参谋（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">m&agrave;o m&oacute;u </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">琢磨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> zhu&oacute; zu&oacute;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">秦俑（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">yōn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> yǒn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选词填空。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采取</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采纳</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">班主任（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了同学们的意见。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了普及集邮的许多措施。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我们的书本是（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）再生纸浆制造出来的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">歌颂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">赞扬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">赞美</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">美丽的集邮册（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了伟大的祖国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">游客禁不住（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）江南秀美的风光。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">诚实守信的行为应该得到（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、综合实践</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在邮票展览会上，我做了准备</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我的发言是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益中的文章，我最喜欢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在记叙一件事情或说明一件事物时，应当真实</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">\</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">编造，因为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、金钥匙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你了解到什么，大声读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、评价时要注意些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、巩固复习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读片段完成练习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福曾经以总统的名义，采取了一些普及集邮的措施。他让人把一部邮票印刷机装在一辆巡回车上，开到各地作示范表演，车上陈列着美国的各种邮票。第二次世界大战期间，美国开展了一个捐献邮票慰问伤员的运动，罗斯福积极参加，不间断地把自己的重复的邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">票捐献给伤员，一直到他去世。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这段讲了罗斯福为了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做了许多工作，包括</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、给下面的词语找个近义词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不间断</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">捐献</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、罗斯福做为一位总统，他这样做的目的是我对此的看法是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时（大显身手）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">上节课我们举行邮票展示会，这节我们继续举办邮票展示会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学生上台谈我最喜欢的邮票</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、仿写《大龙邮票》写上说明的文字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四、五课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：本单元开展了&ldquo;我的邮票&rdquo;展，自己找一张最好的邮票并写说明，大部分学生完成情况非常好，将美术结合在一起，大语文观贯彻在综合活动中。此外在教学《美丽的集邮册》时，以读为主，教师引导，再开展朗读比赛，通过丰富多彩的活动使学生得到了锻炼。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>复习计划和教案</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第六单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">方寸之地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">邮票是时代的一扇窗口，包含着丰富的文化信息，从中可以了解社会生活的方方面面，感知一个时代的脉搏。本单元课文风格各异，反映出许多人爱好集邮或喜欢邮票是因为小小的邮票里蕴涵着丰富的知识、无限的乐趣。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元的学习，学生不仅对不起眼的小小的邮票的诞生历史和功能作用有所了解，而且通过对邮票内容的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体验一种新的求知方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">21</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，会灵活运用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在词句的积累中，注意辨析近义词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养健康的生活情趣，扩大知识视野和丰富文化底蕴。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养良好的学习方法和学习语文的兴趣。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元的学习，学生不仅对不起眼的小小的邮票的诞生历史和功能作用有所了解，而且通过对邮票内容的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养健康的生活情趣，扩大知识视野和丰富文化底蕴。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进行成语积累，并能用形容词的动词进行正确的搭配。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合语言能力的训练，引导学生正确认识自己和锻炼自己表现得能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《美丽的集邮册》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你喜欢邮票吗？小小的方寸之间蕴藏着许多秘密，不知在其中你是否也发现了许多美丽的色彩。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）初读课文，认识生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你喜爱美丽的集邮册吗？赶快打开书来读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师提要求：看准生字，读准音，要读流利。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读课文，老师巡视，着重指导能力不强的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">[</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">神圣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">庐山</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">琢磨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轩辕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">敦煌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">歌颂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不朽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">硕果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这些词语你会读吗？小组内互相检查一下，评选出</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">识字能手</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师随机检查生字掌握一般的学生。对每组评选出的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">识字能手</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，给予奖励。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谁想把课文读给大家听一听。指学生初读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）精读课文，理解内容，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、（出示挂图）：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">看在这些图中，你看到邮票上都有什么图案。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生小组内互相交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指大面积学生回答。（引导学生抓住人物的表情、动作和其他画面来表达）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师小结，引出下一环节：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是呀！同学们想不想知道，从这些缤纷的邮票中发现了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小节朗读诗歌，你从诗歌中了解到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将全班交流的结果在读书笔记中作摘抄。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生自己练习朗读课文，老师巡视指导。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指朗读优秀的学生进行师范朗读，大家来点评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内互相朗读点评，评选小组内</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读优胜者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读进步者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班进行</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读大比拼</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，一人读群人评，评选</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读快乐之星</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 11</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师小结：同学们在五彩的世界里，快乐的长大。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五彩的邮票给大家带来了快乐，用你明亮的眼睛去发现去欣赏吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们来学习生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）巩固旧知识，为学习新知识打下基础。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示生字卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、随机抽一组学生读生字卡片。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示词语卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）认识新生字，记忆新生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你认识这些生字吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谁来带领大家读一读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师巡视了解情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据学生记忆生字的情况进行有针对性的总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）学习生字的书写方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示这三种结构的生字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小组讨论，老师巡视，了解学生的学习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生说说这几类生字书写时应注意的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据学生回答的情况，重点指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蔚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的写法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（老师范写）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师巡视指导个别学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据巡视的情况，指学生上黑板范写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示小黑板</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流订正后，学生再练写，并且在组内评选</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">书写最棒</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">书写进步最大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天我们学习了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，同学们通过自己独立的观察，把这些生字写的十分规范，同学们在不断的进步，希望大家今后继续努力，把生字写的更美观。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《罗斯福集邮》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示课文插图：你们知道这是谁吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名说说有关罗斯福的资料。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们就来学习关于罗斯福集邮的故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、分层朗读，随文识字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">初读感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">此处可灵活机动，也可随文识字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读课文，圈出不认识的字，用自己喜欢的方法记住。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你记住生字了吗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小黑板出示：依次出现课文的几句话，画出生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、强调难读的字：避</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">供</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、复述课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重视复述，鼓励学生与他人交流，谈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生质疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">随机写在黑板上</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、精读品读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">略读课文，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文是从哪几方面介绍罗斯福集邮的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习课文第一自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用自己的话，说说罗斯福为什么喜欢集邮？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习课文第二、三自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读课文：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文内具体讲了哪两件事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）找出令你感动的词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、句子谈谈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）重点理解：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从不买价格昂贵的邮票</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己的邮票捐给伤员，一直到去世</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请不要忘了我是一个集邮者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导学生读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点理解词语：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从不</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一直</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合词语、句子谈谈自己的体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）有感情地朗读课文二、三段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习课文第四段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想想人们被罗斯福的什么精神所感动？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你想对他说些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福是坚持爱好、敢于奉献、为人民造福的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、解决质疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你们还知道哪些关于罗斯福的故事？课下找找，在小组中交流交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自己复习认识的字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，选出自己喜欢的段落背一背。及时复习巩固。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名复述课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习写字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示田字格，让学生观察构字部件，及笔划占格位置。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师范写这几个字，强调容易错的地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">及时强调易错的地方，防患于未然。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在自己本上练写两个，带两遍拼音。教师注意巡视，注意强调书写姿势，表扬写的又快又好的同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组合作运用学过的识字方法学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">其他生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师参与各小组的学习交流，适当给予指导帮助，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">特别注意学习能力较弱的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">各小组交流自己识记生字的好方法、妙方法、巧方法</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示比较练习，对比巩固生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">住</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">主</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拄</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、复习生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、继续查找其他罗斯福的事迹。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计如下：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　罗斯福集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　获取知识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　快乐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　收集整理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　普及集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　关心印制</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、日积月累</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你都摘抄了哪些优美词语，读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写摘抄笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读成语、名言</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会持之以恒、培养习惯的重要性。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你还收集了哪些？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、阅读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《大龙邮票》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进行默读练习，在规定时间内找出文章的主要信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你的感想是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《邮票是怎样诞生的》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在规定时间内找出文章的主要信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">复述文章的大意，同学评价。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、巩固复习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选择正确的读音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提供</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ōn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ograve;n</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">参谋（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">m&agrave;o m&oacute;u </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">琢磨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> zhu&oacute; zu&oacute;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">秦俑（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">yōn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> yǒn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选词填空。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采取</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采纳</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">班主任（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了同学们的意见。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了普及集邮的许多措施。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我们的书本是（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）再生纸浆制造出来的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">歌颂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">赞扬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">赞美</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">美丽的集邮册（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了伟大的祖国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">游客禁不住（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）江南秀美的风光。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">诚实守信的行为应该得到（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、综合实践</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在邮票展览会上，我做了准备</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我的发言是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益中的文章，我最喜欢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在记叙一件事情或说明一件事物时，应当真实</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">\</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">编造，因为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、金钥匙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你了解到什么，大声读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、评价时要注意些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、巩固复习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读片段完成练习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福曾经以总统的名义，采取了一些普及集邮的措施。他让人把一部邮票印刷机装在一辆巡回车上，开到各地作示范表演，车上陈列着美国的各种邮票。第二次世界大战期间，美国开展了一个捐献邮票慰问伤员的运动，罗斯福积极参加，不间断地把自己的重复的邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">票捐献给伤员，一直到他去世。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这段讲了罗斯福为了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做了许多工作，包括</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、给下面的词语找个近义词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不间断</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">捐献</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、罗斯福做为一位总统，他这样做的目的是我对此的看法是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时（大显身手）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">上节课我们举行邮票展示会，这节我们继续举办邮票展示会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学生上台谈我最喜欢的邮票</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、仿写《大龙邮票》写上说明的文字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四、五课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：本单元开展了&ldquo;我的邮票&rdquo;展，自己找一张最好的邮票并写说明，大部分学生完成情况非常好，将美术结合在一起，大语文观贯彻在综合活动中。此外在教学《美丽的集邮册》时，以读为主，教师引导，再开展朗读比赛，通过丰富多彩的活动使学生得到了锻炼。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>教案</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第六单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">方寸之地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">邮票是时代的一扇窗口，包含着丰富的文化信息，从中可以了解社会生活的方方面面，感知一个时代的脉搏。本单元课文风格各异，反映出许多人爱好集邮或喜欢邮票是因为小小的邮票里蕴涵着丰富的知识、无限的乐趣。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元的学习，学生不仅对不起眼的小小的邮票的诞生历史和功能作用有所了解，而且通过对邮票内容的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体验一种新的求知方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">21</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，会灵活运用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在词句的积累中，注意辨析近义词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养健康的生活情趣，扩大知识视野和丰富文化底蕴。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养良好的学习方法和学习语文的兴趣。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元的学习，学生不仅对不起眼的小小的邮票的诞生历史和功能作用有所了解，而且通过对邮票内容的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养健康的生活情趣，扩大知识视野和丰富文化底蕴。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进行成语积累，并能用形容词的动词进行正确的搭配。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合语言能力的训练，引导学生正确认识自己和锻炼自己表现得能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《美丽的集邮册》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你喜欢邮票吗？小小的方寸之间蕴藏着许多秘密，不知在其中你是否也发现了许多美丽的色彩。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）初读课文，认识生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你喜爱美丽的集邮册吗？赶快打开书来读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师提要求：看准生字，读准音，要读流利。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读课文，老师巡视，着重指导能力不强的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">[</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">神圣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">庐山</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">琢磨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轩辕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">敦煌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">歌颂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不朽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">硕果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这些词语你会读吗？小组内互相检查一下，评选出</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">识字能手</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师随机检查生字掌握一般的学生。对每组评选出的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">识字能手</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，给予奖励。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谁想把课文读给大家听一听。指学生初读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）精读课文，理解内容，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、（出示挂图）：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">看在这些图中，你看到邮票上都有什么图案。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生小组内互相交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指大面积学生回答。（引导学生抓住人物的表情、动作和其他画面来表达）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师小结，引出下一环节：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是呀！同学们想不想知道，从这些缤纷的邮票中发现了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小节朗读诗歌，你从诗歌中了解到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将全班交流的结果在读书笔记中作摘抄。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生自己练习朗读课文，老师巡视指导。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指朗读优秀的学生进行师范朗读，大家来点评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内互相朗读点评，评选小组内</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读优胜者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读进步者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班进行</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读大比拼</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，一人读群人评，评选</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读快乐之星</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 11</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师小结：同学们在五彩的世界里，快乐的长大。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五彩的邮票给大家带来了快乐，用你明亮的眼睛去发现去欣赏吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们来学习生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）巩固旧知识，为学习新知识打下基础。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示生字卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、随机抽一组学生读生字卡片。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示词语卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）认识新生字，记忆新生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你认识这些生字吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谁来带领大家读一读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师巡视了解情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据学生记忆生字的情况进行有针对性的总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）学习生字的书写方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示这三种结构的生字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小组讨论，老师巡视，了解学生的学习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生说说这几类生字书写时应注意的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据学生回答的情况，重点指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蔚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的写法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（老师范写）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师巡视指导个别学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据巡视的情况，指学生上黑板范写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示小黑板</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流订正后，学生再练写，并且在组内评选</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">书写最棒</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">书写进步最大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天我们学习了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，同学们通过自己独立的观察，把这些生字写的十分规范，同学们在不断的进步，希望大家今后继续努力，把生字写的更美观。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《罗斯福集邮》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示课文插图：你们知道这是谁吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名说说有关罗斯福的资料。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们就来学习关于罗斯福集邮的故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、分层朗读，随文识字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">初读感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">此处可灵活机动，也可随文识字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读课文，圈出不认识的字，用自己喜欢的方法记住。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你记住生字了吗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小黑板出示：依次出现课文的几句话，画出生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、强调难读的字：避</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">供</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、复述课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重视复述，鼓励学生与他人交流，谈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生质疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">随机写在黑板上</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、精读品读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">略读课文，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文是从哪几方面介绍罗斯福集邮的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习课文第一自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用自己的话，说说罗斯福为什么喜欢集邮？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习课文第二、三自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读课文：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文内具体讲了哪两件事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）找出令你感动的词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、句子谈谈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）重点理解：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从不买价格昂贵的邮票</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己的邮票捐给伤员，一直到去世</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请不要忘了我是一个集邮者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导学生读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点理解词语：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从不</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一直</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合词语、句子谈谈自己的体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）有感情地朗读课文二、三段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习课文第四段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想想人们被罗斯福的什么精神所感动？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你想对他说些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福是坚持爱好、敢于奉献、为人民造福的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、解决质疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你们还知道哪些关于罗斯福的故事？课下找找，在小组中交流交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自己复习认识的字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，选出自己喜欢的段落背一背。及时复习巩固。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名复述课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习写字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示田字格，让学生观察构字部件，及笔划占格位置。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师范写这几个字，强调容易错的地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">及时强调易错的地方，防患于未然。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在自己本上练写两个，带两遍拼音。教师注意巡视，注意强调书写姿势，表扬写的又快又好的同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组合作运用学过的识字方法学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">其他生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师参与各小组的学习交流，适当给予指导帮助，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">特别注意学习能力较弱的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">各小组交流自己识记生字的好方法、妙方法、巧方法</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示比较练习，对比巩固生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">住</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">主</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拄</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、复习生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、继续查找其他罗斯福的事迹。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计如下：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　罗斯福集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　获取知识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　快乐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　收集整理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　普及集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　关心印制</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、日积月累</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你都摘抄了哪些优美词语，读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写摘抄笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读成语、名言</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会持之以恒、培养习惯的重要性。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你还收集了哪些？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、阅读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《大龙邮票》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进行默读练习，在规定时间内找出文章的主要信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你的感想是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《邮票是怎样诞生的》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在规定时间内找出文章的主要信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">复述文章的大意，同学评价。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、巩固复习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选择正确的读音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提供</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ōn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ograve;n</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">参谋（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">m&agrave;o m&oacute;u </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">琢磨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> zhu&oacute; zu&oacute;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">秦俑（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">yōn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> yǒn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选词填空。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采取</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采纳</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">班主任（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了同学们的意见。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了普及集邮的许多措施。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我们的书本是（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）再生纸浆制造出来的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">歌颂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">赞扬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">赞美</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">美丽的集邮册（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了伟大的祖国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">游客禁不住（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）江南秀美的风光。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">诚实守信的行为应该得到（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、综合实践</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在邮票展览会上，我做了准备</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我的发言是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益中的文章，我最喜欢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在记叙一件事情或说明一件事物时，应当真实</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">\</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">编造，因为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、金钥匙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你了解到什么，大声读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、评价时要注意些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、巩固复习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读片段完成练习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福曾经以总统的名义，采取了一些普及集邮的措施。他让人把一部邮票印刷机装在一辆巡回车上，开到各地作示范表演，车上陈列着美国的各种邮票。第二次世界大战期间，美国开展了一个捐献邮票慰问伤员的运动，罗斯福积极参加，不间断地把自己的重复的邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">票捐献给伤员，一直到他去世。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这段讲了罗斯福为了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做了许多工作，包括</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、给下面的词语找个近义词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不间断</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">捐献</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、罗斯福做为一位总统，他这样做的目的是我对此的看法是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时（大显身手）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">上节课我们举行邮票展示会，这节我们继续举办邮票展示会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学生上台谈我最喜欢的邮票</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、仿写《大龙邮票》写上说明的文字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四、五课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：本单元开展了&ldquo;我的邮票&rdquo;展，自己找一张最好的邮票并写说明，大部分学生完成情况非常好，将美术结合在一起，大语文观贯彻在综合活动中。此外在教学《美丽的集邮册》时，以读为主，教师引导，再开展朗读比赛，通过丰富多彩的活动使学生得到了锻炼。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>复习计划</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第六单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">方寸之地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">邮票是时代的一扇窗口，包含着丰富的文化信息，从中可以了解社会生活的方方面面，感知一个时代的脉搏。本单元课文风格各异，反映出许多人爱好集邮或喜欢邮票是因为小小的邮票里蕴涵着丰富的知识、无限的乐趣。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元的学习，学生不仅对不起眼的小小的邮票的诞生历史和功能作用有所了解，而且通过对邮票内容的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体验一种新的求知方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">21</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，会灵活运用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在词句的积累中，注意辨析近义词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养健康的生活情趣，扩大知识视野和丰富文化底蕴。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养良好的学习方法和学习语文的兴趣。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元的学习，学生不仅对不起眼的小小的邮票的诞生历史和功能作用有所了解，而且通过对邮票内容的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养健康的生活情趣，扩大知识视野和丰富文化底蕴。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进行成语积累，并能用形容词的动词进行正确的搭配。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合语言能力的训练，引导学生正确认识自己和锻炼自己表现得能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《美丽的集邮册》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你喜欢邮票吗？小小的方寸之间蕴藏着许多秘密，不知在其中你是否也发现了许多美丽的色彩。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）初读课文，认识生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你喜爱美丽的集邮册吗？赶快打开书来读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师提要求：看准生字，读准音，要读流利。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读课文，老师巡视，着重指导能力不强的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">[</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">神圣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">庐山</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">琢磨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轩辕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">敦煌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">歌颂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不朽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">硕果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这些词语你会读吗？小组内互相检查一下，评选出</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">识字能手</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师随机检查生字掌握一般的学生。对每组评选出的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">识字能手</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，给予奖励。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谁想把课文读给大家听一听。指学生初读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）精读课文，理解内容，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、（出示挂图）：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">看在这些图中，你看到邮票上都有什么图案。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生小组内互相交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指大面积学生回答。（引导学生抓住人物的表情、动作和其他画面来表达）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师小结，引出下一环节：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是呀！同学们想不想知道，从这些缤纷的邮票中发现了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小节朗读诗歌，你从诗歌中了解到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将全班交流的结果在读书笔记中作摘抄。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生自己练习朗读课文，老师巡视指导。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指朗读优秀的学生进行师范朗读，大家来点评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内互相朗读点评，评选小组内</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读优胜者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读进步者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班进行</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读大比拼</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，一人读群人评，评选</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读快乐之星</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 11</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师小结：同学们在五彩的世界里，快乐的长大。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五彩的邮票给大家带来了快乐，用你明亮的眼睛去发现去欣赏吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们来学习生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）巩固旧知识，为学习新知识打下基础。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示生字卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、随机抽一组学生读生字卡片。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示词语卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）认识新生字，记忆新生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你认识这些生字吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谁来带领大家读一读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师巡视了解情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据学生记忆生字的情况进行有针对性的总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）学习生字的书写方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示这三种结构的生字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小组讨论，老师巡视，了解学生的学习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生说说这几类生字书写时应注意的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据学生回答的情况，重点指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蔚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的写法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（老师范写）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师巡视指导个别学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据巡视的情况，指学生上黑板范写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示小黑板</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流订正后，学生再练写，并且在组内评选</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">书写最棒</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">书写进步最大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天我们学习了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，同学们通过自己独立的观察，把这些生字写的十分规范，同学们在不断的进步，希望大家今后继续努力，把生字写的更美观。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《罗斯福集邮》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示课文插图：你们知道这是谁吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名说说有关罗斯福的资料。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们就来学习关于罗斯福集邮的故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、分层朗读，随文识字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">初读感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">此处可灵活机动，也可随文识字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读课文，圈出不认识的字，用自己喜欢的方法记住。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你记住生字了吗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小黑板出示：依次出现课文的几句话，画出生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、强调难读的字：避</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">供</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、复述课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重视复述，鼓励学生与他人交流，谈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生质疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">随机写在黑板上</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、精读品读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">略读课文，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文是从哪几方面介绍罗斯福集邮的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习课文第一自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用自己的话，说说罗斯福为什么喜欢集邮？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习课文第二、三自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读课文：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文内具体讲了哪两件事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）找出令你感动的词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、句子谈谈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）重点理解：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从不买价格昂贵的邮票</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己的邮票捐给伤员，一直到去世</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请不要忘了我是一个集邮者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导学生读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点理解词语：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从不</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一直</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合词语、句子谈谈自己的体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）有感情地朗读课文二、三段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习课文第四段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想想人们被罗斯福的什么精神所感动？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你想对他说些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福是坚持爱好、敢于奉献、为人民造福的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、解决质疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你们还知道哪些关于罗斯福的故事？课下找找，在小组中交流交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自己复习认识的字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，选出自己喜欢的段落背一背。及时复习巩固。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名复述课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习写字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示田字格，让学生观察构字部件，及笔划占格位置。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师范写这几个字，强调容易错的地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">及时强调易错的地方，防患于未然。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在自己本上练写两个，带两遍拼音。教师注意巡视，注意强调书写姿势，表扬写的又快又好的同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组合作运用学过的识字方法学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">其他生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师参与各小组的学习交流，适当给予指导帮助，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">特别注意学习能力较弱的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">各小组交流自己识记生字的好方法、妙方法、巧方法</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示比较练习，对比巩固生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">住</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">主</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拄</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、复习生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、继续查找其他罗斯福的事迹。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计如下：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　罗斯福集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　获取知识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　快乐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　收集整理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　普及集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　关心印制</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、日积月累</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你都摘抄了哪些优美词语，读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写摘抄笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读成语、名言</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会持之以恒、培养习惯的重要性。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你还收集了哪些？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、阅读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《大龙邮票》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进行默读练习，在规定时间内找出文章的主要信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你的感想是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《邮票是怎样诞生的》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在规定时间内找出文章的主要信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">复述文章的大意，同学评价。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、巩固复习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选择正确的读音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提供</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ōn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ograve;n</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">参谋（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">m&agrave;o m&oacute;u </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">琢磨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> zhu&oacute; zu&oacute;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">秦俑（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">yōn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> yǒn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选词填空。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采取</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采纳</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">班主任（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了同学们的意见。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了普及集邮的许多措施。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我们的书本是（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）再生纸浆制造出来的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">歌颂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">赞扬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">赞美</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">美丽的集邮册（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了伟大的祖国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">游客禁不住（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）江南秀美的风光。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">诚实守信的行为应该得到（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、综合实践</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在邮票展览会上，我做了准备</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我的发言是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益中的文章，我最喜欢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在记叙一件事情或说明一件事物时，应当真实</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">\</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">编造，因为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、金钥匙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你了解到什么，大声读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、评价时要注意些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、巩固复习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读片段完成练习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福曾经以总统的名义，采取了一些普及集邮的措施。他让人把一部邮票印刷机装在一辆巡回车上，开到各地作示范表演，车上陈列着美国的各种邮票。第二次世界大战期间，美国开展了一个捐献邮票慰问伤员的运动，罗斯福积极参加，不间断地把自己的重复的邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">票捐献给伤员，一直到他去世。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这段讲了罗斯福为了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做了许多工作，包括</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、给下面的词语找个近义词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不间断</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">捐献</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、罗斯福做为一位总统，他这样做的目的是我对此的看法是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时（大显身手）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">上节课我们举行邮票展示会，这节我们继续举办邮票展示会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学生上台谈我最喜欢的邮票</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、仿写《大龙邮票》写上说明的文字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四、五课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：本单元开展了&ldquo;我的邮票&rdquo;展，自己找一张最好的邮票并写说明，大部分学生完成情况非常好，将美术结合在一起，大语文观贯彻在综合活动中。此外在教学《美丽的集邮册》时，以读为主，教师引导，再开展朗读比赛，通过丰富多彩的活动使学生得到了锻炼。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>校本培训－－论文</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第六单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">方寸之地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">邮票是时代的一扇窗口，包含着丰富的文化信息，从中可以了解社会生活的方方面面，感知一个时代的脉搏。本单元课文风格各异，反映出许多人爱好集邮或喜欢邮票是因为小小的邮票里蕴涵着丰富的知识、无限的乐趣。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元的学习，学生不仅对不起眼的小小的邮票的诞生历史和功能作用有所了解，而且通过对邮票内容的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体验一种新的求知方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">21</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，会灵活运用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在词句的积累中，注意辨析近义词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养健康的生活情趣，扩大知识视野和丰富文化底蕴。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养良好的学习方法和学习语文的兴趣。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元的学习，学生不仅对不起眼的小小的邮票的诞生历史和功能作用有所了解，而且通过对邮票内容的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养健康的生活情趣，扩大知识视野和丰富文化底蕴。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进行成语积累，并能用形容词的动词进行正确的搭配。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合语言能力的训练，引导学生正确认识自己和锻炼自己表现得能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《美丽的集邮册》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你喜欢邮票吗？小小的方寸之间蕴藏着许多秘密，不知在其中你是否也发现了许多美丽的色彩。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）初读课文，认识生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你喜爱美丽的集邮册吗？赶快打开书来读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师提要求：看准生字，读准音，要读流利。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读课文，老师巡视，着重指导能力不强的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">[</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">神圣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">庐山</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">琢磨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轩辕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">敦煌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">歌颂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不朽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">硕果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这些词语你会读吗？小组内互相检查一下，评选出</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">识字能手</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师随机检查生字掌握一般的学生。对每组评选出的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">识字能手</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，给予奖励。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谁想把课文读给大家听一听。指学生初读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）精读课文，理解内容，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、（出示挂图）：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">看在这些图中，你看到邮票上都有什么图案。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生小组内互相交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指大面积学生回答。（引导学生抓住人物的表情、动作和其他画面来表达）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师小结，引出下一环节：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是呀！同学们想不想知道，从这些缤纷的邮票中发现了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小节朗读诗歌，你从诗歌中了解到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将全班交流的结果在读书笔记中作摘抄。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生自己练习朗读课文，老师巡视指导。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指朗读优秀的学生进行师范朗读，大家来点评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内互相朗读点评，评选小组内</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读优胜者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读进步者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班进行</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读大比拼</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，一人读群人评，评选</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读快乐之星</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 11</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师小结：同学们在五彩的世界里，快乐的长大。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五彩的邮票给大家带来了快乐，用你明亮的眼睛去发现去欣赏吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们来学习生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）巩固旧知识，为学习新知识打下基础。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示生字卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、随机抽一组学生读生字卡片。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示词语卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）认识新生字，记忆新生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你认识这些生字吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谁来带领大家读一读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师巡视了解情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据学生记忆生字的情况进行有针对性的总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）学习生字的书写方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示这三种结构的生字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小组讨论，老师巡视，了解学生的学习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生说说这几类生字书写时应注意的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据学生回答的情况，重点指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蔚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的写法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（老师范写）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师巡视指导个别学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据巡视的情况，指学生上黑板范写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示小黑板</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流订正后，学生再练写，并且在组内评选</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">书写最棒</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">书写进步最大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天我们学习了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，同学们通过自己独立的观察，把这些生字写的十分规范，同学们在不断的进步，希望大家今后继续努力，把生字写的更美观。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《罗斯福集邮》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示课文插图：你们知道这是谁吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名说说有关罗斯福的资料。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们就来学习关于罗斯福集邮的故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、分层朗读，随文识字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">初读感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">此处可灵活机动，也可随文识字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读课文，圈出不认识的字，用自己喜欢的方法记住。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你记住生字了吗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小黑板出示：依次出现课文的几句话，画出生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、强调难读的字：避</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">供</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、复述课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重视复述，鼓励学生与他人交流，谈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生质疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">随机写在黑板上</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、精读品读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">略读课文，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文是从哪几方面介绍罗斯福集邮的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习课文第一自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用自己的话，说说罗斯福为什么喜欢集邮？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习课文第二、三自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读课文：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文内具体讲了哪两件事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）找出令你感动的词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、句子谈谈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）重点理解：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从不买价格昂贵的邮票</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己的邮票捐给伤员，一直到去世</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请不要忘了我是一个集邮者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导学生读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点理解词语：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从不</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一直</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合词语、句子谈谈自己的体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）有感情地朗读课文二、三段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习课文第四段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想想人们被罗斯福的什么精神所感动？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你想对他说些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福是坚持爱好、敢于奉献、为人民造福的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、解决质疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你们还知道哪些关于罗斯福的故事？课下找找，在小组中交流交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自己复习认识的字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，选出自己喜欢的段落背一背。及时复习巩固。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名复述课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习写字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示田字格，让学生观察构字部件，及笔划占格位置。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师范写这几个字，强调容易错的地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">及时强调易错的地方，防患于未然。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在自己本上练写两个，带两遍拼音。教师注意巡视，注意强调书写姿势，表扬写的又快又好的同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组合作运用学过的识字方法学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">其他生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师参与各小组的学习交流，适当给予指导帮助，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">特别注意学习能力较弱的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">各小组交流自己识记生字的好方法、妙方法、巧方法</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示比较练习，对比巩固生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">住</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">主</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拄</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、复习生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、继续查找其他罗斯福的事迹。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计如下：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　罗斯福集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　获取知识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　快乐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　收集整理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　普及集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　关心印制</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、日积月累</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你都摘抄了哪些优美词语，读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写摘抄笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读成语、名言</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会持之以恒、培养习惯的重要性。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你还收集了哪些？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、阅读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《大龙邮票》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进行默读练习，在规定时间内找出文章的主要信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你的感想是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《邮票是怎样诞生的》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在规定时间内找出文章的主要信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">复述文章的大意，同学评价。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、巩固复习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选择正确的读音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提供</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ōn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ograve;n</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">参谋（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">m&agrave;o m&oacute;u </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">琢磨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> zhu&oacute; zu&oacute;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">秦俑（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">yōn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> yǒn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选词填空。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采取</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采纳</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">班主任（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了同学们的意见。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了普及集邮的许多措施。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我们的书本是（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）再生纸浆制造出来的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">歌颂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">赞扬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">赞美</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">美丽的集邮册（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了伟大的祖国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">游客禁不住（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）江南秀美的风光。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">诚实守信的行为应该得到（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、综合实践</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在邮票展览会上，我做了准备</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我的发言是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益中的文章，我最喜欢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在记叙一件事情或说明一件事物时，应当真实</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">\</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">编造，因为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、金钥匙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你了解到什么，大声读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、评价时要注意些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、巩固复习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读片段完成练习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福曾经以总统的名义，采取了一些普及集邮的措施。他让人把一部邮票印刷机装在一辆巡回车上，开到各地作示范表演，车上陈列着美国的各种邮票。第二次世界大战期间，美国开展了一个捐献邮票慰问伤员的运动，罗斯福积极参加，不间断地把自己的重复的邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">票捐献给伤员，一直到他去世。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这段讲了罗斯福为了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做了许多工作，包括</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、给下面的词语找个近义词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不间断</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">捐献</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、罗斯福做为一位总统，他这样做的目的是我对此的看法是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时（大显身手）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">上节课我们举行邮票展示会，这节我们继续举办邮票展示会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学生上台谈我最喜欢的邮票</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、仿写《大龙邮票》写上说明的文字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四、五课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：本单元开展了&ldquo;我的邮票&rdquo;展，自己找一张最好的邮票并写说明，大部分学生完成情况非常好，将美术结合在一起，大语文观贯彻在综合活动中。此外在教学《美丽的集邮册》时，以读为主，教师引导，再开展朗读比赛，通过丰富多彩的活动使学生得到了锻炼。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>工会</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第六单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">方寸之地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">邮票是时代的一扇窗口，包含着丰富的文化信息，从中可以了解社会生活的方方面面，感知一个时代的脉搏。本单元课文风格各异，反映出许多人爱好集邮或喜欢邮票是因为小小的邮票里蕴涵着丰富的知识、无限的乐趣。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元的学习，学生不仅对不起眼的小小的邮票的诞生历史和功能作用有所了解，而且通过对邮票内容的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体验一种新的求知方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">21</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，会灵活运用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在词句的积累中，注意辨析近义词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养健康的生活情趣，扩大知识视野和丰富文化底蕴。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养良好的学习方法和学习语文的兴趣。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本单元的学习，学生不仅对不起眼的小小的邮票的诞生历史和功能作用有所了解，而且通过对邮票内容的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">培养健康的生活情趣，扩大知识视野和丰富文化底蕴。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进行成语积累，并能用形容词的动词进行正确的搭配。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合语言能力的训练，引导学生正确认识自己和锻炼自己表现得能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《美丽的集邮册》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你喜欢邮票吗？小小的方寸之间蕴藏着许多秘密，不知在其中你是否也发现了许多美丽的色彩。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）初读课文，认识生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你喜爱美丽的集邮册吗？赶快打开书来读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师提要求：看准生字，读准音，要读流利。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读课文，老师巡视，着重指导能力不强的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">[</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">神圣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">庐山</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">琢磨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轩辕</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">敦煌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">歌颂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不朽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">硕果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这些词语你会读吗？小组内互相检查一下，评选出</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">识字能手</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师随机检查生字掌握一般的学生。对每组评选出的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">识字能手</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，给予奖励。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谁想把课文读给大家听一听。指学生初读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）精读课文，理解内容，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、（出示挂图）：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">看在这些图中，你看到邮票上都有什么图案。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生小组内互相交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指大面积学生回答。（引导学生抓住人物的表情、动作和其他画面来表达）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师小结，引出下一环节：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是呀！同学们想不想知道，从这些缤纷的邮票中发现了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小节朗读诗歌，你从诗歌中了解到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将全班交流的结果在读书笔记中作摘抄。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生自己练习朗读课文，老师巡视指导。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指朗读优秀的学生进行师范朗读，大家来点评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内互相朗读点评，评选小组内</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读优胜者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读进步者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班进行</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读大比拼</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，一人读群人评，评选</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读快乐之星</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 11</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师小结：同学们在五彩的世界里，快乐的长大。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五彩的邮票给大家带来了快乐，用你明亮的眼睛去发现去欣赏吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们来学习生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）巩固旧知识，为学习新知识打下基础。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示生字卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、随机抽一组学生读生字卡片。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示词语卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）认识新生字，记忆新生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你认识这些生字吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谁来带领大家读一读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师巡视了解情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据学生记忆生字的情况进行有针对性的总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）学习生字的书写方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示这三种结构的生字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小组讨论，老师巡视，了解学生的学习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生说说这几类生字书写时应注意的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据学生回答的情况，重点指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蔚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的写法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（老师范写）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师巡视指导个别学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师根据巡视的情况，指学生上黑板范写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示小黑板</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流订正后，学生再练写，并且在组内评选</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">书写最棒</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">书写进步最大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天我们学习了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，同学们通过自己独立的观察，把这些生字写的十分规范，同学们在不断的进步，希望大家今后继续努力，把生字写的更美观。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《罗斯福集邮》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示课文插图：你们知道这是谁吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名说说有关罗斯福的资料。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们就来学习关于罗斯福集邮的故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、分层朗读，随文识字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">初读感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">此处可灵活机动，也可随文识字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读课文，圈出不认识的字，用自己喜欢的方法记住。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你记住生字了吗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小黑板出示：依次出现课文的几句话，画出生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、强调难读的字：避</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">供</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、复述课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重视复述，鼓励学生与他人交流，谈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生质疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">随机写在黑板上</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、精读品读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">略读课文，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文是从哪几方面介绍罗斯福集邮的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习课文第一自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用自己的话，说说罗斯福为什么喜欢集邮？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习课文第二、三自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读课文：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文内具体讲了哪两件事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）找出令你感动的词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、句子谈谈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）重点理解：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从不买价格昂贵的邮票</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把自己的邮票捐给伤员，一直到去世</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请不要忘了我是一个集邮者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导学生读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点理解词语：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从不</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一直</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合词语、句子谈谈自己的体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）有感情地朗读课文二、三段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习课文第四段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想想人们被罗斯福的什么精神所感动？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你想对他说些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福是坚持爱好、敢于奉献、为人民造福的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、解决质疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你们还知道哪些关于罗斯福的故事？课下找找，在小组中交流交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自己复习认识的字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，选出自己喜欢的段落背一背。及时复习巩固。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名复述课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习写字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示田字格，让学生观察构字部件，及笔划占格位置。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师范写这几个字，强调容易错的地方。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">及时强调易错的地方，防患于未然。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在自己本上练写两个，带两遍拼音。教师注意巡视，注意强调书写姿势，表扬写的又快又好的同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组合作运用学过的识字方法学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">其他生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师参与各小组的学习交流，适当给予指导帮助，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">特别注意学习能力较弱的学生。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">各小组交流自己识记生字的好方法、妙方法、巧方法</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示比较练习，对比巩固生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">住</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">主</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拄</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、复习生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、继续查找其他罗斯福的事迹。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计如下：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　罗斯福集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　获取知识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　快乐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　收集整理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　普及集邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　关心印制</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、日积月累</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你都摘抄了哪些优美词语，读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写摘抄笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读成语、名言</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会持之以恒、培养习惯的重要性。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你还收集了哪些？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、阅读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《大龙邮票》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进行默读练习，在规定时间内找出文章的主要信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你的感想是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《邮票是怎样诞生的》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在规定时间内找出文章的主要信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">复述文章的大意，同学评价。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、巩固复习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选择正确的读音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提供</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ōn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ograve;n</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">参谋（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">m&agrave;o m&oacute;u </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">琢磨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> zhu&oacute; zu&oacute;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">秦俑（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">yōn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> yǒn</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">ɡ</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选词填空。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采取</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">采纳</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">班主任（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了同学们的意见。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了普及集邮的许多措施。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我们的书本是（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）再生纸浆制造出来的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">歌颂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">赞扬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">赞美</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">美丽的集邮册（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）了伟大的祖国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">游客禁不住（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）江南秀美的风光。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">诚实守信的行为应该得到（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、综合实践</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在邮票展览会上，我做了准备</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我的发言是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益中的文章，我最喜欢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3 </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在记叙一件事情或说明一件事物时，应当真实</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">\</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">编造，因为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、金钥匙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你了解到什么，大声读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、评价时要注意些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、巩固复习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读片段完成练习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">罗斯福曾经以总统的名义，采取了一些普及集邮的措施。他让人把一部邮票印刷机装在一辆巡回车上，开到各地作示范表演，车上陈列着美国的各种邮票。第二次世界大战期间，美国开展了一个捐献邮票慰问伤员的运动，罗斯福积极参加，不间断地把自己的重复的邮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">票捐献给伤员，一直到他去世。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这段讲了罗斯福为了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做了许多工作，包括</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、给下面的词语找个近义词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不间断</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">捐献</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、罗斯福做为一位总统，他这样做的目的是我对此的看法是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时（大显身手）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">上节课我们举行邮票展示会，这节我们继续举办邮票展示会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学生上台谈我最喜欢的邮票</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、仿写《大龙邮票》写上说明的文字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四、五课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：本单元开展了&ldquo;我的邮票&rdquo;展，自己找一张最好的邮票并写说明，大部分学生完成情况非常好，将美术结合在一起，大语文观贯彻在综合活动中。此外在教学《美丽的集邮册》时，以读为主，教师引导，再开展朗读比赛，通过丰富多彩的活动使学生得到了锻炼。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>班主任工作计划</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族之花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元主题为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族之花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，设计的意图主要是让学生领悟民族之间和睦相处的美好感情，充分认识到我们的祖国是由五十六个民族组成的整体，只有各民族兄弟姐妹相亲相爱，我们的祖国才会蒸蒸日上、兴旺发达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元既有歌词，也有记叙文，还有说明性的文字。选材也各不相同，教学时要注意从不同的角度切入来分析每一篇文章表达思想感情的不同方法，有的采用的是直抒胸臆，一气呵成的方法；有的是通过包含感情的方法抒发的，有的是借助于一个简单的饰物来说明的，但却有异曲同工之妙，每一篇文章都能使读者受到深深的感染。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会本课生字；理解文章的的句子．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能正确、流利、有感情地朗读课文，背诵课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生认识五十六个民族，体会各民族的深情；激发学生多民族感情的理解，以及感谢。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元通过对比喻句的理解来把握文章内在的思想感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟诗句、文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《爱我中华》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、激发兴趣，导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们我们都知道中华民族的土地上生活着不同的民族他们相互尊重，情同手足，就像一个大家庭里的兄弟姐妹一样和睦相处（放歌曲爱我中华）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课前同学们都收集了与课文相关的资料和图片，谁来给带大家介绍，展示一下？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你们想唱这首歌吗？要想唱好一首歌，首先要理解歌词，那我们就一起到文中看一看吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、初读，读通</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　多媒体出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、选择自己喜欢的方式读课文，想怎么读就怎么读，课文读正确，读通顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提出自己不懂的问题，用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">＿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">或</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">画出来。在小组内与同学讨论交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、再读，感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　谈读书感受，读了这篇课文，你有什么感受？你的感受是通过课文中哪些词句得到的？请再读读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、研读，感悟</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　根据学情随机反馈。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过研读，感受到不管五十六种语言有多大的差异，但有一句话的意思是一样的，那就是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爱我中华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合有关语句谈理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲感受。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">点击教学软件，通过大屏幕放映</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">奥运会上运动健儿在运动场上雄姿英发的场景，使学生目睹各族健儿在世界</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">比赛场上为祖国摘金夺银争得荣誉的场面。放映</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">医护人员在非曲时期救助病人的画面，使学生体会到中华各族儿女在爱国热情的激励下，在各行各业中忘我工作，无私奉献的精神。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导感情朗读，边读边想象那感人的场面。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过研读，体会课文蕴含的思想感情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　过渡：看到这一幕幕动人的场面，我们心潮涌动，激情澎湃，清听作者的感慨。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示课件，学生边看边听边体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">介绍材料，帮助学生体会课文所蕴含的思想感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　《爱我中华》这首歌是我国著名的词作家乔羽、著名曲作家徐沛东在</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">世纪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">90</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年代初创作的，是为在广西举行的第四届全国少数民族运动会开幕式大型文艺表演而创作的主题曲，音乐采用壮族民间曲调并进行了发展。这首歌表现了强烈的民族精神。它不断鼓舞着中华儿女把祖国建设的更加美好的豪情壮志。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">会唱的同学唱《爱我中华》，多而加深对课文的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">④</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这雄壮的歌声唱出了民族情，爱国情，更唱出了中华民族战无不胜，奋发图强的英雄气概。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">组织讨论，在朗读歌词时，哪句话让你充满激情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑥</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生有感情地朗读歌词时（师读爱我中华其余生读）。爱我中华在文中出现了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">次，每次都不同程度地爱到感染，特别是最后一句，在歌词结尾点题，首尾互应，一气呵成将作品中的爱国情推向高潮。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　这么美的歌词，配上昂扬的旋律，更能表达人们的爱国情感，就让我们载歌载舞再一次听听这首催人奋进的歌吧！（放歌曲爱我中华）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《草原》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（见教学设计）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《中国结》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话导课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师出示一根编中国结的红丝线，同学们这是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师出示一个中国结，这优势什么呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能说说它们之间的关系吗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">＂这跟绳子扯的再远，也离不开这个＂头＂．这就形成了这个＂中国结＂．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题：中国结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">整体认读了解课文内容内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过自己喜欢的方式朗读课文，解决课文中新的生字朋友。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：课文中写的中国结都在什么地方出现？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">细读课文，交流品读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过对课文第二段的阅读，对中国结进行进一步的了解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">默读二、三段，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：你喜欢中国结吗？为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生展开想象除了书上的这些描写你还能想到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孩子用自己的语言来描述，通过学生的相互补充达到完美的境界。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你是从什么地方看出人民喜欢中国结，在课文中找出有关语句画下来，全班互相交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读一读画出的语句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导朗读，通过个别的词语体会中国结的意义，应该读的速度快一点，声音响亮。让学生根据课文中的上下理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结不仅代表着你们说的意义？它还代表着中国心，饱含这中国情．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由读第四自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读完后集体交流你是怎样理解文章中所说的＂头＂的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结中寄托着所有华夏子孙的浓浓深情，有一种怎样的感情？课文中那些词语表达这种情感？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的分析让学生试着概括文章的段落大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">根据板书，由学生总结从课文中学到了写什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">文章最后一个自然段介绍了中国结受欢迎的原因．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你是怎样理解的，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的学习你还有什么不明白的地方？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">背诵自己喜欢的段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入揭题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你喜欢的中国结，他们一定给你留下了深刻的印象。回忆一下，你都见过什么样的中国结？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、我们继续来感受文章中给我们怎样来解释中国结的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课文标题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">播放课文录音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、重新认识全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、速读课文，找出你喜欢的句子，并用笔画下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">  <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你能读出自己喜欢的语气吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组研究：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">它包含了什么样的民族感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、反复阅读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段，然后把这个课文复述给大家听。说说你很快能复述出来的秘诀</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、总结全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读全文：跟着课文录音轻声读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">纵观全文，说一说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结代表了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把你心中的感受用一二句话说出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学习本课的生字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习生词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本课中你还还有哪些不理解的词语？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、集体用联系上下文的方法理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叹为观止</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">憧憬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习写本课生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">宠　饰　　颈　侨　憧　憬　乞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读字组词。观察字形，想一想：这些字在字形上有一个共同特点是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认真观察每个字在田字格中的位置，模仿写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; D</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写完后在班里展示写的好的学生的作业，进行评价。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、课堂小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对于本节课你想说点什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一、二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话导课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，通过我们学习了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你对民族深情是不是又有了更深的了解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能来说说吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你们可真棒，又学到了那么多知识！让我们再来重温一下这部分知识吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、语文天地练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元教师对学生的摘抄应该提出新的要求不仅要求学生进行词语的积累，而是让学生把课文中新的词语积累下来，并进行自学．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、聊一聊各个民族</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班一起来汇报自己的情况，并让学生对都了解什么．教师可以给予一定的帮助．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开卷有益：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做客喀什</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (1)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">默读全文。自由读课文，遇到不认识的字可以采用学到的各种方法。在小组里读一读自己画出来的词语，比一比谁读得多、谁读得正确。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (2)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你都读懂了什么？说一说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班进行朗读，分小组朗读，自己喜欢怎样读就怎样读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (4)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生找出自己喜欢的词语，并抄写在自己的摘抄本上．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、金钥匙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大家写完文章后，都采用什么样的形式来修改它们呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">丁丁告诉我们：＂我愿意把自己的文章给别人看，让别人给我提出意见．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咚咚告诉我们：＂习作写完后，我自己愿意大声的朗读，能发现不通顺的句子，还能找到不清的地方</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生们说说自己还有什么合理的方法．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语言是花苞，行动才是果实；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">决心是种子，实干才是肥料．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">维吾尔族言语</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想要找到珊瑚和玛瑙，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">就得下到大海里；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想要找到宝石和碧玉，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">就得翻过万水千山</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">裕固族谚语</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师给学生介绍一下这两个民族．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从句子中画出自己不认识的生字词．可以在小组里施行合作的方式完成．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对于有困难的字词教师可以加以指导．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你还知道其他民族的谚语吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读《开卷有益》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">背诵两句谚语．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三、四课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：语文教学不应该仅仅停留在语文的基础上，通过上《爱我中华》我深深感受到，如果老师能够自身素质提高，在音体美方面都有能力，那教学起来就更得心应手一些。《爱我中华》语文原本是一首歌词，不应该仅仅停留在读的基础上，可惜由于我对音乐的&ldquo;盲点&rdquo;无法将音乐教学渗透。在本单元的最后我安排了介绍少数民族的口语作业，但是以前几次的比赛都是小组推荐最出色的同学比赛，因此使一部分学生养成了懒惰的习惯，因此我改变了方法，尽量让学生都能在口语中得到锻炼。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>心得体会</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族之花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元主题为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族之花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，设计的意图主要是让学生领悟民族之间和睦相处的美好感情，充分认识到我们的祖国是由五十六个民族组成的整体，只有各民族兄弟姐妹相亲相爱，我们的祖国才会蒸蒸日上、兴旺发达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元既有歌词，也有记叙文，还有说明性的文字。选材也各不相同，教学时要注意从不同的角度切入来分析每一篇文章表达思想感情的不同方法，有的采用的是直抒胸臆，一气呵成的方法；有的是通过包含感情的方法抒发的，有的是借助于一个简单的饰物来说明的，但却有异曲同工之妙，每一篇文章都能使读者受到深深的感染。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会本课生字；理解文章的的句子．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能正确、流利、有感情地朗读课文，背诵课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生认识五十六个民族，体会各民族的深情；激发学生多民族感情的理解，以及感谢。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元通过对比喻句的理解来把握文章内在的思想感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟诗句、文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《爱我中华》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、激发兴趣，导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们我们都知道中华民族的土地上生活着不同的民族他们相互尊重，情同手足，就像一个大家庭里的兄弟姐妹一样和睦相处（放歌曲爱我中华）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课前同学们都收集了与课文相关的资料和图片，谁来给带大家介绍，展示一下？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你们想唱这首歌吗？要想唱好一首歌，首先要理解歌词，那我们就一起到文中看一看吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、初读，读通</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　多媒体出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、选择自己喜欢的方式读课文，想怎么读就怎么读，课文读正确，读通顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提出自己不懂的问题，用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">＿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">或</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">画出来。在小组内与同学讨论交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、再读，感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　谈读书感受，读了这篇课文，你有什么感受？你的感受是通过课文中哪些词句得到的？请再读读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、研读，感悟</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　根据学情随机反馈。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过研读，感受到不管五十六种语言有多大的差异，但有一句话的意思是一样的，那就是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爱我中华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合有关语句谈理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲感受。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">点击教学软件，通过大屏幕放映</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">奥运会上运动健儿在运动场上雄姿英发的场景，使学生目睹各族健儿在世界</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">比赛场上为祖国摘金夺银争得荣誉的场面。放映</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">医护人员在非曲时期救助病人的画面，使学生体会到中华各族儿女在爱国热情的激励下，在各行各业中忘我工作，无私奉献的精神。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导感情朗读，边读边想象那感人的场面。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过研读，体会课文蕴含的思想感情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　过渡：看到这一幕幕动人的场面，我们心潮涌动，激情澎湃，清听作者的感慨。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示课件，学生边看边听边体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">介绍材料，帮助学生体会课文所蕴含的思想感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　《爱我中华》这首歌是我国著名的词作家乔羽、著名曲作家徐沛东在</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">世纪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">90</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年代初创作的，是为在广西举行的第四届全国少数民族运动会开幕式大型文艺表演而创作的主题曲，音乐采用壮族民间曲调并进行了发展。这首歌表现了强烈的民族精神。它不断鼓舞着中华儿女把祖国建设的更加美好的豪情壮志。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">会唱的同学唱《爱我中华》，多而加深对课文的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">④</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这雄壮的歌声唱出了民族情，爱国情，更唱出了中华民族战无不胜，奋发图强的英雄气概。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">组织讨论，在朗读歌词时，哪句话让你充满激情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑥</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生有感情地朗读歌词时（师读爱我中华其余生读）。爱我中华在文中出现了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">次，每次都不同程度地爱到感染，特别是最后一句，在歌词结尾点题，首尾互应，一气呵成将作品中的爱国情推向高潮。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　这么美的歌词，配上昂扬的旋律，更能表达人们的爱国情感，就让我们载歌载舞再一次听听这首催人奋进的歌吧！（放歌曲爱我中华）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《草原》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（见教学设计）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《中国结》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话导课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师出示一根编中国结的红丝线，同学们这是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师出示一个中国结，这优势什么呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能说说它们之间的关系吗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">＂这跟绳子扯的再远，也离不开这个＂头＂．这就形成了这个＂中国结＂．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题：中国结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">整体认读了解课文内容内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过自己喜欢的方式朗读课文，解决课文中新的生字朋友。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：课文中写的中国结都在什么地方出现？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">细读课文，交流品读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过对课文第二段的阅读，对中国结进行进一步的了解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">默读二、三段，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：你喜欢中国结吗？为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生展开想象除了书上的这些描写你还能想到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孩子用自己的语言来描述，通过学生的相互补充达到完美的境界。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你是从什么地方看出人民喜欢中国结，在课文中找出有关语句画下来，全班互相交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读一读画出的语句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导朗读，通过个别的词语体会中国结的意义，应该读的速度快一点，声音响亮。让学生根据课文中的上下理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结不仅代表着你们说的意义？它还代表着中国心，饱含这中国情．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由读第四自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读完后集体交流你是怎样理解文章中所说的＂头＂的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结中寄托着所有华夏子孙的浓浓深情，有一种怎样的感情？课文中那些词语表达这种情感？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的分析让学生试着概括文章的段落大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">根据板书，由学生总结从课文中学到了写什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">文章最后一个自然段介绍了中国结受欢迎的原因．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你是怎样理解的，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的学习你还有什么不明白的地方？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">背诵自己喜欢的段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入揭题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你喜欢的中国结，他们一定给你留下了深刻的印象。回忆一下，你都见过什么样的中国结？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、我们继续来感受文章中给我们怎样来解释中国结的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课文标题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">播放课文录音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、重新认识全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、速读课文，找出你喜欢的句子，并用笔画下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">  <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你能读出自己喜欢的语气吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组研究：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">它包含了什么样的民族感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、反复阅读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段，然后把这个课文复述给大家听。说说你很快能复述出来的秘诀</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、总结全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读全文：跟着课文录音轻声读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">纵观全文，说一说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结代表了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把你心中的感受用一二句话说出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学习本课的生字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习生词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本课中你还还有哪些不理解的词语？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、集体用联系上下文的方法理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叹为观止</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">憧憬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习写本课生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">宠　饰　　颈　侨　憧　憬　乞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读字组词。观察字形，想一想：这些字在字形上有一个共同特点是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认真观察每个字在田字格中的位置，模仿写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; D</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写完后在班里展示写的好的学生的作业，进行评价。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、课堂小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对于本节课你想说点什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一、二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话导课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，通过我们学习了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你对民族深情是不是又有了更深的了解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能来说说吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你们可真棒，又学到了那么多知识！让我们再来重温一下这部分知识吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、语文天地练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元教师对学生的摘抄应该提出新的要求不仅要求学生进行词语的积累，而是让学生把课文中新的词语积累下来，并进行自学．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、聊一聊各个民族</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班一起来汇报自己的情况，并让学生对都了解什么．教师可以给予一定的帮助．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开卷有益：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做客喀什</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (1)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">默读全文。自由读课文，遇到不认识的字可以采用学到的各种方法。在小组里读一读自己画出来的词语，比一比谁读得多、谁读得正确。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (2)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你都读懂了什么？说一说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班进行朗读，分小组朗读，自己喜欢怎样读就怎样读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (4)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生找出自己喜欢的词语，并抄写在自己的摘抄本上．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、金钥匙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大家写完文章后，都采用什么样的形式来修改它们呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">丁丁告诉我们：＂我愿意把自己的文章给别人看，让别人给我提出意见．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咚咚告诉我们：＂习作写完后，我自己愿意大声的朗读，能发现不通顺的句子，还能找到不清的地方</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生们说说自己还有什么合理的方法．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语言是花苞，行动才是果实；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">决心是种子，实干才是肥料．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">维吾尔族言语</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想要找到珊瑚和玛瑙，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">就得下到大海里；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想要找到宝石和碧玉，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">就得翻过万水千山</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">裕固族谚语</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师给学生介绍一下这两个民族．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从句子中画出自己不认识的生字词．可以在小组里施行合作的方式完成．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对于有困难的字词教师可以加以指导．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你还知道其他民族的谚语吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读《开卷有益》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">背诵两句谚语．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三、四课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：语文教学不应该仅仅停留在语文的基础上，通过上《爱我中华》我深深感受到，如果老师能够自身素质提高，在音体美方面都有能力，那教学起来就更得心应手一些。《爱我中华》语文原本是一首歌词，不应该仅仅停留在读的基础上，可惜由于我对音乐的&ldquo;盲点&rdquo;无法将音乐教学渗透。在本单元的最后我安排了介绍少数民族的口语作业，但是以前几次的比赛都是小组推荐最出色的同学比赛，因此使一部分学生养成了懒惰的习惯，因此我改变了方法，尽量让学生都能在口语中得到锻炼。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>复习计划和教案</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族之花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元主题为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族之花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，设计的意图主要是让学生领悟民族之间和睦相处的美好感情，充分认识到我们的祖国是由五十六个民族组成的整体，只有各民族兄弟姐妹相亲相爱，我们的祖国才会蒸蒸日上、兴旺发达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元既有歌词，也有记叙文，还有说明性的文字。选材也各不相同，教学时要注意从不同的角度切入来分析每一篇文章表达思想感情的不同方法，有的采用的是直抒胸臆，一气呵成的方法；有的是通过包含感情的方法抒发的，有的是借助于一个简单的饰物来说明的，但却有异曲同工之妙，每一篇文章都能使读者受到深深的感染。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会本课生字；理解文章的的句子．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能正确、流利、有感情地朗读课文，背诵课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生认识五十六个民族，体会各民族的深情；激发学生多民族感情的理解，以及感谢。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元通过对比喻句的理解来把握文章内在的思想感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟诗句、文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《爱我中华》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、激发兴趣，导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们我们都知道中华民族的土地上生活着不同的民族他们相互尊重，情同手足，就像一个大家庭里的兄弟姐妹一样和睦相处（放歌曲爱我中华）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课前同学们都收集了与课文相关的资料和图片，谁来给带大家介绍，展示一下？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你们想唱这首歌吗？要想唱好一首歌，首先要理解歌词，那我们就一起到文中看一看吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、初读，读通</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　多媒体出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、选择自己喜欢的方式读课文，想怎么读就怎么读，课文读正确，读通顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提出自己不懂的问题，用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">＿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">或</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">画出来。在小组内与同学讨论交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、再读，感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　谈读书感受，读了这篇课文，你有什么感受？你的感受是通过课文中哪些词句得到的？请再读读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、研读，感悟</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　根据学情随机反馈。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过研读，感受到不管五十六种语言有多大的差异，但有一句话的意思是一样的，那就是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爱我中华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合有关语句谈理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲感受。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">点击教学软件，通过大屏幕放映</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">奥运会上运动健儿在运动场上雄姿英发的场景，使学生目睹各族健儿在世界</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">比赛场上为祖国摘金夺银争得荣誉的场面。放映</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">医护人员在非曲时期救助病人的画面，使学生体会到中华各族儿女在爱国热情的激励下，在各行各业中忘我工作，无私奉献的精神。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导感情朗读，边读边想象那感人的场面。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过研读，体会课文蕴含的思想感情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　过渡：看到这一幕幕动人的场面，我们心潮涌动，激情澎湃，清听作者的感慨。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示课件，学生边看边听边体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">介绍材料，帮助学生体会课文所蕴含的思想感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　《爱我中华》这首歌是我国著名的词作家乔羽、著名曲作家徐沛东在</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">世纪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">90</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年代初创作的，是为在广西举行的第四届全国少数民族运动会开幕式大型文艺表演而创作的主题曲，音乐采用壮族民间曲调并进行了发展。这首歌表现了强烈的民族精神。它不断鼓舞着中华儿女把祖国建设的更加美好的豪情壮志。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">会唱的同学唱《爱我中华》，多而加深对课文的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">④</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这雄壮的歌声唱出了民族情，爱国情，更唱出了中华民族战无不胜，奋发图强的英雄气概。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">组织讨论，在朗读歌词时，哪句话让你充满激情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑥</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生有感情地朗读歌词时（师读爱我中华其余生读）。爱我中华在文中出现了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">次，每次都不同程度地爱到感染，特别是最后一句，在歌词结尾点题，首尾互应，一气呵成将作品中的爱国情推向高潮。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　这么美的歌词，配上昂扬的旋律，更能表达人们的爱国情感，就让我们载歌载舞再一次听听这首催人奋进的歌吧！（放歌曲爱我中华）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《草原》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（见教学设计）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《中国结》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话导课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师出示一根编中国结的红丝线，同学们这是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师出示一个中国结，这优势什么呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能说说它们之间的关系吗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">＂这跟绳子扯的再远，也离不开这个＂头＂．这就形成了这个＂中国结＂．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题：中国结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">整体认读了解课文内容内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过自己喜欢的方式朗读课文，解决课文中新的生字朋友。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：课文中写的中国结都在什么地方出现？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">细读课文，交流品读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过对课文第二段的阅读，对中国结进行进一步的了解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">默读二、三段，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：你喜欢中国结吗？为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生展开想象除了书上的这些描写你还能想到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孩子用自己的语言来描述，通过学生的相互补充达到完美的境界。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你是从什么地方看出人民喜欢中国结，在课文中找出有关语句画下来，全班互相交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读一读画出的语句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导朗读，通过个别的词语体会中国结的意义，应该读的速度快一点，声音响亮。让学生根据课文中的上下理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结不仅代表着你们说的意义？它还代表着中国心，饱含这中国情．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由读第四自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读完后集体交流你是怎样理解文章中所说的＂头＂的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结中寄托着所有华夏子孙的浓浓深情，有一种怎样的感情？课文中那些词语表达这种情感？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的分析让学生试着概括文章的段落大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">根据板书，由学生总结从课文中学到了写什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">文章最后一个自然段介绍了中国结受欢迎的原因．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你是怎样理解的，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的学习你还有什么不明白的地方？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">背诵自己喜欢的段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入揭题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你喜欢的中国结，他们一定给你留下了深刻的印象。回忆一下，你都见过什么样的中国结？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、我们继续来感受文章中给我们怎样来解释中国结的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课文标题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">播放课文录音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、重新认识全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、速读课文，找出你喜欢的句子，并用笔画下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">  <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你能读出自己喜欢的语气吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组研究：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">它包含了什么样的民族感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、反复阅读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段，然后把这个课文复述给大家听。说说你很快能复述出来的秘诀</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、总结全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读全文：跟着课文录音轻声读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">纵观全文，说一说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结代表了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把你心中的感受用一二句话说出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学习本课的生字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习生词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本课中你还还有哪些不理解的词语？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、集体用联系上下文的方法理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叹为观止</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">憧憬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习写本课生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">宠　饰　　颈　侨　憧　憬　乞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读字组词。观察字形，想一想：这些字在字形上有一个共同特点是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认真观察每个字在田字格中的位置，模仿写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; D</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写完后在班里展示写的好的学生的作业，进行评价。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、课堂小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对于本节课你想说点什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一、二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话导课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，通过我们学习了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你对民族深情是不是又有了更深的了解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能来说说吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你们可真棒，又学到了那么多知识！让我们再来重温一下这部分知识吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、语文天地练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元教师对学生的摘抄应该提出新的要求不仅要求学生进行词语的积累，而是让学生把课文中新的词语积累下来，并进行自学．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、聊一聊各个民族</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班一起来汇报自己的情况，并让学生对都了解什么．教师可以给予一定的帮助．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开卷有益：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做客喀什</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (1)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">默读全文。自由读课文，遇到不认识的字可以采用学到的各种方法。在小组里读一读自己画出来的词语，比一比谁读得多、谁读得正确。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (2)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你都读懂了什么？说一说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班进行朗读，分小组朗读，自己喜欢怎样读就怎样读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (4)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生找出自己喜欢的词语，并抄写在自己的摘抄本上．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、金钥匙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大家写完文章后，都采用什么样的形式来修改它们呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">丁丁告诉我们：＂我愿意把自己的文章给别人看，让别人给我提出意见．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咚咚告诉我们：＂习作写完后，我自己愿意大声的朗读，能发现不通顺的句子，还能找到不清的地方</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生们说说自己还有什么合理的方法．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语言是花苞，行动才是果实；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">决心是种子，实干才是肥料．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">维吾尔族言语</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想要找到珊瑚和玛瑙，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">就得下到大海里；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想要找到宝石和碧玉，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">就得翻过万水千山</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">裕固族谚语</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师给学生介绍一下这两个民族．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从句子中画出自己不认识的生字词．可以在小组里施行合作的方式完成．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对于有困难的字词教师可以加以指导．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你还知道其他民族的谚语吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读《开卷有益》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">背诵两句谚语．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三、四课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：语文教学不应该仅仅停留在语文的基础上，通过上《爱我中华》我深深感受到，如果老师能够自身素质提高，在音体美方面都有能力，那教学起来就更得心应手一些。《爱我中华》语文原本是一首歌词，不应该仅仅停留在读的基础上，可惜由于我对音乐的&ldquo;盲点&rdquo;无法将音乐教学渗透。在本单元的最后我安排了介绍少数民族的口语作业，但是以前几次的比赛都是小组推荐最出色的同学比赛，因此使一部分学生养成了懒惰的习惯，因此我改变了方法，尽量让学生都能在口语中得到锻炼。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>教案</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族之花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元主题为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族之花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，设计的意图主要是让学生领悟民族之间和睦相处的美好感情，充分认识到我们的祖国是由五十六个民族组成的整体，只有各民族兄弟姐妹相亲相爱，我们的祖国才会蒸蒸日上、兴旺发达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元既有歌词，也有记叙文，还有说明性的文字。选材也各不相同，教学时要注意从不同的角度切入来分析每一篇文章表达思想感情的不同方法，有的采用的是直抒胸臆，一气呵成的方法；有的是通过包含感情的方法抒发的，有的是借助于一个简单的饰物来说明的，但却有异曲同工之妙，每一篇文章都能使读者受到深深的感染。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会本课生字；理解文章的的句子．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能正确、流利、有感情地朗读课文，背诵课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生认识五十六个民族，体会各民族的深情；激发学生多民族感情的理解，以及感谢。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元通过对比喻句的理解来把握文章内在的思想感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟诗句、文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《爱我中华》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、激发兴趣，导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们我们都知道中华民族的土地上生活着不同的民族他们相互尊重，情同手足，就像一个大家庭里的兄弟姐妹一样和睦相处（放歌曲爱我中华）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课前同学们都收集了与课文相关的资料和图片，谁来给带大家介绍，展示一下？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你们想唱这首歌吗？要想唱好一首歌，首先要理解歌词，那我们就一起到文中看一看吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、初读，读通</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　多媒体出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、选择自己喜欢的方式读课文，想怎么读就怎么读，课文读正确，读通顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提出自己不懂的问题，用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">＿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">或</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">画出来。在小组内与同学讨论交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、再读，感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　谈读书感受，读了这篇课文，你有什么感受？你的感受是通过课文中哪些词句得到的？请再读读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、研读，感悟</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　根据学情随机反馈。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过研读，感受到不管五十六种语言有多大的差异，但有一句话的意思是一样的，那就是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爱我中华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合有关语句谈理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲感受。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">点击教学软件，通过大屏幕放映</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">奥运会上运动健儿在运动场上雄姿英发的场景，使学生目睹各族健儿在世界</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">比赛场上为祖国摘金夺银争得荣誉的场面。放映</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">医护人员在非曲时期救助病人的画面，使学生体会到中华各族儿女在爱国热情的激励下，在各行各业中忘我工作，无私奉献的精神。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导感情朗读，边读边想象那感人的场面。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过研读，体会课文蕴含的思想感情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　过渡：看到这一幕幕动人的场面，我们心潮涌动，激情澎湃，清听作者的感慨。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示课件，学生边看边听边体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">介绍材料，帮助学生体会课文所蕴含的思想感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　《爱我中华》这首歌是我国著名的词作家乔羽、著名曲作家徐沛东在</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">世纪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">90</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年代初创作的，是为在广西举行的第四届全国少数民族运动会开幕式大型文艺表演而创作的主题曲，音乐采用壮族民间曲调并进行了发展。这首歌表现了强烈的民族精神。它不断鼓舞着中华儿女把祖国建设的更加美好的豪情壮志。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">会唱的同学唱《爱我中华》，多而加深对课文的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">④</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这雄壮的歌声唱出了民族情，爱国情，更唱出了中华民族战无不胜，奋发图强的英雄气概。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">组织讨论，在朗读歌词时，哪句话让你充满激情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑥</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生有感情地朗读歌词时（师读爱我中华其余生读）。爱我中华在文中出现了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">次，每次都不同程度地爱到感染，特别是最后一句，在歌词结尾点题，首尾互应，一气呵成将作品中的爱国情推向高潮。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　这么美的歌词，配上昂扬的旋律，更能表达人们的爱国情感，就让我们载歌载舞再一次听听这首催人奋进的歌吧！（放歌曲爱我中华）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《草原》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（见教学设计）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《中国结》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话导课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师出示一根编中国结的红丝线，同学们这是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师出示一个中国结，这优势什么呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能说说它们之间的关系吗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">＂这跟绳子扯的再远，也离不开这个＂头＂．这就形成了这个＂中国结＂．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题：中国结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">整体认读了解课文内容内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过自己喜欢的方式朗读课文，解决课文中新的生字朋友。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：课文中写的中国结都在什么地方出现？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">细读课文，交流品读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过对课文第二段的阅读，对中国结进行进一步的了解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">默读二、三段，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：你喜欢中国结吗？为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生展开想象除了书上的这些描写你还能想到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孩子用自己的语言来描述，通过学生的相互补充达到完美的境界。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你是从什么地方看出人民喜欢中国结，在课文中找出有关语句画下来，全班互相交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读一读画出的语句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导朗读，通过个别的词语体会中国结的意义，应该读的速度快一点，声音响亮。让学生根据课文中的上下理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结不仅代表着你们说的意义？它还代表着中国心，饱含这中国情．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由读第四自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读完后集体交流你是怎样理解文章中所说的＂头＂的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结中寄托着所有华夏子孙的浓浓深情，有一种怎样的感情？课文中那些词语表达这种情感？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的分析让学生试着概括文章的段落大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">根据板书，由学生总结从课文中学到了写什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">文章最后一个自然段介绍了中国结受欢迎的原因．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你是怎样理解的，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的学习你还有什么不明白的地方？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">背诵自己喜欢的段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入揭题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你喜欢的中国结，他们一定给你留下了深刻的印象。回忆一下，你都见过什么样的中国结？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、我们继续来感受文章中给我们怎样来解释中国结的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课文标题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">播放课文录音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、重新认识全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、速读课文，找出你喜欢的句子，并用笔画下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">  <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你能读出自己喜欢的语气吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组研究：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">它包含了什么样的民族感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、反复阅读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段，然后把这个课文复述给大家听。说说你很快能复述出来的秘诀</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、总结全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读全文：跟着课文录音轻声读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">纵观全文，说一说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结代表了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把你心中的感受用一二句话说出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学习本课的生字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习生词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本课中你还还有哪些不理解的词语？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、集体用联系上下文的方法理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叹为观止</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">憧憬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习写本课生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">宠　饰　　颈　侨　憧　憬　乞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读字组词。观察字形，想一想：这些字在字形上有一个共同特点是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认真观察每个字在田字格中的位置，模仿写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; D</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写完后在班里展示写的好的学生的作业，进行评价。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、课堂小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对于本节课你想说点什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一、二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话导课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，通过我们学习了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你对民族深情是不是又有了更深的了解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能来说说吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你们可真棒，又学到了那么多知识！让我们再来重温一下这部分知识吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、语文天地练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元教师对学生的摘抄应该提出新的要求不仅要求学生进行词语的积累，而是让学生把课文中新的词语积累下来，并进行自学．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、聊一聊各个民族</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班一起来汇报自己的情况，并让学生对都了解什么．教师可以给予一定的帮助．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开卷有益：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做客喀什</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (1)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">默读全文。自由读课文，遇到不认识的字可以采用学到的各种方法。在小组里读一读自己画出来的词语，比一比谁读得多、谁读得正确。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (2)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你都读懂了什么？说一说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班进行朗读，分小组朗读，自己喜欢怎样读就怎样读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (4)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生找出自己喜欢的词语，并抄写在自己的摘抄本上．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、金钥匙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大家写完文章后，都采用什么样的形式来修改它们呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">丁丁告诉我们：＂我愿意把自己的文章给别人看，让别人给我提出意见．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咚咚告诉我们：＂习作写完后，我自己愿意大声的朗读，能发现不通顺的句子，还能找到不清的地方</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生们说说自己还有什么合理的方法．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语言是花苞，行动才是果实；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">决心是种子，实干才是肥料．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">维吾尔族言语</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想要找到珊瑚和玛瑙，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">就得下到大海里；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想要找到宝石和碧玉，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">就得翻过万水千山</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">裕固族谚语</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师给学生介绍一下这两个民族．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从句子中画出自己不认识的生字词．可以在小组里施行合作的方式完成．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对于有困难的字词教师可以加以指导．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你还知道其他民族的谚语吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读《开卷有益》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">背诵两句谚语．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三、四课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：语文教学不应该仅仅停留在语文的基础上，通过上《爱我中华》我深深感受到，如果老师能够自身素质提高，在音体美方面都有能力，那教学起来就更得心应手一些。《爱我中华》语文原本是一首歌词，不应该仅仅停留在读的基础上，可惜由于我对音乐的&ldquo;盲点&rdquo;无法将音乐教学渗透。在本单元的最后我安排了介绍少数民族的口语作业，但是以前几次的比赛都是小组推荐最出色的同学比赛，因此使一部分学生养成了懒惰的习惯，因此我改变了方法，尽量让学生都能在口语中得到锻炼。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>复习计划</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族之花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元主题为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族之花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，设计的意图主要是让学生领悟民族之间和睦相处的美好感情，充分认识到我们的祖国是由五十六个民族组成的整体，只有各民族兄弟姐妹相亲相爱，我们的祖国才会蒸蒸日上、兴旺发达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元既有歌词，也有记叙文，还有说明性的文字。选材也各不相同，教学时要注意从不同的角度切入来分析每一篇文章表达思想感情的不同方法，有的采用的是直抒胸臆，一气呵成的方法；有的是通过包含感情的方法抒发的，有的是借助于一个简单的饰物来说明的，但却有异曲同工之妙，每一篇文章都能使读者受到深深的感染。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会本课生字；理解文章的的句子．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能正确、流利、有感情地朗读课文，背诵课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生认识五十六个民族，体会各民族的深情；激发学生多民族感情的理解，以及感谢。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元通过对比喻句的理解来把握文章内在的思想感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟诗句、文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《爱我中华》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、激发兴趣，导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们我们都知道中华民族的土地上生活着不同的民族他们相互尊重，情同手足，就像一个大家庭里的兄弟姐妹一样和睦相处（放歌曲爱我中华）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课前同学们都收集了与课文相关的资料和图片，谁来给带大家介绍，展示一下？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你们想唱这首歌吗？要想唱好一首歌，首先要理解歌词，那我们就一起到文中看一看吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、初读，读通</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　多媒体出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、选择自己喜欢的方式读课文，想怎么读就怎么读，课文读正确，读通顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提出自己不懂的问题，用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">＿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">或</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">画出来。在小组内与同学讨论交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、再读，感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　谈读书感受，读了这篇课文，你有什么感受？你的感受是通过课文中哪些词句得到的？请再读读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、研读，感悟</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　根据学情随机反馈。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过研读，感受到不管五十六种语言有多大的差异，但有一句话的意思是一样的，那就是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爱我中华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合有关语句谈理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲感受。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">点击教学软件，通过大屏幕放映</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">奥运会上运动健儿在运动场上雄姿英发的场景，使学生目睹各族健儿在世界</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">比赛场上为祖国摘金夺银争得荣誉的场面。放映</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">医护人员在非曲时期救助病人的画面，使学生体会到中华各族儿女在爱国热情的激励下，在各行各业中忘我工作，无私奉献的精神。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导感情朗读，边读边想象那感人的场面。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过研读，体会课文蕴含的思想感情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　过渡：看到这一幕幕动人的场面，我们心潮涌动，激情澎湃，清听作者的感慨。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示课件，学生边看边听边体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">介绍材料，帮助学生体会课文所蕴含的思想感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　《爱我中华》这首歌是我国著名的词作家乔羽、著名曲作家徐沛东在</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">世纪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">90</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年代初创作的，是为在广西举行的第四届全国少数民族运动会开幕式大型文艺表演而创作的主题曲，音乐采用壮族民间曲调并进行了发展。这首歌表现了强烈的民族精神。它不断鼓舞着中华儿女把祖国建设的更加美好的豪情壮志。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">会唱的同学唱《爱我中华》，多而加深对课文的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">④</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这雄壮的歌声唱出了民族情，爱国情，更唱出了中华民族战无不胜，奋发图强的英雄气概。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">组织讨论，在朗读歌词时，哪句话让你充满激情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑥</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生有感情地朗读歌词时（师读爱我中华其余生读）。爱我中华在文中出现了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">次，每次都不同程度地爱到感染，特别是最后一句，在歌词结尾点题，首尾互应，一气呵成将作品中的爱国情推向高潮。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　这么美的歌词，配上昂扬的旋律，更能表达人们的爱国情感，就让我们载歌载舞再一次听听这首催人奋进的歌吧！（放歌曲爱我中华）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《草原》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（见教学设计）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《中国结》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话导课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师出示一根编中国结的红丝线，同学们这是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师出示一个中国结，这优势什么呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能说说它们之间的关系吗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">＂这跟绳子扯的再远，也离不开这个＂头＂．这就形成了这个＂中国结＂．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题：中国结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">整体认读了解课文内容内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过自己喜欢的方式朗读课文，解决课文中新的生字朋友。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：课文中写的中国结都在什么地方出现？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">细读课文，交流品读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过对课文第二段的阅读，对中国结进行进一步的了解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">默读二、三段，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：你喜欢中国结吗？为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生展开想象除了书上的这些描写你还能想到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孩子用自己的语言来描述，通过学生的相互补充达到完美的境界。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你是从什么地方看出人民喜欢中国结，在课文中找出有关语句画下来，全班互相交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读一读画出的语句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导朗读，通过个别的词语体会中国结的意义，应该读的速度快一点，声音响亮。让学生根据课文中的上下理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结不仅代表着你们说的意义？它还代表着中国心，饱含这中国情．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由读第四自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读完后集体交流你是怎样理解文章中所说的＂头＂的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结中寄托着所有华夏子孙的浓浓深情，有一种怎样的感情？课文中那些词语表达这种情感？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的分析让学生试着概括文章的段落大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">根据板书，由学生总结从课文中学到了写什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">文章最后一个自然段介绍了中国结受欢迎的原因．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你是怎样理解的，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的学习你还有什么不明白的地方？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">背诵自己喜欢的段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入揭题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你喜欢的中国结，他们一定给你留下了深刻的印象。回忆一下，你都见过什么样的中国结？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、我们继续来感受文章中给我们怎样来解释中国结的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课文标题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">播放课文录音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、重新认识全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、速读课文，找出你喜欢的句子，并用笔画下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">  <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你能读出自己喜欢的语气吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组研究：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">它包含了什么样的民族感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、反复阅读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段，然后把这个课文复述给大家听。说说你很快能复述出来的秘诀</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、总结全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读全文：跟着课文录音轻声读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">纵观全文，说一说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结代表了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把你心中的感受用一二句话说出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学习本课的生字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习生词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本课中你还还有哪些不理解的词语？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、集体用联系上下文的方法理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叹为观止</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">憧憬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习写本课生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">宠　饰　　颈　侨　憧　憬　乞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读字组词。观察字形，想一想：这些字在字形上有一个共同特点是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认真观察每个字在田字格中的位置，模仿写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; D</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写完后在班里展示写的好的学生的作业，进行评价。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、课堂小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对于本节课你想说点什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一、二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话导课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，通过我们学习了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你对民族深情是不是又有了更深的了解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能来说说吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你们可真棒，又学到了那么多知识！让我们再来重温一下这部分知识吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、语文天地练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元教师对学生的摘抄应该提出新的要求不仅要求学生进行词语的积累，而是让学生把课文中新的词语积累下来，并进行自学．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、聊一聊各个民族</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班一起来汇报自己的情况，并让学生对都了解什么．教师可以给予一定的帮助．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开卷有益：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做客喀什</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (1)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">默读全文。自由读课文，遇到不认识的字可以采用学到的各种方法。在小组里读一读自己画出来的词语，比一比谁读得多、谁读得正确。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (2)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你都读懂了什么？说一说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班进行朗读，分小组朗读，自己喜欢怎样读就怎样读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (4)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生找出自己喜欢的词语，并抄写在自己的摘抄本上．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、金钥匙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大家写完文章后，都采用什么样的形式来修改它们呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">丁丁告诉我们：＂我愿意把自己的文章给别人看，让别人给我提出意见．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咚咚告诉我们：＂习作写完后，我自己愿意大声的朗读，能发现不通顺的句子，还能找到不清的地方</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生们说说自己还有什么合理的方法．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语言是花苞，行动才是果实；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">决心是种子，实干才是肥料．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">维吾尔族言语</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想要找到珊瑚和玛瑙，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">就得下到大海里；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想要找到宝石和碧玉，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">就得翻过万水千山</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">裕固族谚语</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师给学生介绍一下这两个民族．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从句子中画出自己不认识的生字词．可以在小组里施行合作的方式完成．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对于有困难的字词教师可以加以指导．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你还知道其他民族的谚语吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读《开卷有益》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">背诵两句谚语．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三、四课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：语文教学不应该仅仅停留在语文的基础上，通过上《爱我中华》我深深感受到，如果老师能够自身素质提高，在音体美方面都有能力，那教学起来就更得心应手一些。《爱我中华》语文原本是一首歌词，不应该仅仅停留在读的基础上，可惜由于我对音乐的&ldquo;盲点&rdquo;无法将音乐教学渗透。在本单元的最后我安排了介绍少数民族的口语作业，但是以前几次的比赛都是小组推荐最出色的同学比赛，因此使一部分学生养成了懒惰的习惯，因此我改变了方法，尽量让学生都能在口语中得到锻炼。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>校本培训－－论文</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族之花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元主题为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族之花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，设计的意图主要是让学生领悟民族之间和睦相处的美好感情，充分认识到我们的祖国是由五十六个民族组成的整体，只有各民族兄弟姐妹相亲相爱，我们的祖国才会蒸蒸日上、兴旺发达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元既有歌词，也有记叙文，还有说明性的文字。选材也各不相同，教学时要注意从不同的角度切入来分析每一篇文章表达思想感情的不同方法，有的采用的是直抒胸臆，一气呵成的方法；有的是通过包含感情的方法抒发的，有的是借助于一个简单的饰物来说明的，但却有异曲同工之妙，每一篇文章都能使读者受到深深的感染。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会本课生字；理解文章的的句子．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能正确、流利、有感情地朗读课文，背诵课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生认识五十六个民族，体会各民族的深情；激发学生多民族感情的理解，以及感谢。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元通过对比喻句的理解来把握文章内在的思想感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟诗句、文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《爱我中华》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、激发兴趣，导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们我们都知道中华民族的土地上生活着不同的民族他们相互尊重，情同手足，就像一个大家庭里的兄弟姐妹一样和睦相处（放歌曲爱我中华）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课前同学们都收集了与课文相关的资料和图片，谁来给带大家介绍，展示一下？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你们想唱这首歌吗？要想唱好一首歌，首先要理解歌词，那我们就一起到文中看一看吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、初读，读通</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　多媒体出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、选择自己喜欢的方式读课文，想怎么读就怎么读，课文读正确，读通顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提出自己不懂的问题，用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">＿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">或</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">画出来。在小组内与同学讨论交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、再读，感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　谈读书感受，读了这篇课文，你有什么感受？你的感受是通过课文中哪些词句得到的？请再读读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、研读，感悟</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　根据学情随机反馈。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过研读，感受到不管五十六种语言有多大的差异，但有一句话的意思是一样的，那就是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爱我中华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合有关语句谈理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲感受。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">点击教学软件，通过大屏幕放映</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">奥运会上运动健儿在运动场上雄姿英发的场景，使学生目睹各族健儿在世界</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">比赛场上为祖国摘金夺银争得荣誉的场面。放映</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">医护人员在非曲时期救助病人的画面，使学生体会到中华各族儿女在爱国热情的激励下，在各行各业中忘我工作，无私奉献的精神。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导感情朗读，边读边想象那感人的场面。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过研读，体会课文蕴含的思想感情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　过渡：看到这一幕幕动人的场面，我们心潮涌动，激情澎湃，清听作者的感慨。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示课件，学生边看边听边体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">介绍材料，帮助学生体会课文所蕴含的思想感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　《爱我中华》这首歌是我国著名的词作家乔羽、著名曲作家徐沛东在</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">世纪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">90</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年代初创作的，是为在广西举行的第四届全国少数民族运动会开幕式大型文艺表演而创作的主题曲，音乐采用壮族民间曲调并进行了发展。这首歌表现了强烈的民族精神。它不断鼓舞着中华儿女把祖国建设的更加美好的豪情壮志。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">会唱的同学唱《爱我中华》，多而加深对课文的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">④</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这雄壮的歌声唱出了民族情，爱国情，更唱出了中华民族战无不胜，奋发图强的英雄气概。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">组织讨论，在朗读歌词时，哪句话让你充满激情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑥</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生有感情地朗读歌词时（师读爱我中华其余生读）。爱我中华在文中出现了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">次，每次都不同程度地爱到感染，特别是最后一句，在歌词结尾点题，首尾互应，一气呵成将作品中的爱国情推向高潮。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　这么美的歌词，配上昂扬的旋律，更能表达人们的爱国情感，就让我们载歌载舞再一次听听这首催人奋进的歌吧！（放歌曲爱我中华）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《草原》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（见教学设计）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《中国结》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话导课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师出示一根编中国结的红丝线，同学们这是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师出示一个中国结，这优势什么呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能说说它们之间的关系吗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">＂这跟绳子扯的再远，也离不开这个＂头＂．这就形成了这个＂中国结＂．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题：中国结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">整体认读了解课文内容内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过自己喜欢的方式朗读课文，解决课文中新的生字朋友。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：课文中写的中国结都在什么地方出现？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">细读课文，交流品读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过对课文第二段的阅读，对中国结进行进一步的了解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">默读二、三段，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：你喜欢中国结吗？为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生展开想象除了书上的这些描写你还能想到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孩子用自己的语言来描述，通过学生的相互补充达到完美的境界。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你是从什么地方看出人民喜欢中国结，在课文中找出有关语句画下来，全班互相交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读一读画出的语句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导朗读，通过个别的词语体会中国结的意义，应该读的速度快一点，声音响亮。让学生根据课文中的上下理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结不仅代表着你们说的意义？它还代表着中国心，饱含这中国情．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由读第四自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读完后集体交流你是怎样理解文章中所说的＂头＂的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结中寄托着所有华夏子孙的浓浓深情，有一种怎样的感情？课文中那些词语表达这种情感？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的分析让学生试着概括文章的段落大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">根据板书，由学生总结从课文中学到了写什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">文章最后一个自然段介绍了中国结受欢迎的原因．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你是怎样理解的，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的学习你还有什么不明白的地方？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">背诵自己喜欢的段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入揭题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你喜欢的中国结，他们一定给你留下了深刻的印象。回忆一下，你都见过什么样的中国结？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、我们继续来感受文章中给我们怎样来解释中国结的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课文标题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">播放课文录音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、重新认识全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、速读课文，找出你喜欢的句子，并用笔画下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">  <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你能读出自己喜欢的语气吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组研究：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">它包含了什么样的民族感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、反复阅读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段，然后把这个课文复述给大家听。说说你很快能复述出来的秘诀</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、总结全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读全文：跟着课文录音轻声读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">纵观全文，说一说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结代表了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把你心中的感受用一二句话说出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学习本课的生字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习生词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本课中你还还有哪些不理解的词语？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、集体用联系上下文的方法理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叹为观止</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">憧憬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习写本课生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">宠　饰　　颈　侨　憧　憬　乞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读字组词。观察字形，想一想：这些字在字形上有一个共同特点是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认真观察每个字在田字格中的位置，模仿写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; D</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写完后在班里展示写的好的学生的作业，进行评价。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、课堂小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对于本节课你想说点什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一、二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话导课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，通过我们学习了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你对民族深情是不是又有了更深的了解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能来说说吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你们可真棒，又学到了那么多知识！让我们再来重温一下这部分知识吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、语文天地练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元教师对学生的摘抄应该提出新的要求不仅要求学生进行词语的积累，而是让学生把课文中新的词语积累下来，并进行自学．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、聊一聊各个民族</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班一起来汇报自己的情况，并让学生对都了解什么．教师可以给予一定的帮助．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开卷有益：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做客喀什</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (1)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">默读全文。自由读课文，遇到不认识的字可以采用学到的各种方法。在小组里读一读自己画出来的词语，比一比谁读得多、谁读得正确。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (2)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你都读懂了什么？说一说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班进行朗读，分小组朗读，自己喜欢怎样读就怎样读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (4)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生找出自己喜欢的词语，并抄写在自己的摘抄本上．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、金钥匙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大家写完文章后，都采用什么样的形式来修改它们呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">丁丁告诉我们：＂我愿意把自己的文章给别人看，让别人给我提出意见．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咚咚告诉我们：＂习作写完后，我自己愿意大声的朗读，能发现不通顺的句子，还能找到不清的地方</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生们说说自己还有什么合理的方法．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语言是花苞，行动才是果实；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">决心是种子，实干才是肥料．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">维吾尔族言语</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想要找到珊瑚和玛瑙，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">就得下到大海里；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想要找到宝石和碧玉，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">就得翻过万水千山</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">裕固族谚语</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师给学生介绍一下这两个民族．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从句子中画出自己不认识的生字词．可以在小组里施行合作的方式完成．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对于有困难的字词教师可以加以指导．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你还知道其他民族的谚语吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读《开卷有益》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">背诵两句谚语．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三、四课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：语文教学不应该仅仅停留在语文的基础上，通过上《爱我中华》我深深感受到，如果老师能够自身素质提高，在音体美方面都有能力，那教学起来就更得心应手一些。《爱我中华》语文原本是一首歌词，不应该仅仅停留在读的基础上，可惜由于我对音乐的&ldquo;盲点&rdquo;无法将音乐教学渗透。在本单元的最后我安排了介绍少数民族的口语作业，但是以前几次的比赛都是小组推荐最出色的同学比赛，因此使一部分学生养成了懒惰的习惯，因此我改变了方法，尽量让学生都能在口语中得到锻炼。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>工会</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族之花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元主题为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族之花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，设计的意图主要是让学生领悟民族之间和睦相处的美好感情，充分认识到我们的祖国是由五十六个民族组成的整体，只有各民族兄弟姐妹相亲相爱，我们的祖国才会蒸蒸日上、兴旺发达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元既有歌词，也有记叙文，还有说明性的文字。选材也各不相同，教学时要注意从不同的角度切入来分析每一篇文章表达思想感情的不同方法，有的采用的是直抒胸臆，一气呵成的方法；有的是通过包含感情的方法抒发的，有的是借助于一个简单的饰物来说明的，但却有异曲同工之妙，每一篇文章都能使读者受到深深的感染。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会本课生字；理解文章的的句子．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能正确、流利、有感情地朗读课文，背诵课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生认识五十六个民族，体会各民族的深情；激发学生多民族感情的理解，以及感谢。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元通过对比喻句的理解来把握文章内在的思想感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟诗句、文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《爱我中华》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、激发兴趣，导入新课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们我们都知道中华民族的土地上生活着不同的民族他们相互尊重，情同手足，就像一个大家庭里的兄弟姐妹一样和睦相处（放歌曲爱我中华）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课前同学们都收集了与课文相关的资料和图片，谁来给带大家介绍，展示一下？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你们想唱这首歌吗？要想唱好一首歌，首先要理解歌词，那我们就一起到文中看一看吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、初读，读通</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　多媒体出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、选择自己喜欢的方式读课文，想怎么读就怎么读，课文读正确，读通顺。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提出自己不懂的问题，用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">＿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">或</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">画出来。在小组内与同学讨论交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、再读，感知</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　谈读书感受，读了这篇课文，你有什么感受？你的感受是通过课文中哪些词句得到的？请再读读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、研读，感悟</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　根据学情随机反馈。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过研读，感受到不管五十六种语言有多大的差异，但有一句话的意思是一样的，那就是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爱我中华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合有关语句谈理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲感受。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">点击教学软件，通过大屏幕放映</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">奥运会上运动健儿在运动场上雄姿英发的场景，使学生目睹各族健儿在世界</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">比赛场上为祖国摘金夺银争得荣誉的场面。放映</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">医护人员在非曲时期救助病人的画面，使学生体会到中华各族儿女在爱国热情的激励下，在各行各业中忘我工作，无私奉献的精神。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导感情朗读，边读边想象那感人的场面。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过研读，体会课文蕴含的思想感情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　过渡：看到这一幕幕动人的场面，我们心潮涌动，激情澎湃，清听作者的感慨。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示课件，学生边看边听边体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">介绍材料，帮助学生体会课文所蕴含的思想感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　《爱我中华》这首歌是我国著名的词作家乔羽、著名曲作家徐沛东在</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">世纪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">90</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年代初创作的，是为在广西举行的第四届全国少数民族运动会开幕式大型文艺表演而创作的主题曲，音乐采用壮族民间曲调并进行了发展。这首歌表现了强烈的民族精神。它不断鼓舞着中华儿女把祖国建设的更加美好的豪情壮志。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">会唱的同学唱《爱我中华》，多而加深对课文的理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">④</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这雄壮的歌声唱出了民族情，爱国情，更唱出了中华民族战无不胜，奋发图强的英雄气概。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">组织讨论，在朗读歌词时，哪句话让你充满激情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑥</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师生有感情地朗读歌词时（师读爱我中华其余生读）。爱我中华在文中出现了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">次，每次都不同程度地爱到感染，特别是最后一句，在歌词结尾点题，首尾互应，一气呵成将作品中的爱国情推向高潮。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　这么美的歌词，配上昂扬的旋律，更能表达人们的爱国情感，就让我们载歌载舞再一次听听这首催人奋进的歌吧！（放歌曲爱我中华）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《草原》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（见教学设计）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《中国结》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话导课</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师出示一根编中国结的红丝线，同学们这是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师出示一个中国结，这优势什么呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能说说它们之间的关系吗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">＂这跟绳子扯的再远，也离不开这个＂头＂．这就形成了这个＂中国结＂．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题：中国结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">整体认读了解课文内容内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过自己喜欢的方式朗读课文，解决课文中新的生字朋友。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：课文中写的中国结都在什么地方出现？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">细读课文，交流品读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过对课文第二段的阅读，对中国结进行进一步的了解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">默读二、三段，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：你喜欢中国结吗？为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生展开想象除了书上的这些描写你还能想到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">孩子用自己的语言来描述，通过学生的相互补充达到完美的境界。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你是从什么地方看出人民喜欢中国结，在课文中找出有关语句画下来，全班互相交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读一读画出的语句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导朗读，通过个别的词语体会中国结的意义，应该读的速度快一点，声音响亮。让学生根据课文中的上下理解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结不仅代表着你们说的意义？它还代表着中国心，饱含这中国情．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由读第四自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读完后集体交流你是怎样理解文章中所说的＂头＂的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结中寄托着所有华夏子孙的浓浓深情，有一种怎样的感情？课文中那些词语表达这种情感？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的分析让学生试着概括文章的段落大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">根据板书，由学生总结从课文中学到了写什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">文章最后一个自然段介绍了中国结受欢迎的原因．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你是怎样理解的，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的学习你还有什么不明白的地方？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">背诵自己喜欢的段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入揭题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你喜欢的中国结，他们一定给你留下了深刻的印象。回忆一下，你都见过什么样的中国结？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、我们继续来感受文章中给我们怎样来解释中国结的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课文标题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">播放课文录音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、重新认识全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、速读课文，找出你喜欢的句子，并用笔画下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">  <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你能读出自己喜欢的语气吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组研究：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">它包含了什么样的民族感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、反复阅读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段，然后把这个课文复述给大家听。说说你很快能复述出来的秘诀</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、总结全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读全文：跟着课文录音轻声读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">纵观全文，说一说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">中国结代表了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把你心中的感受用一二句话说出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学习本课的生字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习生词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本课中你还还有哪些不理解的词语？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、集体用联系上下文的方法理解</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叹为观止</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">憧憬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习写本课生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">宠　饰　　颈　侨　憧　憬　乞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读字组词。观察字形，想一想：这些字在字形上有一个共同特点是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认真观察每个字在田字格中的位置，模仿写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; D</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写完后在班里展示写的好的学生的作业，进行评价。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、课堂小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对于本节课你想说点什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一、二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话导课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，通过我们学习了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">民族</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你对民族深情是不是又有了更深的了解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能来说说吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你们可真棒，又学到了那么多知识！让我们再来重温一下这部分知识吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、语文天地练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元教师对学生的摘抄应该提出新的要求不仅要求学生进行词语的积累，而是让学生把课文中新的词语积累下来，并进行自学．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、聊一聊各个民族</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班一起来汇报自己的情况，并让学生对都了解什么．教师可以给予一定的帮助．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开卷有益：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">做客喀什</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (1)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">默读全文。自由读课文，遇到不认识的字可以采用学到的各种方法。在小组里读一读自己画出来的词语，比一比谁读得多、谁读得正确。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (2)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你都读懂了什么？说一说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班进行朗读，分小组朗读，自己喜欢怎样读就怎样读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; (4)</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生找出自己喜欢的词语，并抄写在自己的摘抄本上．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、金钥匙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大家写完文章后，都采用什么样的形式来修改它们呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">丁丁告诉我们：＂我愿意把自己的文章给别人看，让别人给我提出意见．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咚咚告诉我们：＂习作写完后，我自己愿意大声的朗读，能发现不通顺的句子，还能找到不清的地方</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生们说说自己还有什么合理的方法．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语言是花苞，行动才是果实；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">决心是种子，实干才是肥料．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">维吾尔族言语</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想要找到珊瑚和玛瑙，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">就得下到大海里；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想要找到宝石和碧玉，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">就得翻过万水千山</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">裕固族谚语</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师给学生介绍一下这两个民族．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从句子中画出自己不认识的生字词．可以在小组里施行合作的方式完成．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对于有困难的字词教师可以加以指导．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你还知道其他民族的谚语吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读《开卷有益》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">背诵两句谚语．</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三、四课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：语文教学不应该仅仅停留在语文的基础上，通过上《爱我中华》我深深感受到，如果老师能够自身素质提高，在音体美方面都有能力，那教学起来就更得心应手一些。《爱我中华》语文原本是一首歌词，不应该仅仅停留在读的基础上，可惜由于我对音乐的&ldquo;盲点&rdquo;无法将音乐教学渗透。在本单元的最后我安排了介绍少数民族的口语作业，但是以前几次的比赛都是小组推荐最出色的同学比赛，因此使一部分学生养成了懒惰的习惯，因此我改变了方法，尽量让学生都能在口语中得到锻炼。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>班主任工作计划</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第八单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为主题，编排了三篇主体课文和一个语文天地。《囚歌》写叶挺将军在敌人暗无天日的监狱中终日忍受着敌人的残酷迫害，但是他始终坚贞不屈，表现了革命者视死如归的凛然正气。《晏子使楚》记叙了春秋时期晏子出使楚国，凭借自己的机智和辩才维护个人和国家的尊严，不辱使命的故事。《为了他的尊严》记叙的是老妇人启发乞丐的尊严，促使读鄙弃改成了一名自信、自重的成功人士。这几篇文章描写的人物背景不同，性格各异，但都很有尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">28</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，会运用生字进行组词、写话，在平日交流中使用。能正确、流利、有感情的朗读课文。通过学习《囚歌》能够抓住关键词语，理解诗歌的内容，感受叶挺将军对革命必胜的信念和伟共产主义事业而献身的壮志豪情。了解《晏子使楚》这个故事，并能进行复述，理解晏子出使楚国时表现出的聪明才智，以及维护齐国尊严的凛然正气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能够把自己平日的所见、所闻中与尊严有关的故事和事情，进行所想、所感，然后整理写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能够继续积累学习中的词语和名言警句，进行运用。阅读《嗟来之食》，并结合此文章展开辩论，在收集资料、处理资料中提高运用资料的能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《囚歌》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，我们今天的幸福生活是无数革命先烈用鲜血和生命换来的。他们为了中国人民的解放事业，为了实现共产主义的伟大理想，前赴后继，英勇斗争，甚至献出自己的宝贵生命。今天我们要学的《囚歌》，讲述的就是这样的故事。他们在敌人的监牢里，面对毒刑拷打写下来的。让我们怀着崇敬的心情来学习这首诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（板书课题）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、形近字组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚（囚犯）　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">棺（棺木）　　　敝（敝帚自珍）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因（因为）　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">官（官司）　　　敞（宽敞）　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、辨析多音字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">热血</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、查字典或结合课文内容解释词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）囚歌：被囚禁在敌人监狱里的人写的诗歌。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）永生：永远活着，永久的生命。本文指革命烈士为革命事业献身的精神永不磨灭。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）人：坚定的革命者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）狗：革命者队伍中的叛徒。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）地下的烈火：人民革命的熊熊大火。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）活棺材：监牢。国民党反动派的统治。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、初读诗歌，了解背景、诗题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、了解作者生平。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：《囚歌》这首诗歌的作者是谁呢？（叶挺）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谁来介绍一下这位作者？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">30</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师简介作者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《囚歌》是叶挺同志被囚禁在重庆歌乐山渣滓洞集中营时，用铅笔写在牢房墙壁上的一首诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叶挺是广东惠阳人。第一次国内革命战争时期，曾任国民革</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">命军独立团团长。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1927</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年先后参加南昌起义和广州起义。抗战时任新四军军长。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1941</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年皖南事变时被国民党非法逮捕。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1946</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">月</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">日，在中共中央的坚决要求下获得自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">月</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">日自重庆飞返延安，途中飞机失事遇难。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、解题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：现在请同学们一起把诗歌读一遍，想一想，课题中的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是什么意思？囚歌又是什么意思呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（从字形上看，人被四堵高墙紧紧围住，如笼中之鸟，失去自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思是把人关在监狱里。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚歌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在本文指革命者在敌人监狱里写的诗歌。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：我们知道了作者在恶劣的环境里还能写下这么激昂的诗篇，到底作者是所要表达的是什么？我们下节课继续学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、朗读《囚歌》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名朗读诗歌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：朗读着首诗歌该用什么样的语气？相信大家在理解诗歌内容之后肯定会明白的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲读第一节</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自由读一读第一节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：想一想，叶挺同志在怎样的情况下写出这首诗的？从哪些地方能看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请把它们划出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：这里的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">狗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指的是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指坚定的革命者，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">狗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指革命队伍中的叛徒。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：读完这节诗，你明白了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为人进出的门紧锁着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是指牢房中的革命者所要走的路被敌人锁得紧紧的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为狗爬出的洞敞开着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指为牢房中的叛徒所准备的道路是敞开的，只要你叛变革命，随时都可以爬出牢房。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音高叫着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爬出来吧，给你自由！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指国民党反动派在声嘶力竭地叫喊诱骗革命者变节投降充当叛徒。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：当我们明白了国民党反动派对革命者威逼利诱的卑劣手段和丑恶嘴脸，朗读这一节该用什么样的语气来读？你们试着读一读。然后，四人小交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流，汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">给你自由！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句是敌人对革命者的诈骗，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不过是一种诱饵，朗读时要表现出敌人的阴险狡猾。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二字要读得虚伪、轻浮、声音拖长些。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：大家都读知道要用读出反动派阴险狡猾的语调，那么，作者想要表达的是怎样的思想感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达了作者对敌人的愤怒，对叛徒的厌恶和痛恨的思想感情。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：让我们怀着这种语气把第一小节读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一节诗揭露了国民党反动派对革命者。当时摆在狱中革命者面前的只有两条路：坚贞不屈，意味着失去自由，甚至生命；充当叛徒，出卖革命，将得到自由。作者选择哪一条路呢？第二节诗告诉了我们。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、讲读第二节诗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读第二节诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：作者面对敌人的威逼利诱，作出怎样的回答？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如何理解这几句话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我迫切希望得到自由，但我深深地明白一个道理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">真正的革命者是决不会向敌人屈膝投降当叛徒的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：这节诗中也有一个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，它跟第一节诗中有什么不同？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（第一节诗：所谓的自由；第二节诗：真正的自由。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：诗中表达作者怎样的思想感情？该怎样读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达叶挺同志决不向敌人屈膝投降的决心，表现了革命者坚贞不屈的革命气节。读要坚定、有力、高昂）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，全班评析，学生再读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为什么叶挺同志有这么强烈的决心，是什么支持着他为革命事业而献身？诗歌中哪里告诉我们？（第三节诗）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、讲读第三节诗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读第三节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：诗中用了什么修辞手法？（比喻）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四人小组交流一下作者是把什么比作什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流、汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">比喻革命的烈火，指共产党领导的人民革命的力量。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">活棺材</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指囚禁革命者的牢房，又指国民党反动派统治下的黑暗的旧社会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：一个真正的革命者决不会向敌人屈服，因为他心中充满对革命事业必胜的信心。所以，诗人决定怎么做？表达了诗人怎样的思想感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达了叶挺同志为了推翻国民党反动统治，宁愿献出自己生命的革命精神和壮志豪情。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师；该怎样读才能读出作者的壮志豪情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一齐烧掉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">得到永生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语读时要铿锵有力，语气逐渐激昂，节奏加快。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，全班评析，学生再读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、指导朗读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、确定停顿处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为人／进出的门／紧锁着，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为狗／爬出的洞／敞开着，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音／高叫着：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爬出来吧，给你自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我／渴望／自由，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">但我／深深地知道</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人的身躯／怎能／从狗洞里爬出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我希望／有一天，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将我／连这活棺材／一齐烧掉，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我／应该／在烈火与热血中／得到永生！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生评价</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写生字词；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读背诵《囚歌》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、预习《晏子使楚》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《晏子使楚》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、简介背景，揭题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：距今二千多年前，我国历史上曾出现过一个群雄纷争的春秋战国时代，其中齐国和楚国是大国，而齐国的强大离不开一个人，此人虽然身材矮小，但能言善辩，口才极好，被派到其它国家执行外交任务，帮助齐国解决了许多外交上的争端，他就是晏子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、板书课题，全班齐读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《晏子使楚》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：谁来说一说你对课题的理解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（晏子原名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏婴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是古代对男人的一种尊称。使：出使。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、扫清生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开火车组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、由生提问比较难写或要注意的生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、初读课文，理清脉络。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：大家用自己喜欢的方式读课文，想一想：课文主要写了一件什么事？你觉得晏子是个怎样的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文讲了几个小故事？（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个）请同学们选择其中一个故事来谈谈晏子到了楚国以后就受到了楚王怎样的侮辱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用复述的形式把它介绍给你的组员。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流，指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，昨天我们已初步学习了《晏子使楚》一文，知道了故事发生在春秋战国时期，齐国派大夫晏子出使楚国，那么楚国是如何接待晏子的？晏子有辱自己的使命吗？出使的结果又是如何？这些都是这节课我们所要关注的。下面请大家打开课本，把文章速读一遍，用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;-----&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">划出晏子出使结果的那句话。在四人小组内交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组合作学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流，引导：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：同学们真聪明，一下子就找到了，哪位同学大声读出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（从这以后，楚王不敢不尊重晏子了。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从这句话你明白了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、抓中心句，理解脉络：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，一句话往往能告诉我们许多信息，你认为横线上可以写些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在这之前，楚王（不断地侮辱晏子）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、后来晏子（用自己的聪明才智挫败楚王的三次侮辱）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从这以后，楚王不敢不尊重晏子了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们可真认真，把长长的一篇课文就读短了。但要想真正理解课文，咱们还得好好研究。今天，咱们就抓住</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">侮辱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词展开研究，去看看，在这之前，楚王是怎样侮辱晏子的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请同学们继续读课文，划出三次楚王侮辱晏子的句子，并讲讲你是如何理解这句话的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、学生交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王知道晏子身材矮小，就叫人在城门旁边开了个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尺来高的洞。晏子来到楚国。楚王就叫人把城门关了，让让晏子从这个洞钻进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：你能用自己的话讲得更简单一点吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（楚王要晏子钻狗洞，想以此侮辱晏子达到侮辱齐国的目的。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王对他瞅了一眼，冷笑一声说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">难道齐国没人了吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：该怎样读这句话（瞅、冷笑）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读，全班读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：这句话表达了楚王对待晏子是什么态度？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（轻视晏子没才干，想以此侮辱齐国没人才的目的。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王笑嘻嘻地对晏子说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐国人怎么这样没出息，干这种事情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：楚王说这句话是要侮辱齐国人什么？联系上下文解释。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（楚王借此讥笑齐国人没出息，齐国社会风气不好。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">楚王对晏子的侮辱真可谓是居心（叵测），处心（积虑），用心（不良），同学们积累的词汇还真多！面对楚王一次又一次的侮辱，晏子又是如何反击的呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学习晏子反击</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：咱们先去看看，晏子第一次回击楚王的语句，是哪个句子？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：晏子为什么这么回答？他这么说的结果如何呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生：访问正常的国家开城门，访问狗国钻狗洞，楚国让我钻狗洞。所以楚国是狗国。楚王只好吩咐打开城门，把晏子迎接进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：楚王这城门打得是无可奈何啊，要不然就承认国家是狗国了，自己是狗王了。从这次的回答中，我们又进一步体会到了晏子的聪明才智。他不仅维护了自己的尊严，而且还把这种侮辱还给了楚王，让楚王搬起石头砸自己的脚，这番话的确巧妙。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　是啊，面对这意想不到的侮辱，晏子只有冷静的反驳，不卑不亢地把侮辱还给楚王，才能维护自己和齐国的尊严，又不伤了两国的和气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，刚才我们通过反复朗读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仔细思考</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合自己的理解，都学懂了晏子第一次反击，而好戏还在后头。现在请大家利用这种方法学懂之后的二次反击，四人为一组，读二、三次反击的话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组合作学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流完成习题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">上等人访问上等国，等人访问下等国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　我是最下等人，访问楚国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">所以楚国是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">_______________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">淮南自然条件好，产柑桔。淮北自然条件差，产枳桔。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　齐国人在齐国安居乐业，在楚国当强盗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　所以楚国是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">_________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请大家思考，课后的第二个问题。它说的故事是文中的哪个部分？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。（第五自然段）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、分析人物</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：如果晏子回到齐国，齐王大喜，给他开了个庆功宴，你也去参加这个会，你讲一讲晏子为什么能取得胜利？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、晏子才智过人，有善辨的口才。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、侮辱晏子就是侮辱齐国，在晏子的心目中，不会让自己的祖国受到侮辱，他爱国，所以促使他一次又一次维护了祖国的尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、正义在晏子一方，邪不压正。他才会理直气壮。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、课外扩展</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">聪明人的题目：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　有一次，爱国将领吉鸿昌在街上走，一个美国人走过来傲慢地说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我去过一座岛，岛上就缺中国人和猪这两样东西。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">吉鸿昌听了，不紧不慢地说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七、小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们学习了《晏子使楚》一文，懂得了晏子以智慧击退楚王侮辱。同学们，只有今天学好知识，才能像晏子一样，不辱使命，维护尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">八、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写生字；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、预习《为了他的尊严》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏子使楚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　楚王</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　（侮辱）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（反击）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　钻狗洞　　　　　　是狗国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好打开城门</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">没人才　　　　　　下等国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好赔不是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　没出息　　　　　　强盗国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好陪着看</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《为了他的尊严》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，今天我们继续来学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这个单元，在前两篇课文中，我们认识了革命者叶挺和齐国的使者晏子，他们为了真理，为了国家始终坚贞不屈，维护了自己和国家的尊严。这节课我们再来学习另一篇课文《为了他的尊严》，看看这篇课文又和尊严有什么关系。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、板书课题，学生齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习，整体感知。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课题中的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">他</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指的是谁？谁为了他的尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。（妇人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：课文围绕着妇人和乞丐发生了什么事，我们来读读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请同学们自由读课文，注意读准生字，把课文读通顺。边读边想课文围绕着妇人和乞丐讲了什么事，然后说给四人小组的伙伴听一听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自由读课文，四人小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文中的生字都认识了吗？谁愿意来读一读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开火车生字接力组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请大家快速浏览课文，说一说课文主要讲了什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初读质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：在阅读课文的过程中，我们要在文章的上圈圈点点。你们做到了吗？请大家在文中不理解的地方做个记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）学生朗读质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们先学习到这，课后请大家思考课后的两个思考题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复述回顾</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：上节课我们知道了《为了他的尊严》讲述的是一个怎样的故事。谁愿意来把这个故事用自己的话说给大家听？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、细读课文，读中感悟</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示妇人的话：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">砖放在屋前和放在屋后都一样，可搬不搬对乞丐来说就不一样了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读这句话，课文中主要讲了几个乞丐？是两个怎样的乞丐？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：那个独臂乞丐开始就情愿搬吗？后来为什么搬了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学们仔细读课文的有关段落，抓住重点词句来体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流：学生抓住句子体会，独臂乞丐觉得自己是一个残疾人，已经非常可怜，妇人却让他搬砖，他很生气很不情愿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：谁来读读课文中对乞丐的描写？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慷慨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思，并指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慷慨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">两个字的写法。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）出示句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞丐怔住了，他用异样的目光看着妇人，尖突的喉结像一枚橄榄上下滑动了两下。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：这句话要用来说明什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（抓住乞丐表情的变化来体会他内心的变化，原来一只手也能干活，也有尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：谁能带着乞丐恍然大悟的表情把他内心的变化读出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名学生读乞丐干活时的样子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：说一说看到这一切感受到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">整整</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">才</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">气喘如牛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布满灰尘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">汗水濡湿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语体会这搬砖的活对独臂乞丐来说很不容易，而且又累又脏。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：干了这么又脏又累的活，乞丐还生气吗？他的态度有了什么变化？（感激）为什么感激？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：带着感激之情，再读乞丐的话。他感激是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（他感激的不仅仅是妇人给他的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱，更重要的是妇人的做法唤起了他的尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：再来看看那位双手健全的乞丐，他为什么不搬砖？请同学们默读有关的段落，抓住句子体会。想象他的结果会怎样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（他不仅仅是没有挣到</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱，更重要的是失去了自己的尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：再读这句话</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">砖放在屋前和放在屋后都一样，可搬不搬对乞丐来说就不一样了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：你对这句话是怎么理解的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：若干年后，成为董事长的乞丐又回到改变他一生的那位妇人家里，想不想听听他们说了些什么？请三个同学分角色朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生分角色朗读，再次体会妇人的美好品质。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、感情升华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文学到这儿，同学们一定收获很多，你们想说点什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：同学们说的都很好，是尊严改变了乞丐的命运，也是尊严使我们感到了妇人是高大而可敬的，尊严对我们每个人都是重要的，让我们珍惜尊严吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：结合自己说一说你对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的理解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、阅读短文《嗟来之食》，围绕着尊严这个主题，谈谈你对文中主人公的认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、搜集有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的格言和故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为了他的尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">妇人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞丐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（得到自尊）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搬砖挣钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、继续用学过的方法积累新词、好句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提醒学生自学生字，在积累的同时理解诗意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读课文中摘录笔记的内容，体会因果关系句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、先表明态度，后说明理由；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、先说明理由，后表态度。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生摘录课文中类似的因果关系的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读古诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自学诗句，用自己的方法理解句意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流诗句含义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、人要顺应天时，具备自强不息的精神。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、有了财富，不能放纵自己，整天沉溺于酒色。看到贫穷的人，不能欺辱，面对威武的武力也不去没有原则的屈就，这才是大丈夫。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、只有尊重别人，才能得到别人的尊重。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流自己收集到的有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读课文，了解文意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论：文章所表达的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗟来之食</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的的含义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生复述课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论交流：展开辩论</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那个人该不该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、辩论会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班分为两组，展开辩论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">正方：那个人不该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">反方：那个人该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、正反方自由组合讨论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。展开辩论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师小结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入习作主题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在本单元的学习中所围绕的主题是什么？（尊严）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们习作的题目是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一件尊重他人的事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、完成习作</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流自己的体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班谈论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师点评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生思考习作思路。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生开始习作。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、修改习作。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄清习作。</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：在学习《囚歌》的时候，学生学得有点&ldquo;恍惚&rdquo;，作为革命岁月鼓舞人心的诗歌，对于现代的学生理解起来很困难，尤其是诗中一些重点词语隐含的意思。在教学中我让学生以读为主，体会诗人的情感和意志，大体了解诗的象征意义。在教学《宴子使楚》时，我让学生在学完课文后进行了课本剧表演，学生充满兴趣，对课文的理解又加深了一步，比在教上一个年级时，不学课文直接表演取得的效果要好。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<p><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>心得体会</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第八单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为主题，编排了三篇主体课文和一个语文天地。《囚歌》写叶挺将军在敌人暗无天日的监狱中终日忍受着敌人的残酷迫害，但是他始终坚贞不屈，表现了革命者视死如归的凛然正气。《晏子使楚》记叙了春秋时期晏子出使楚国，凭借自己的机智和辩才维护个人和国家的尊严，不辱使命的故事。《为了他的尊严》记叙的是老妇人启发乞丐的尊严，促使读鄙弃改成了一名自信、自重的成功人士。这几篇文章描写的人物背景不同，性格各异，但都很有尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">28</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，会运用生字进行组词、写话，在平日交流中使用。能正确、流利、有感情的朗读课文。通过学习《囚歌》能够抓住关键词语，理解诗歌的内容，感受叶挺将军对革命必胜的信念和伟共产主义事业而献身的壮志豪情。了解《晏子使楚》这个故事，并能进行复述，理解晏子出使楚国时表现出的聪明才智，以及维护齐国尊严的凛然正气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能够把自己平日的所见、所闻中与尊严有关的故事和事情，进行所想、所感，然后整理写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能够继续积累学习中的词语和名言警句，进行运用。阅读《嗟来之食》，并结合此文章展开辩论，在收集资料、处理资料中提高运用资料的能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《囚歌》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，我们今天的幸福生活是无数革命先烈用鲜血和生命换来的。他们为了中国人民的解放事业，为了实现共产主义的伟大理想，前赴后继，英勇斗争，甚至献出自己的宝贵生命。今天我们要学的《囚歌》，讲述的就是这样的故事。他们在敌人的监牢里，面对毒刑拷打写下来的。让我们怀着崇敬的心情来学习这首诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（板书课题）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、形近字组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚（囚犯）　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">棺（棺木）　　　敝（敝帚自珍）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因（因为）　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">官（官司）　　　敞（宽敞）　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、辨析多音字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">热血</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、查字典或结合课文内容解释词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）囚歌：被囚禁在敌人监狱里的人写的诗歌。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）永生：永远活着，永久的生命。本文指革命烈士为革命事业献身的精神永不磨灭。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）人：坚定的革命者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）狗：革命者队伍中的叛徒。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）地下的烈火：人民革命的熊熊大火。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）活棺材：监牢。国民党反动派的统治。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、初读诗歌，了解背景、诗题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、了解作者生平。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：《囚歌》这首诗歌的作者是谁呢？（叶挺）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谁来介绍一下这位作者？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">30</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师简介作者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《囚歌》是叶挺同志被囚禁在重庆歌乐山渣滓洞集中营时，用铅笔写在牢房墙壁上的一首诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叶挺是广东惠阳人。第一次国内革命战争时期，曾任国民革</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">命军独立团团长。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1927</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年先后参加南昌起义和广州起义。抗战时任新四军军长。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1941</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年皖南事变时被国民党非法逮捕。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1946</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">月</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">日，在中共中央的坚决要求下获得自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">月</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">日自重庆飞返延安，途中飞机失事遇难。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、解题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：现在请同学们一起把诗歌读一遍，想一想，课题中的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是什么意思？囚歌又是什么意思呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（从字形上看，人被四堵高墙紧紧围住，如笼中之鸟，失去自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思是把人关在监狱里。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚歌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在本文指革命者在敌人监狱里写的诗歌。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：我们知道了作者在恶劣的环境里还能写下这么激昂的诗篇，到底作者是所要表达的是什么？我们下节课继续学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、朗读《囚歌》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名朗读诗歌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：朗读着首诗歌该用什么样的语气？相信大家在理解诗歌内容之后肯定会明白的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲读第一节</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自由读一读第一节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：想一想，叶挺同志在怎样的情况下写出这首诗的？从哪些地方能看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请把它们划出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：这里的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">狗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指的是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指坚定的革命者，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">狗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指革命队伍中的叛徒。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：读完这节诗，你明白了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为人进出的门紧锁着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是指牢房中的革命者所要走的路被敌人锁得紧紧的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为狗爬出的洞敞开着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指为牢房中的叛徒所准备的道路是敞开的，只要你叛变革命，随时都可以爬出牢房。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音高叫着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爬出来吧，给你自由！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指国民党反动派在声嘶力竭地叫喊诱骗革命者变节投降充当叛徒。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：当我们明白了国民党反动派对革命者威逼利诱的卑劣手段和丑恶嘴脸，朗读这一节该用什么样的语气来读？你们试着读一读。然后，四人小交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流，汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">给你自由！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句是敌人对革命者的诈骗，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不过是一种诱饵，朗读时要表现出敌人的阴险狡猾。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二字要读得虚伪、轻浮、声音拖长些。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：大家都读知道要用读出反动派阴险狡猾的语调，那么，作者想要表达的是怎样的思想感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达了作者对敌人的愤怒，对叛徒的厌恶和痛恨的思想感情。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：让我们怀着这种语气把第一小节读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一节诗揭露了国民党反动派对革命者。当时摆在狱中革命者面前的只有两条路：坚贞不屈，意味着失去自由，甚至生命；充当叛徒，出卖革命，将得到自由。作者选择哪一条路呢？第二节诗告诉了我们。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、讲读第二节诗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读第二节诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：作者面对敌人的威逼利诱，作出怎样的回答？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如何理解这几句话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我迫切希望得到自由，但我深深地明白一个道理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">真正的革命者是决不会向敌人屈膝投降当叛徒的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：这节诗中也有一个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，它跟第一节诗中有什么不同？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（第一节诗：所谓的自由；第二节诗：真正的自由。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：诗中表达作者怎样的思想感情？该怎样读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达叶挺同志决不向敌人屈膝投降的决心，表现了革命者坚贞不屈的革命气节。读要坚定、有力、高昂）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，全班评析，学生再读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为什么叶挺同志有这么强烈的决心，是什么支持着他为革命事业而献身？诗歌中哪里告诉我们？（第三节诗）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、讲读第三节诗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读第三节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：诗中用了什么修辞手法？（比喻）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四人小组交流一下作者是把什么比作什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流、汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">比喻革命的烈火，指共产党领导的人民革命的力量。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">活棺材</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指囚禁革命者的牢房，又指国民党反动派统治下的黑暗的旧社会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：一个真正的革命者决不会向敌人屈服，因为他心中充满对革命事业必胜的信心。所以，诗人决定怎么做？表达了诗人怎样的思想感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达了叶挺同志为了推翻国民党反动统治，宁愿献出自己生命的革命精神和壮志豪情。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师；该怎样读才能读出作者的壮志豪情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一齐烧掉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">得到永生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语读时要铿锵有力，语气逐渐激昂，节奏加快。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，全班评析，学生再读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、指导朗读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、确定停顿处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为人／进出的门／紧锁着，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为狗／爬出的洞／敞开着，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音／高叫着：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爬出来吧，给你自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我／渴望／自由，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">但我／深深地知道</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人的身躯／怎能／从狗洞里爬出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我希望／有一天，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将我／连这活棺材／一齐烧掉，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我／应该／在烈火与热血中／得到永生！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生评价</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写生字词；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读背诵《囚歌》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、预习《晏子使楚》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《晏子使楚》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、简介背景，揭题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：距今二千多年前，我国历史上曾出现过一个群雄纷争的春秋战国时代，其中齐国和楚国是大国，而齐国的强大离不开一个人，此人虽然身材矮小，但能言善辩，口才极好，被派到其它国家执行外交任务，帮助齐国解决了许多外交上的争端，他就是晏子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、板书课题，全班齐读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《晏子使楚》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：谁来说一说你对课题的理解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（晏子原名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏婴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是古代对男人的一种尊称。使：出使。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、扫清生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开火车组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、由生提问比较难写或要注意的生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、初读课文，理清脉络。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：大家用自己喜欢的方式读课文，想一想：课文主要写了一件什么事？你觉得晏子是个怎样的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文讲了几个小故事？（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个）请同学们选择其中一个故事来谈谈晏子到了楚国以后就受到了楚王怎样的侮辱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用复述的形式把它介绍给你的组员。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流，指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，昨天我们已初步学习了《晏子使楚》一文，知道了故事发生在春秋战国时期，齐国派大夫晏子出使楚国，那么楚国是如何接待晏子的？晏子有辱自己的使命吗？出使的结果又是如何？这些都是这节课我们所要关注的。下面请大家打开课本，把文章速读一遍，用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;-----&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">划出晏子出使结果的那句话。在四人小组内交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组合作学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流，引导：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：同学们真聪明，一下子就找到了，哪位同学大声读出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（从这以后，楚王不敢不尊重晏子了。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从这句话你明白了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、抓中心句，理解脉络：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，一句话往往能告诉我们许多信息，你认为横线上可以写些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在这之前，楚王（不断地侮辱晏子）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、后来晏子（用自己的聪明才智挫败楚王的三次侮辱）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从这以后，楚王不敢不尊重晏子了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们可真认真，把长长的一篇课文就读短了。但要想真正理解课文，咱们还得好好研究。今天，咱们就抓住</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">侮辱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词展开研究，去看看，在这之前，楚王是怎样侮辱晏子的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请同学们继续读课文，划出三次楚王侮辱晏子的句子，并讲讲你是如何理解这句话的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、学生交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王知道晏子身材矮小，就叫人在城门旁边开了个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尺来高的洞。晏子来到楚国。楚王就叫人把城门关了，让让晏子从这个洞钻进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：你能用自己的话讲得更简单一点吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（楚王要晏子钻狗洞，想以此侮辱晏子达到侮辱齐国的目的。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王对他瞅了一眼，冷笑一声说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">难道齐国没人了吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：该怎样读这句话（瞅、冷笑）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读，全班读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：这句话表达了楚王对待晏子是什么态度？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（轻视晏子没才干，想以此侮辱齐国没人才的目的。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王笑嘻嘻地对晏子说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐国人怎么这样没出息，干这种事情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：楚王说这句话是要侮辱齐国人什么？联系上下文解释。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（楚王借此讥笑齐国人没出息，齐国社会风气不好。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">楚王对晏子的侮辱真可谓是居心（叵测），处心（积虑），用心（不良），同学们积累的词汇还真多！面对楚王一次又一次的侮辱，晏子又是如何反击的呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学习晏子反击</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：咱们先去看看，晏子第一次回击楚王的语句，是哪个句子？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：晏子为什么这么回答？他这么说的结果如何呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生：访问正常的国家开城门，访问狗国钻狗洞，楚国让我钻狗洞。所以楚国是狗国。楚王只好吩咐打开城门，把晏子迎接进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：楚王这城门打得是无可奈何啊，要不然就承认国家是狗国了，自己是狗王了。从这次的回答中，我们又进一步体会到了晏子的聪明才智。他不仅维护了自己的尊严，而且还把这种侮辱还给了楚王，让楚王搬起石头砸自己的脚，这番话的确巧妙。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　是啊，面对这意想不到的侮辱，晏子只有冷静的反驳，不卑不亢地把侮辱还给楚王，才能维护自己和齐国的尊严，又不伤了两国的和气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，刚才我们通过反复朗读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仔细思考</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合自己的理解，都学懂了晏子第一次反击，而好戏还在后头。现在请大家利用这种方法学懂之后的二次反击，四人为一组，读二、三次反击的话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组合作学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流完成习题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">上等人访问上等国，等人访问下等国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　我是最下等人，访问楚国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">所以楚国是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">_______________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">淮南自然条件好，产柑桔。淮北自然条件差，产枳桔。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　齐国人在齐国安居乐业，在楚国当强盗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　所以楚国是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">_________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请大家思考，课后的第二个问题。它说的故事是文中的哪个部分？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。（第五自然段）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、分析人物</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：如果晏子回到齐国，齐王大喜，给他开了个庆功宴，你也去参加这个会，你讲一讲晏子为什么能取得胜利？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、晏子才智过人，有善辨的口才。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、侮辱晏子就是侮辱齐国，在晏子的心目中，不会让自己的祖国受到侮辱，他爱国，所以促使他一次又一次维护了祖国的尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、正义在晏子一方，邪不压正。他才会理直气壮。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、课外扩展</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">聪明人的题目：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　有一次，爱国将领吉鸿昌在街上走，一个美国人走过来傲慢地说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我去过一座岛，岛上就缺中国人和猪这两样东西。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">吉鸿昌听了，不紧不慢地说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七、小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们学习了《晏子使楚》一文，懂得了晏子以智慧击退楚王侮辱。同学们，只有今天学好知识，才能像晏子一样，不辱使命，维护尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">八、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写生字；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、预习《为了他的尊严》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏子使楚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　楚王</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　（侮辱）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（反击）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　钻狗洞　　　　　　是狗国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好打开城门</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">没人才　　　　　　下等国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好赔不是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　没出息　　　　　　强盗国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好陪着看</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《为了他的尊严》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，今天我们继续来学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这个单元，在前两篇课文中，我们认识了革命者叶挺和齐国的使者晏子，他们为了真理，为了国家始终坚贞不屈，维护了自己和国家的尊严。这节课我们再来学习另一篇课文《为了他的尊严》，看看这篇课文又和尊严有什么关系。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、板书课题，学生齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习，整体感知。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课题中的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">他</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指的是谁？谁为了他的尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。（妇人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：课文围绕着妇人和乞丐发生了什么事，我们来读读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请同学们自由读课文，注意读准生字，把课文读通顺。边读边想课文围绕着妇人和乞丐讲了什么事，然后说给四人小组的伙伴听一听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自由读课文，四人小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文中的生字都认识了吗？谁愿意来读一读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开火车生字接力组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请大家快速浏览课文，说一说课文主要讲了什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初读质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：在阅读课文的过程中，我们要在文章的上圈圈点点。你们做到了吗？请大家在文中不理解的地方做个记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）学生朗读质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们先学习到这，课后请大家思考课后的两个思考题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复述回顾</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：上节课我们知道了《为了他的尊严》讲述的是一个怎样的故事。谁愿意来把这个故事用自己的话说给大家听？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、细读课文，读中感悟</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示妇人的话：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">砖放在屋前和放在屋后都一样，可搬不搬对乞丐来说就不一样了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读这句话，课文中主要讲了几个乞丐？是两个怎样的乞丐？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：那个独臂乞丐开始就情愿搬吗？后来为什么搬了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学们仔细读课文的有关段落，抓住重点词句来体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流：学生抓住句子体会，独臂乞丐觉得自己是一个残疾人，已经非常可怜，妇人却让他搬砖，他很生气很不情愿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：谁来读读课文中对乞丐的描写？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慷慨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思，并指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慷慨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">两个字的写法。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）出示句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞丐怔住了，他用异样的目光看着妇人，尖突的喉结像一枚橄榄上下滑动了两下。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：这句话要用来说明什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（抓住乞丐表情的变化来体会他内心的变化，原来一只手也能干活，也有尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：谁能带着乞丐恍然大悟的表情把他内心的变化读出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名学生读乞丐干活时的样子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：说一说看到这一切感受到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">整整</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">才</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">气喘如牛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布满灰尘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">汗水濡湿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语体会这搬砖的活对独臂乞丐来说很不容易，而且又累又脏。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：干了这么又脏又累的活，乞丐还生气吗？他的态度有了什么变化？（感激）为什么感激？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：带着感激之情，再读乞丐的话。他感激是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（他感激的不仅仅是妇人给他的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱，更重要的是妇人的做法唤起了他的尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：再来看看那位双手健全的乞丐，他为什么不搬砖？请同学们默读有关的段落，抓住句子体会。想象他的结果会怎样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（他不仅仅是没有挣到</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱，更重要的是失去了自己的尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：再读这句话</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">砖放在屋前和放在屋后都一样，可搬不搬对乞丐来说就不一样了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：你对这句话是怎么理解的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：若干年后，成为董事长的乞丐又回到改变他一生的那位妇人家里，想不想听听他们说了些什么？请三个同学分角色朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生分角色朗读，再次体会妇人的美好品质。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、感情升华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文学到这儿，同学们一定收获很多，你们想说点什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：同学们说的都很好，是尊严改变了乞丐的命运，也是尊严使我们感到了妇人是高大而可敬的，尊严对我们每个人都是重要的，让我们珍惜尊严吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：结合自己说一说你对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的理解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、阅读短文《嗟来之食》，围绕着尊严这个主题，谈谈你对文中主人公的认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、搜集有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的格言和故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为了他的尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">妇人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞丐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（得到自尊）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搬砖挣钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、继续用学过的方法积累新词、好句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提醒学生自学生字，在积累的同时理解诗意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读课文中摘录笔记的内容，体会因果关系句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、先表明态度，后说明理由；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、先说明理由，后表态度。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生摘录课文中类似的因果关系的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读古诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自学诗句，用自己的方法理解句意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流诗句含义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、人要顺应天时，具备自强不息的精神。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、有了财富，不能放纵自己，整天沉溺于酒色。看到贫穷的人，不能欺辱，面对威武的武力也不去没有原则的屈就，这才是大丈夫。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、只有尊重别人，才能得到别人的尊重。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流自己收集到的有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读课文，了解文意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论：文章所表达的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗟来之食</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的的含义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生复述课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论交流：展开辩论</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那个人该不该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、辩论会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班分为两组，展开辩论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">正方：那个人不该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">反方：那个人该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、正反方自由组合讨论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。展开辩论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师小结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入习作主题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在本单元的学习中所围绕的主题是什么？（尊严）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们习作的题目是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一件尊重他人的事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、完成习作</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流自己的体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班谈论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师点评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生思考习作思路。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生开始习作。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、修改习作。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄清习作。</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：在学习《囚歌》的时候，学生学得有点&ldquo;恍惚&rdquo;，作为革命岁月鼓舞人心的诗歌，对于现代的学生理解起来很困难，尤其是诗中一些重点词语隐含的意思。在教学中我让学生以读为主，体会诗人的情感和意志，大体了解诗的象征意义。在教学《宴子使楚》时，我让学生在学完课文后进行了课本剧表演，学生充满兴趣，对课文的理解又加深了一步，比在教上一个年级时，不学课文直接表演取得的效果要好。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<p><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>复习计划和教案</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第八单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为主题，编排了三篇主体课文和一个语文天地。《囚歌》写叶挺将军在敌人暗无天日的监狱中终日忍受着敌人的残酷迫害，但是他始终坚贞不屈，表现了革命者视死如归的凛然正气。《晏子使楚》记叙了春秋时期晏子出使楚国，凭借自己的机智和辩才维护个人和国家的尊严，不辱使命的故事。《为了他的尊严》记叙的是老妇人启发乞丐的尊严，促使读鄙弃改成了一名自信、自重的成功人士。这几篇文章描写的人物背景不同，性格各异，但都很有尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">28</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，会运用生字进行组词、写话，在平日交流中使用。能正确、流利、有感情的朗读课文。通过学习《囚歌》能够抓住关键词语，理解诗歌的内容，感受叶挺将军对革命必胜的信念和伟共产主义事业而献身的壮志豪情。了解《晏子使楚》这个故事，并能进行复述，理解晏子出使楚国时表现出的聪明才智，以及维护齐国尊严的凛然正气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能够把自己平日的所见、所闻中与尊严有关的故事和事情，进行所想、所感，然后整理写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能够继续积累学习中的词语和名言警句，进行运用。阅读《嗟来之食》，并结合此文章展开辩论，在收集资料、处理资料中提高运用资料的能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《囚歌》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，我们今天的幸福生活是无数革命先烈用鲜血和生命换来的。他们为了中国人民的解放事业，为了实现共产主义的伟大理想，前赴后继，英勇斗争，甚至献出自己的宝贵生命。今天我们要学的《囚歌》，讲述的就是这样的故事。他们在敌人的监牢里，面对毒刑拷打写下来的。让我们怀着崇敬的心情来学习这首诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（板书课题）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、形近字组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚（囚犯）　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">棺（棺木）　　　敝（敝帚自珍）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因（因为）　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">官（官司）　　　敞（宽敞）　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、辨析多音字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">热血</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、查字典或结合课文内容解释词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）囚歌：被囚禁在敌人监狱里的人写的诗歌。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）永生：永远活着，永久的生命。本文指革命烈士为革命事业献身的精神永不磨灭。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）人：坚定的革命者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）狗：革命者队伍中的叛徒。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）地下的烈火：人民革命的熊熊大火。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）活棺材：监牢。国民党反动派的统治。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、初读诗歌，了解背景、诗题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、了解作者生平。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：《囚歌》这首诗歌的作者是谁呢？（叶挺）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谁来介绍一下这位作者？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">30</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师简介作者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《囚歌》是叶挺同志被囚禁在重庆歌乐山渣滓洞集中营时，用铅笔写在牢房墙壁上的一首诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叶挺是广东惠阳人。第一次国内革命战争时期，曾任国民革</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">命军独立团团长。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1927</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年先后参加南昌起义和广州起义。抗战时任新四军军长。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1941</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年皖南事变时被国民党非法逮捕。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1946</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">月</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">日，在中共中央的坚决要求下获得自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">月</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">日自重庆飞返延安，途中飞机失事遇难。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、解题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：现在请同学们一起把诗歌读一遍，想一想，课题中的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是什么意思？囚歌又是什么意思呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（从字形上看，人被四堵高墙紧紧围住，如笼中之鸟，失去自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思是把人关在监狱里。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚歌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在本文指革命者在敌人监狱里写的诗歌。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：我们知道了作者在恶劣的环境里还能写下这么激昂的诗篇，到底作者是所要表达的是什么？我们下节课继续学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、朗读《囚歌》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名朗读诗歌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：朗读着首诗歌该用什么样的语气？相信大家在理解诗歌内容之后肯定会明白的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲读第一节</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自由读一读第一节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：想一想，叶挺同志在怎样的情况下写出这首诗的？从哪些地方能看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请把它们划出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：这里的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">狗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指的是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指坚定的革命者，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">狗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指革命队伍中的叛徒。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：读完这节诗，你明白了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为人进出的门紧锁着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是指牢房中的革命者所要走的路被敌人锁得紧紧的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为狗爬出的洞敞开着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指为牢房中的叛徒所准备的道路是敞开的，只要你叛变革命，随时都可以爬出牢房。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音高叫着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爬出来吧，给你自由！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指国民党反动派在声嘶力竭地叫喊诱骗革命者变节投降充当叛徒。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：当我们明白了国民党反动派对革命者威逼利诱的卑劣手段和丑恶嘴脸，朗读这一节该用什么样的语气来读？你们试着读一读。然后，四人小交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流，汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">给你自由！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句是敌人对革命者的诈骗，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不过是一种诱饵，朗读时要表现出敌人的阴险狡猾。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二字要读得虚伪、轻浮、声音拖长些。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：大家都读知道要用读出反动派阴险狡猾的语调，那么，作者想要表达的是怎样的思想感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达了作者对敌人的愤怒，对叛徒的厌恶和痛恨的思想感情。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：让我们怀着这种语气把第一小节读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一节诗揭露了国民党反动派对革命者。当时摆在狱中革命者面前的只有两条路：坚贞不屈，意味着失去自由，甚至生命；充当叛徒，出卖革命，将得到自由。作者选择哪一条路呢？第二节诗告诉了我们。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、讲读第二节诗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读第二节诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：作者面对敌人的威逼利诱，作出怎样的回答？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如何理解这几句话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我迫切希望得到自由，但我深深地明白一个道理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">真正的革命者是决不会向敌人屈膝投降当叛徒的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：这节诗中也有一个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，它跟第一节诗中有什么不同？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（第一节诗：所谓的自由；第二节诗：真正的自由。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：诗中表达作者怎样的思想感情？该怎样读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达叶挺同志决不向敌人屈膝投降的决心，表现了革命者坚贞不屈的革命气节。读要坚定、有力、高昂）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，全班评析，学生再读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为什么叶挺同志有这么强烈的决心，是什么支持着他为革命事业而献身？诗歌中哪里告诉我们？（第三节诗）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、讲读第三节诗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读第三节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：诗中用了什么修辞手法？（比喻）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四人小组交流一下作者是把什么比作什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流、汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">比喻革命的烈火，指共产党领导的人民革命的力量。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">活棺材</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指囚禁革命者的牢房，又指国民党反动派统治下的黑暗的旧社会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：一个真正的革命者决不会向敌人屈服，因为他心中充满对革命事业必胜的信心。所以，诗人决定怎么做？表达了诗人怎样的思想感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达了叶挺同志为了推翻国民党反动统治，宁愿献出自己生命的革命精神和壮志豪情。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师；该怎样读才能读出作者的壮志豪情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一齐烧掉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">得到永生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语读时要铿锵有力，语气逐渐激昂，节奏加快。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，全班评析，学生再读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、指导朗读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、确定停顿处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为人／进出的门／紧锁着，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为狗／爬出的洞／敞开着，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音／高叫着：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爬出来吧，给你自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我／渴望／自由，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">但我／深深地知道</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人的身躯／怎能／从狗洞里爬出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我希望／有一天，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将我／连这活棺材／一齐烧掉，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我／应该／在烈火与热血中／得到永生！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生评价</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写生字词；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读背诵《囚歌》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、预习《晏子使楚》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《晏子使楚》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、简介背景，揭题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：距今二千多年前，我国历史上曾出现过一个群雄纷争的春秋战国时代，其中齐国和楚国是大国，而齐国的强大离不开一个人，此人虽然身材矮小，但能言善辩，口才极好，被派到其它国家执行外交任务，帮助齐国解决了许多外交上的争端，他就是晏子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、板书课题，全班齐读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《晏子使楚》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：谁来说一说你对课题的理解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（晏子原名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏婴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是古代对男人的一种尊称。使：出使。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、扫清生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开火车组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、由生提问比较难写或要注意的生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、初读课文，理清脉络。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：大家用自己喜欢的方式读课文，想一想：课文主要写了一件什么事？你觉得晏子是个怎样的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文讲了几个小故事？（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个）请同学们选择其中一个故事来谈谈晏子到了楚国以后就受到了楚王怎样的侮辱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用复述的形式把它介绍给你的组员。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流，指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，昨天我们已初步学习了《晏子使楚》一文，知道了故事发生在春秋战国时期，齐国派大夫晏子出使楚国，那么楚国是如何接待晏子的？晏子有辱自己的使命吗？出使的结果又是如何？这些都是这节课我们所要关注的。下面请大家打开课本，把文章速读一遍，用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;-----&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">划出晏子出使结果的那句话。在四人小组内交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组合作学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流，引导：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：同学们真聪明，一下子就找到了，哪位同学大声读出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（从这以后，楚王不敢不尊重晏子了。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从这句话你明白了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、抓中心句，理解脉络：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，一句话往往能告诉我们许多信息，你认为横线上可以写些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在这之前，楚王（不断地侮辱晏子）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、后来晏子（用自己的聪明才智挫败楚王的三次侮辱）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从这以后，楚王不敢不尊重晏子了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们可真认真，把长长的一篇课文就读短了。但要想真正理解课文，咱们还得好好研究。今天，咱们就抓住</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">侮辱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词展开研究，去看看，在这之前，楚王是怎样侮辱晏子的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请同学们继续读课文，划出三次楚王侮辱晏子的句子，并讲讲你是如何理解这句话的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、学生交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王知道晏子身材矮小，就叫人在城门旁边开了个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尺来高的洞。晏子来到楚国。楚王就叫人把城门关了，让让晏子从这个洞钻进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：你能用自己的话讲得更简单一点吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（楚王要晏子钻狗洞，想以此侮辱晏子达到侮辱齐国的目的。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王对他瞅了一眼，冷笑一声说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">难道齐国没人了吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：该怎样读这句话（瞅、冷笑）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读，全班读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：这句话表达了楚王对待晏子是什么态度？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（轻视晏子没才干，想以此侮辱齐国没人才的目的。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王笑嘻嘻地对晏子说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐国人怎么这样没出息，干这种事情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：楚王说这句话是要侮辱齐国人什么？联系上下文解释。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（楚王借此讥笑齐国人没出息，齐国社会风气不好。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">楚王对晏子的侮辱真可谓是居心（叵测），处心（积虑），用心（不良），同学们积累的词汇还真多！面对楚王一次又一次的侮辱，晏子又是如何反击的呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学习晏子反击</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：咱们先去看看，晏子第一次回击楚王的语句，是哪个句子？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：晏子为什么这么回答？他这么说的结果如何呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生：访问正常的国家开城门，访问狗国钻狗洞，楚国让我钻狗洞。所以楚国是狗国。楚王只好吩咐打开城门，把晏子迎接进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：楚王这城门打得是无可奈何啊，要不然就承认国家是狗国了，自己是狗王了。从这次的回答中，我们又进一步体会到了晏子的聪明才智。他不仅维护了自己的尊严，而且还把这种侮辱还给了楚王，让楚王搬起石头砸自己的脚，这番话的确巧妙。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　是啊，面对这意想不到的侮辱，晏子只有冷静的反驳，不卑不亢地把侮辱还给楚王，才能维护自己和齐国的尊严，又不伤了两国的和气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，刚才我们通过反复朗读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仔细思考</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合自己的理解，都学懂了晏子第一次反击，而好戏还在后头。现在请大家利用这种方法学懂之后的二次反击，四人为一组，读二、三次反击的话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组合作学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流完成习题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">上等人访问上等国，等人访问下等国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　我是最下等人，访问楚国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">所以楚国是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">_______________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">淮南自然条件好，产柑桔。淮北自然条件差，产枳桔。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　齐国人在齐国安居乐业，在楚国当强盗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　所以楚国是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">_________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请大家思考，课后的第二个问题。它说的故事是文中的哪个部分？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。（第五自然段）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、分析人物</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：如果晏子回到齐国，齐王大喜，给他开了个庆功宴，你也去参加这个会，你讲一讲晏子为什么能取得胜利？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、晏子才智过人，有善辨的口才。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、侮辱晏子就是侮辱齐国，在晏子的心目中，不会让自己的祖国受到侮辱，他爱国，所以促使他一次又一次维护了祖国的尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、正义在晏子一方，邪不压正。他才会理直气壮。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、课外扩展</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">聪明人的题目：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　有一次，爱国将领吉鸿昌在街上走，一个美国人走过来傲慢地说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我去过一座岛，岛上就缺中国人和猪这两样东西。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">吉鸿昌听了，不紧不慢地说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七、小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们学习了《晏子使楚》一文，懂得了晏子以智慧击退楚王侮辱。同学们，只有今天学好知识，才能像晏子一样，不辱使命，维护尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">八、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写生字；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、预习《为了他的尊严》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏子使楚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　楚王</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　（侮辱）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（反击）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　钻狗洞　　　　　　是狗国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好打开城门</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">没人才　　　　　　下等国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好赔不是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　没出息　　　　　　强盗国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好陪着看</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《为了他的尊严》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，今天我们继续来学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这个单元，在前两篇课文中，我们认识了革命者叶挺和齐国的使者晏子，他们为了真理，为了国家始终坚贞不屈，维护了自己和国家的尊严。这节课我们再来学习另一篇课文《为了他的尊严》，看看这篇课文又和尊严有什么关系。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、板书课题，学生齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习，整体感知。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课题中的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">他</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指的是谁？谁为了他的尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。（妇人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：课文围绕着妇人和乞丐发生了什么事，我们来读读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请同学们自由读课文，注意读准生字，把课文读通顺。边读边想课文围绕着妇人和乞丐讲了什么事，然后说给四人小组的伙伴听一听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自由读课文，四人小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文中的生字都认识了吗？谁愿意来读一读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开火车生字接力组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请大家快速浏览课文，说一说课文主要讲了什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初读质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：在阅读课文的过程中，我们要在文章的上圈圈点点。你们做到了吗？请大家在文中不理解的地方做个记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）学生朗读质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们先学习到这，课后请大家思考课后的两个思考题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复述回顾</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：上节课我们知道了《为了他的尊严》讲述的是一个怎样的故事。谁愿意来把这个故事用自己的话说给大家听？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、细读课文，读中感悟</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示妇人的话：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">砖放在屋前和放在屋后都一样，可搬不搬对乞丐来说就不一样了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读这句话，课文中主要讲了几个乞丐？是两个怎样的乞丐？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：那个独臂乞丐开始就情愿搬吗？后来为什么搬了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学们仔细读课文的有关段落，抓住重点词句来体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流：学生抓住句子体会，独臂乞丐觉得自己是一个残疾人，已经非常可怜，妇人却让他搬砖，他很生气很不情愿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：谁来读读课文中对乞丐的描写？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慷慨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思，并指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慷慨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">两个字的写法。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）出示句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞丐怔住了，他用异样的目光看着妇人，尖突的喉结像一枚橄榄上下滑动了两下。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：这句话要用来说明什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（抓住乞丐表情的变化来体会他内心的变化，原来一只手也能干活，也有尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：谁能带着乞丐恍然大悟的表情把他内心的变化读出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名学生读乞丐干活时的样子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：说一说看到这一切感受到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">整整</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">才</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">气喘如牛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布满灰尘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">汗水濡湿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语体会这搬砖的活对独臂乞丐来说很不容易，而且又累又脏。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：干了这么又脏又累的活，乞丐还生气吗？他的态度有了什么变化？（感激）为什么感激？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：带着感激之情，再读乞丐的话。他感激是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（他感激的不仅仅是妇人给他的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱，更重要的是妇人的做法唤起了他的尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：再来看看那位双手健全的乞丐，他为什么不搬砖？请同学们默读有关的段落，抓住句子体会。想象他的结果会怎样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（他不仅仅是没有挣到</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱，更重要的是失去了自己的尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：再读这句话</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">砖放在屋前和放在屋后都一样，可搬不搬对乞丐来说就不一样了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：你对这句话是怎么理解的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：若干年后，成为董事长的乞丐又回到改变他一生的那位妇人家里，想不想听听他们说了些什么？请三个同学分角色朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生分角色朗读，再次体会妇人的美好品质。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、感情升华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文学到这儿，同学们一定收获很多，你们想说点什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：同学们说的都很好，是尊严改变了乞丐的命运，也是尊严使我们感到了妇人是高大而可敬的，尊严对我们每个人都是重要的，让我们珍惜尊严吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：结合自己说一说你对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的理解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、阅读短文《嗟来之食》，围绕着尊严这个主题，谈谈你对文中主人公的认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、搜集有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的格言和故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为了他的尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">妇人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞丐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（得到自尊）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搬砖挣钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、继续用学过的方法积累新词、好句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提醒学生自学生字，在积累的同时理解诗意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读课文中摘录笔记的内容，体会因果关系句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、先表明态度，后说明理由；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、先说明理由，后表态度。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生摘录课文中类似的因果关系的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读古诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自学诗句，用自己的方法理解句意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流诗句含义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、人要顺应天时，具备自强不息的精神。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、有了财富，不能放纵自己，整天沉溺于酒色。看到贫穷的人，不能欺辱，面对威武的武力也不去没有原则的屈就，这才是大丈夫。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、只有尊重别人，才能得到别人的尊重。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流自己收集到的有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读课文，了解文意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论：文章所表达的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗟来之食</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的的含义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生复述课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论交流：展开辩论</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那个人该不该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、辩论会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班分为两组，展开辩论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">正方：那个人不该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">反方：那个人该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、正反方自由组合讨论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。展开辩论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师小结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入习作主题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在本单元的学习中所围绕的主题是什么？（尊严）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们习作的题目是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一件尊重他人的事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、完成习作</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流自己的体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班谈论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师点评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生思考习作思路。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生开始习作。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、修改习作。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄清习作。</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：在学习《囚歌》的时候，学生学得有点&ldquo;恍惚&rdquo;，作为革命岁月鼓舞人心的诗歌，对于现代的学生理解起来很困难，尤其是诗中一些重点词语隐含的意思。在教学中我让学生以读为主，体会诗人的情感和意志，大体了解诗的象征意义。在教学《宴子使楚》时，我让学生在学完课文后进行了课本剧表演，学生充满兴趣，对课文的理解又加深了一步，比在教上一个年级时，不学课文直接表演取得的效果要好。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<p><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>教案</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第八单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为主题，编排了三篇主体课文和一个语文天地。《囚歌》写叶挺将军在敌人暗无天日的监狱中终日忍受着敌人的残酷迫害，但是他始终坚贞不屈，表现了革命者视死如归的凛然正气。《晏子使楚》记叙了春秋时期晏子出使楚国，凭借自己的机智和辩才维护个人和国家的尊严，不辱使命的故事。《为了他的尊严》记叙的是老妇人启发乞丐的尊严，促使读鄙弃改成了一名自信、自重的成功人士。这几篇文章描写的人物背景不同，性格各异，但都很有尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">28</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，会运用生字进行组词、写话，在平日交流中使用。能正确、流利、有感情的朗读课文。通过学习《囚歌》能够抓住关键词语，理解诗歌的内容，感受叶挺将军对革命必胜的信念和伟共产主义事业而献身的壮志豪情。了解《晏子使楚》这个故事，并能进行复述，理解晏子出使楚国时表现出的聪明才智，以及维护齐国尊严的凛然正气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能够把自己平日的所见、所闻中与尊严有关的故事和事情，进行所想、所感，然后整理写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能够继续积累学习中的词语和名言警句，进行运用。阅读《嗟来之食》，并结合此文章展开辩论，在收集资料、处理资料中提高运用资料的能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《囚歌》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，我们今天的幸福生活是无数革命先烈用鲜血和生命换来的。他们为了中国人民的解放事业，为了实现共产主义的伟大理想，前赴后继，英勇斗争，甚至献出自己的宝贵生命。今天我们要学的《囚歌》，讲述的就是这样的故事。他们在敌人的监牢里，面对毒刑拷打写下来的。让我们怀着崇敬的心情来学习这首诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（板书课题）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、形近字组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚（囚犯）　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">棺（棺木）　　　敝（敝帚自珍）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因（因为）　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">官（官司）　　　敞（宽敞）　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、辨析多音字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">热血</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、查字典或结合课文内容解释词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）囚歌：被囚禁在敌人监狱里的人写的诗歌。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）永生：永远活着，永久的生命。本文指革命烈士为革命事业献身的精神永不磨灭。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）人：坚定的革命者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）狗：革命者队伍中的叛徒。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）地下的烈火：人民革命的熊熊大火。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）活棺材：监牢。国民党反动派的统治。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、初读诗歌，了解背景、诗题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、了解作者生平。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：《囚歌》这首诗歌的作者是谁呢？（叶挺）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谁来介绍一下这位作者？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">30</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师简介作者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《囚歌》是叶挺同志被囚禁在重庆歌乐山渣滓洞集中营时，用铅笔写在牢房墙壁上的一首诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叶挺是广东惠阳人。第一次国内革命战争时期，曾任国民革</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">命军独立团团长。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1927</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年先后参加南昌起义和广州起义。抗战时任新四军军长。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1941</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年皖南事变时被国民党非法逮捕。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1946</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">月</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">日，在中共中央的坚决要求下获得自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">月</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">日自重庆飞返延安，途中飞机失事遇难。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、解题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：现在请同学们一起把诗歌读一遍，想一想，课题中的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是什么意思？囚歌又是什么意思呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（从字形上看，人被四堵高墙紧紧围住，如笼中之鸟，失去自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思是把人关在监狱里。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚歌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在本文指革命者在敌人监狱里写的诗歌。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：我们知道了作者在恶劣的环境里还能写下这么激昂的诗篇，到底作者是所要表达的是什么？我们下节课继续学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、朗读《囚歌》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名朗读诗歌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：朗读着首诗歌该用什么样的语气？相信大家在理解诗歌内容之后肯定会明白的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲读第一节</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自由读一读第一节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：想一想，叶挺同志在怎样的情况下写出这首诗的？从哪些地方能看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请把它们划出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：这里的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">狗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指的是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指坚定的革命者，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">狗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指革命队伍中的叛徒。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：读完这节诗，你明白了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为人进出的门紧锁着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是指牢房中的革命者所要走的路被敌人锁得紧紧的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为狗爬出的洞敞开着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指为牢房中的叛徒所准备的道路是敞开的，只要你叛变革命，随时都可以爬出牢房。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音高叫着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爬出来吧，给你自由！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指国民党反动派在声嘶力竭地叫喊诱骗革命者变节投降充当叛徒。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：当我们明白了国民党反动派对革命者威逼利诱的卑劣手段和丑恶嘴脸，朗读这一节该用什么样的语气来读？你们试着读一读。然后，四人小交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流，汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">给你自由！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句是敌人对革命者的诈骗，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不过是一种诱饵，朗读时要表现出敌人的阴险狡猾。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二字要读得虚伪、轻浮、声音拖长些。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：大家都读知道要用读出反动派阴险狡猾的语调，那么，作者想要表达的是怎样的思想感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达了作者对敌人的愤怒，对叛徒的厌恶和痛恨的思想感情。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：让我们怀着这种语气把第一小节读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一节诗揭露了国民党反动派对革命者。当时摆在狱中革命者面前的只有两条路：坚贞不屈，意味着失去自由，甚至生命；充当叛徒，出卖革命，将得到自由。作者选择哪一条路呢？第二节诗告诉了我们。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、讲读第二节诗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读第二节诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：作者面对敌人的威逼利诱，作出怎样的回答？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如何理解这几句话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我迫切希望得到自由，但我深深地明白一个道理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">真正的革命者是决不会向敌人屈膝投降当叛徒的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：这节诗中也有一个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，它跟第一节诗中有什么不同？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（第一节诗：所谓的自由；第二节诗：真正的自由。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：诗中表达作者怎样的思想感情？该怎样读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达叶挺同志决不向敌人屈膝投降的决心，表现了革命者坚贞不屈的革命气节。读要坚定、有力、高昂）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，全班评析，学生再读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为什么叶挺同志有这么强烈的决心，是什么支持着他为革命事业而献身？诗歌中哪里告诉我们？（第三节诗）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、讲读第三节诗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读第三节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：诗中用了什么修辞手法？（比喻）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四人小组交流一下作者是把什么比作什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流、汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">比喻革命的烈火，指共产党领导的人民革命的力量。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">活棺材</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指囚禁革命者的牢房，又指国民党反动派统治下的黑暗的旧社会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：一个真正的革命者决不会向敌人屈服，因为他心中充满对革命事业必胜的信心。所以，诗人决定怎么做？表达了诗人怎样的思想感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达了叶挺同志为了推翻国民党反动统治，宁愿献出自己生命的革命精神和壮志豪情。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师；该怎样读才能读出作者的壮志豪情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一齐烧掉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">得到永生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语读时要铿锵有力，语气逐渐激昂，节奏加快。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，全班评析，学生再读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、指导朗读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、确定停顿处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为人／进出的门／紧锁着，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为狗／爬出的洞／敞开着，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音／高叫着：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爬出来吧，给你自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我／渴望／自由，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">但我／深深地知道</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人的身躯／怎能／从狗洞里爬出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我希望／有一天，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将我／连这活棺材／一齐烧掉，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我／应该／在烈火与热血中／得到永生！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生评价</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写生字词；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读背诵《囚歌》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、预习《晏子使楚》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《晏子使楚》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、简介背景，揭题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：距今二千多年前，我国历史上曾出现过一个群雄纷争的春秋战国时代，其中齐国和楚国是大国，而齐国的强大离不开一个人，此人虽然身材矮小，但能言善辩，口才极好，被派到其它国家执行外交任务，帮助齐国解决了许多外交上的争端，他就是晏子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、板书课题，全班齐读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《晏子使楚》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：谁来说一说你对课题的理解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（晏子原名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏婴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是古代对男人的一种尊称。使：出使。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、扫清生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开火车组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、由生提问比较难写或要注意的生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、初读课文，理清脉络。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：大家用自己喜欢的方式读课文，想一想：课文主要写了一件什么事？你觉得晏子是个怎样的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文讲了几个小故事？（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个）请同学们选择其中一个故事来谈谈晏子到了楚国以后就受到了楚王怎样的侮辱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用复述的形式把它介绍给你的组员。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流，指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，昨天我们已初步学习了《晏子使楚》一文，知道了故事发生在春秋战国时期，齐国派大夫晏子出使楚国，那么楚国是如何接待晏子的？晏子有辱自己的使命吗？出使的结果又是如何？这些都是这节课我们所要关注的。下面请大家打开课本，把文章速读一遍，用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;-----&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">划出晏子出使结果的那句话。在四人小组内交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组合作学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流，引导：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：同学们真聪明，一下子就找到了，哪位同学大声读出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（从这以后，楚王不敢不尊重晏子了。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从这句话你明白了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、抓中心句，理解脉络：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，一句话往往能告诉我们许多信息，你认为横线上可以写些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在这之前，楚王（不断地侮辱晏子）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、后来晏子（用自己的聪明才智挫败楚王的三次侮辱）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从这以后，楚王不敢不尊重晏子了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们可真认真，把长长的一篇课文就读短了。但要想真正理解课文，咱们还得好好研究。今天，咱们就抓住</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">侮辱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词展开研究，去看看，在这之前，楚王是怎样侮辱晏子的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请同学们继续读课文，划出三次楚王侮辱晏子的句子，并讲讲你是如何理解这句话的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、学生交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王知道晏子身材矮小，就叫人在城门旁边开了个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尺来高的洞。晏子来到楚国。楚王就叫人把城门关了，让让晏子从这个洞钻进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：你能用自己的话讲得更简单一点吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（楚王要晏子钻狗洞，想以此侮辱晏子达到侮辱齐国的目的。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王对他瞅了一眼，冷笑一声说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">难道齐国没人了吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：该怎样读这句话（瞅、冷笑）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读，全班读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：这句话表达了楚王对待晏子是什么态度？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（轻视晏子没才干，想以此侮辱齐国没人才的目的。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王笑嘻嘻地对晏子说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐国人怎么这样没出息，干这种事情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：楚王说这句话是要侮辱齐国人什么？联系上下文解释。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（楚王借此讥笑齐国人没出息，齐国社会风气不好。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">楚王对晏子的侮辱真可谓是居心（叵测），处心（积虑），用心（不良），同学们积累的词汇还真多！面对楚王一次又一次的侮辱，晏子又是如何反击的呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学习晏子反击</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：咱们先去看看，晏子第一次回击楚王的语句，是哪个句子？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：晏子为什么这么回答？他这么说的结果如何呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生：访问正常的国家开城门，访问狗国钻狗洞，楚国让我钻狗洞。所以楚国是狗国。楚王只好吩咐打开城门，把晏子迎接进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：楚王这城门打得是无可奈何啊，要不然就承认国家是狗国了，自己是狗王了。从这次的回答中，我们又进一步体会到了晏子的聪明才智。他不仅维护了自己的尊严，而且还把这种侮辱还给了楚王，让楚王搬起石头砸自己的脚，这番话的确巧妙。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　是啊，面对这意想不到的侮辱，晏子只有冷静的反驳，不卑不亢地把侮辱还给楚王，才能维护自己和齐国的尊严，又不伤了两国的和气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，刚才我们通过反复朗读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仔细思考</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合自己的理解，都学懂了晏子第一次反击，而好戏还在后头。现在请大家利用这种方法学懂之后的二次反击，四人为一组，读二、三次反击的话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组合作学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流完成习题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">上等人访问上等国，等人访问下等国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　我是最下等人，访问楚国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">所以楚国是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">_______________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">淮南自然条件好，产柑桔。淮北自然条件差，产枳桔。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　齐国人在齐国安居乐业，在楚国当强盗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　所以楚国是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">_________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请大家思考，课后的第二个问题。它说的故事是文中的哪个部分？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。（第五自然段）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、分析人物</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：如果晏子回到齐国，齐王大喜，给他开了个庆功宴，你也去参加这个会，你讲一讲晏子为什么能取得胜利？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、晏子才智过人，有善辨的口才。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、侮辱晏子就是侮辱齐国，在晏子的心目中，不会让自己的祖国受到侮辱，他爱国，所以促使他一次又一次维护了祖国的尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、正义在晏子一方，邪不压正。他才会理直气壮。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、课外扩展</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">聪明人的题目：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　有一次，爱国将领吉鸿昌在街上走，一个美国人走过来傲慢地说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我去过一座岛，岛上就缺中国人和猪这两样东西。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">吉鸿昌听了，不紧不慢地说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七、小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们学习了《晏子使楚》一文，懂得了晏子以智慧击退楚王侮辱。同学们，只有今天学好知识，才能像晏子一样，不辱使命，维护尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">八、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写生字；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、预习《为了他的尊严》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏子使楚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　楚王</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　（侮辱）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（反击）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　钻狗洞　　　　　　是狗国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好打开城门</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">没人才　　　　　　下等国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好赔不是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　没出息　　　　　　强盗国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好陪着看</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《为了他的尊严》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，今天我们继续来学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这个单元，在前两篇课文中，我们认识了革命者叶挺和齐国的使者晏子，他们为了真理，为了国家始终坚贞不屈，维护了自己和国家的尊严。这节课我们再来学习另一篇课文《为了他的尊严》，看看这篇课文又和尊严有什么关系。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、板书课题，学生齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习，整体感知。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课题中的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">他</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指的是谁？谁为了他的尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。（妇人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：课文围绕着妇人和乞丐发生了什么事，我们来读读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请同学们自由读课文，注意读准生字，把课文读通顺。边读边想课文围绕着妇人和乞丐讲了什么事，然后说给四人小组的伙伴听一听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自由读课文，四人小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文中的生字都认识了吗？谁愿意来读一读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开火车生字接力组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请大家快速浏览课文，说一说课文主要讲了什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初读质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：在阅读课文的过程中，我们要在文章的上圈圈点点。你们做到了吗？请大家在文中不理解的地方做个记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）学生朗读质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们先学习到这，课后请大家思考课后的两个思考题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复述回顾</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：上节课我们知道了《为了他的尊严》讲述的是一个怎样的故事。谁愿意来把这个故事用自己的话说给大家听？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、细读课文，读中感悟</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示妇人的话：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">砖放在屋前和放在屋后都一样，可搬不搬对乞丐来说就不一样了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读这句话，课文中主要讲了几个乞丐？是两个怎样的乞丐？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：那个独臂乞丐开始就情愿搬吗？后来为什么搬了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学们仔细读课文的有关段落，抓住重点词句来体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流：学生抓住句子体会，独臂乞丐觉得自己是一个残疾人，已经非常可怜，妇人却让他搬砖，他很生气很不情愿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：谁来读读课文中对乞丐的描写？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慷慨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思，并指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慷慨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">两个字的写法。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）出示句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞丐怔住了，他用异样的目光看着妇人，尖突的喉结像一枚橄榄上下滑动了两下。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：这句话要用来说明什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（抓住乞丐表情的变化来体会他内心的变化，原来一只手也能干活，也有尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：谁能带着乞丐恍然大悟的表情把他内心的变化读出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名学生读乞丐干活时的样子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：说一说看到这一切感受到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">整整</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">才</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">气喘如牛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布满灰尘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">汗水濡湿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语体会这搬砖的活对独臂乞丐来说很不容易，而且又累又脏。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：干了这么又脏又累的活，乞丐还生气吗？他的态度有了什么变化？（感激）为什么感激？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：带着感激之情，再读乞丐的话。他感激是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（他感激的不仅仅是妇人给他的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱，更重要的是妇人的做法唤起了他的尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：再来看看那位双手健全的乞丐，他为什么不搬砖？请同学们默读有关的段落，抓住句子体会。想象他的结果会怎样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（他不仅仅是没有挣到</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱，更重要的是失去了自己的尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：再读这句话</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">砖放在屋前和放在屋后都一样，可搬不搬对乞丐来说就不一样了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：你对这句话是怎么理解的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：若干年后，成为董事长的乞丐又回到改变他一生的那位妇人家里，想不想听听他们说了些什么？请三个同学分角色朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生分角色朗读，再次体会妇人的美好品质。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、感情升华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文学到这儿，同学们一定收获很多，你们想说点什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：同学们说的都很好，是尊严改变了乞丐的命运，也是尊严使我们感到了妇人是高大而可敬的，尊严对我们每个人都是重要的，让我们珍惜尊严吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：结合自己说一说你对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的理解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、阅读短文《嗟来之食》，围绕着尊严这个主题，谈谈你对文中主人公的认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、搜集有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的格言和故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为了他的尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">妇人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞丐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（得到自尊）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搬砖挣钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、继续用学过的方法积累新词、好句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提醒学生自学生字，在积累的同时理解诗意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读课文中摘录笔记的内容，体会因果关系句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、先表明态度，后说明理由；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、先说明理由，后表态度。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生摘录课文中类似的因果关系的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读古诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自学诗句，用自己的方法理解句意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流诗句含义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、人要顺应天时，具备自强不息的精神。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、有了财富，不能放纵自己，整天沉溺于酒色。看到贫穷的人，不能欺辱，面对威武的武力也不去没有原则的屈就，这才是大丈夫。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、只有尊重别人，才能得到别人的尊重。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流自己收集到的有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读课文，了解文意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论：文章所表达的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗟来之食</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的的含义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生复述课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论交流：展开辩论</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那个人该不该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、辩论会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班分为两组，展开辩论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">正方：那个人不该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">反方：那个人该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、正反方自由组合讨论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。展开辩论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师小结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入习作主题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在本单元的学习中所围绕的主题是什么？（尊严）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们习作的题目是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一件尊重他人的事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、完成习作</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流自己的体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班谈论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师点评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生思考习作思路。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生开始习作。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、修改习作。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄清习作。</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：在学习《囚歌》的时候，学生学得有点&ldquo;恍惚&rdquo;，作为革命岁月鼓舞人心的诗歌，对于现代的学生理解起来很困难，尤其是诗中一些重点词语隐含的意思。在教学中我让学生以读为主，体会诗人的情感和意志，大体了解诗的象征意义。在教学《宴子使楚》时，我让学生在学完课文后进行了课本剧表演，学生充满兴趣，对课文的理解又加深了一步，比在教上一个年级时，不学课文直接表演取得的效果要好。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<p><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>复习计划</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第八单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为主题，编排了三篇主体课文和一个语文天地。《囚歌》写叶挺将军在敌人暗无天日的监狱中终日忍受着敌人的残酷迫害，但是他始终坚贞不屈，表现了革命者视死如归的凛然正气。《晏子使楚》记叙了春秋时期晏子出使楚国，凭借自己的机智和辩才维护个人和国家的尊严，不辱使命的故事。《为了他的尊严》记叙的是老妇人启发乞丐的尊严，促使读鄙弃改成了一名自信、自重的成功人士。这几篇文章描写的人物背景不同，性格各异，但都很有尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">28</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，会运用生字进行组词、写话，在平日交流中使用。能正确、流利、有感情的朗读课文。通过学习《囚歌》能够抓住关键词语，理解诗歌的内容，感受叶挺将军对革命必胜的信念和伟共产主义事业而献身的壮志豪情。了解《晏子使楚》这个故事，并能进行复述，理解晏子出使楚国时表现出的聪明才智，以及维护齐国尊严的凛然正气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能够把自己平日的所见、所闻中与尊严有关的故事和事情，进行所想、所感，然后整理写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能够继续积累学习中的词语和名言警句，进行运用。阅读《嗟来之食》，并结合此文章展开辩论，在收集资料、处理资料中提高运用资料的能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《囚歌》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，我们今天的幸福生活是无数革命先烈用鲜血和生命换来的。他们为了中国人民的解放事业，为了实现共产主义的伟大理想，前赴后继，英勇斗争，甚至献出自己的宝贵生命。今天我们要学的《囚歌》，讲述的就是这样的故事。他们在敌人的监牢里，面对毒刑拷打写下来的。让我们怀着崇敬的心情来学习这首诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（板书课题）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、形近字组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚（囚犯）　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">棺（棺木）　　　敝（敝帚自珍）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因（因为）　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">官（官司）　　　敞（宽敞）　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、辨析多音字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">热血</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、查字典或结合课文内容解释词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）囚歌：被囚禁在敌人监狱里的人写的诗歌。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）永生：永远活着，永久的生命。本文指革命烈士为革命事业献身的精神永不磨灭。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）人：坚定的革命者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）狗：革命者队伍中的叛徒。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）地下的烈火：人民革命的熊熊大火。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）活棺材：监牢。国民党反动派的统治。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、初读诗歌，了解背景、诗题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、了解作者生平。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：《囚歌》这首诗歌的作者是谁呢？（叶挺）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谁来介绍一下这位作者？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">30</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师简介作者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《囚歌》是叶挺同志被囚禁在重庆歌乐山渣滓洞集中营时，用铅笔写在牢房墙壁上的一首诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叶挺是广东惠阳人。第一次国内革命战争时期，曾任国民革</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">命军独立团团长。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1927</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年先后参加南昌起义和广州起义。抗战时任新四军军长。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1941</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年皖南事变时被国民党非法逮捕。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1946</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">月</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">日，在中共中央的坚决要求下获得自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">月</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">日自重庆飞返延安，途中飞机失事遇难。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、解题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：现在请同学们一起把诗歌读一遍，想一想，课题中的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是什么意思？囚歌又是什么意思呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（从字形上看，人被四堵高墙紧紧围住，如笼中之鸟，失去自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思是把人关在监狱里。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚歌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在本文指革命者在敌人监狱里写的诗歌。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：我们知道了作者在恶劣的环境里还能写下这么激昂的诗篇，到底作者是所要表达的是什么？我们下节课继续学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、朗读《囚歌》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名朗读诗歌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：朗读着首诗歌该用什么样的语气？相信大家在理解诗歌内容之后肯定会明白的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲读第一节</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自由读一读第一节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：想一想，叶挺同志在怎样的情况下写出这首诗的？从哪些地方能看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请把它们划出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：这里的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">狗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指的是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指坚定的革命者，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">狗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指革命队伍中的叛徒。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：读完这节诗，你明白了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为人进出的门紧锁着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是指牢房中的革命者所要走的路被敌人锁得紧紧的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为狗爬出的洞敞开着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指为牢房中的叛徒所准备的道路是敞开的，只要你叛变革命，随时都可以爬出牢房。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音高叫着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爬出来吧，给你自由！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指国民党反动派在声嘶力竭地叫喊诱骗革命者变节投降充当叛徒。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：当我们明白了国民党反动派对革命者威逼利诱的卑劣手段和丑恶嘴脸，朗读这一节该用什么样的语气来读？你们试着读一读。然后，四人小交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流，汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">给你自由！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句是敌人对革命者的诈骗，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不过是一种诱饵，朗读时要表现出敌人的阴险狡猾。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二字要读得虚伪、轻浮、声音拖长些。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：大家都读知道要用读出反动派阴险狡猾的语调，那么，作者想要表达的是怎样的思想感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达了作者对敌人的愤怒，对叛徒的厌恶和痛恨的思想感情。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：让我们怀着这种语气把第一小节读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一节诗揭露了国民党反动派对革命者。当时摆在狱中革命者面前的只有两条路：坚贞不屈，意味着失去自由，甚至生命；充当叛徒，出卖革命，将得到自由。作者选择哪一条路呢？第二节诗告诉了我们。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、讲读第二节诗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读第二节诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：作者面对敌人的威逼利诱，作出怎样的回答？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如何理解这几句话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我迫切希望得到自由，但我深深地明白一个道理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">真正的革命者是决不会向敌人屈膝投降当叛徒的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：这节诗中也有一个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，它跟第一节诗中有什么不同？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（第一节诗：所谓的自由；第二节诗：真正的自由。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：诗中表达作者怎样的思想感情？该怎样读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达叶挺同志决不向敌人屈膝投降的决心，表现了革命者坚贞不屈的革命气节。读要坚定、有力、高昂）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，全班评析，学生再读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为什么叶挺同志有这么强烈的决心，是什么支持着他为革命事业而献身？诗歌中哪里告诉我们？（第三节诗）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、讲读第三节诗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读第三节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：诗中用了什么修辞手法？（比喻）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四人小组交流一下作者是把什么比作什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流、汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">比喻革命的烈火，指共产党领导的人民革命的力量。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">活棺材</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指囚禁革命者的牢房，又指国民党反动派统治下的黑暗的旧社会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：一个真正的革命者决不会向敌人屈服，因为他心中充满对革命事业必胜的信心。所以，诗人决定怎么做？表达了诗人怎样的思想感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达了叶挺同志为了推翻国民党反动统治，宁愿献出自己生命的革命精神和壮志豪情。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师；该怎样读才能读出作者的壮志豪情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一齐烧掉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">得到永生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语读时要铿锵有力，语气逐渐激昂，节奏加快。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，全班评析，学生再读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、指导朗读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、确定停顿处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为人／进出的门／紧锁着，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为狗／爬出的洞／敞开着，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音／高叫着：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爬出来吧，给你自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我／渴望／自由，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">但我／深深地知道</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人的身躯／怎能／从狗洞里爬出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我希望／有一天，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将我／连这活棺材／一齐烧掉，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我／应该／在烈火与热血中／得到永生！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生评价</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写生字词；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读背诵《囚歌》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、预习《晏子使楚》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《晏子使楚》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、简介背景，揭题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：距今二千多年前，我国历史上曾出现过一个群雄纷争的春秋战国时代，其中齐国和楚国是大国，而齐国的强大离不开一个人，此人虽然身材矮小，但能言善辩，口才极好，被派到其它国家执行外交任务，帮助齐国解决了许多外交上的争端，他就是晏子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、板书课题，全班齐读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《晏子使楚》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：谁来说一说你对课题的理解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（晏子原名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏婴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是古代对男人的一种尊称。使：出使。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、扫清生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开火车组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、由生提问比较难写或要注意的生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、初读课文，理清脉络。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：大家用自己喜欢的方式读课文，想一想：课文主要写了一件什么事？你觉得晏子是个怎样的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文讲了几个小故事？（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个）请同学们选择其中一个故事来谈谈晏子到了楚国以后就受到了楚王怎样的侮辱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用复述的形式把它介绍给你的组员。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流，指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，昨天我们已初步学习了《晏子使楚》一文，知道了故事发生在春秋战国时期，齐国派大夫晏子出使楚国，那么楚国是如何接待晏子的？晏子有辱自己的使命吗？出使的结果又是如何？这些都是这节课我们所要关注的。下面请大家打开课本，把文章速读一遍，用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;-----&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">划出晏子出使结果的那句话。在四人小组内交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组合作学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流，引导：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：同学们真聪明，一下子就找到了，哪位同学大声读出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（从这以后，楚王不敢不尊重晏子了。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从这句话你明白了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、抓中心句，理解脉络：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，一句话往往能告诉我们许多信息，你认为横线上可以写些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在这之前，楚王（不断地侮辱晏子）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、后来晏子（用自己的聪明才智挫败楚王的三次侮辱）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从这以后，楚王不敢不尊重晏子了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们可真认真，把长长的一篇课文就读短了。但要想真正理解课文，咱们还得好好研究。今天，咱们就抓住</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">侮辱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词展开研究，去看看，在这之前，楚王是怎样侮辱晏子的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请同学们继续读课文，划出三次楚王侮辱晏子的句子，并讲讲你是如何理解这句话的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、学生交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王知道晏子身材矮小，就叫人在城门旁边开了个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尺来高的洞。晏子来到楚国。楚王就叫人把城门关了，让让晏子从这个洞钻进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：你能用自己的话讲得更简单一点吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（楚王要晏子钻狗洞，想以此侮辱晏子达到侮辱齐国的目的。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王对他瞅了一眼，冷笑一声说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">难道齐国没人了吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：该怎样读这句话（瞅、冷笑）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读，全班读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：这句话表达了楚王对待晏子是什么态度？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（轻视晏子没才干，想以此侮辱齐国没人才的目的。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王笑嘻嘻地对晏子说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐国人怎么这样没出息，干这种事情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：楚王说这句话是要侮辱齐国人什么？联系上下文解释。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（楚王借此讥笑齐国人没出息，齐国社会风气不好。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">楚王对晏子的侮辱真可谓是居心（叵测），处心（积虑），用心（不良），同学们积累的词汇还真多！面对楚王一次又一次的侮辱，晏子又是如何反击的呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学习晏子反击</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：咱们先去看看，晏子第一次回击楚王的语句，是哪个句子？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：晏子为什么这么回答？他这么说的结果如何呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生：访问正常的国家开城门，访问狗国钻狗洞，楚国让我钻狗洞。所以楚国是狗国。楚王只好吩咐打开城门，把晏子迎接进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：楚王这城门打得是无可奈何啊，要不然就承认国家是狗国了，自己是狗王了。从这次的回答中，我们又进一步体会到了晏子的聪明才智。他不仅维护了自己的尊严，而且还把这种侮辱还给了楚王，让楚王搬起石头砸自己的脚，这番话的确巧妙。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　是啊，面对这意想不到的侮辱，晏子只有冷静的反驳，不卑不亢地把侮辱还给楚王，才能维护自己和齐国的尊严，又不伤了两国的和气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，刚才我们通过反复朗读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仔细思考</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合自己的理解，都学懂了晏子第一次反击，而好戏还在后头。现在请大家利用这种方法学懂之后的二次反击，四人为一组，读二、三次反击的话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组合作学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流完成习题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">上等人访问上等国，等人访问下等国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　我是最下等人，访问楚国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">所以楚国是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">_______________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">淮南自然条件好，产柑桔。淮北自然条件差，产枳桔。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　齐国人在齐国安居乐业，在楚国当强盗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　所以楚国是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">_________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请大家思考，课后的第二个问题。它说的故事是文中的哪个部分？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。（第五自然段）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、分析人物</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：如果晏子回到齐国，齐王大喜，给他开了个庆功宴，你也去参加这个会，你讲一讲晏子为什么能取得胜利？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、晏子才智过人，有善辨的口才。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、侮辱晏子就是侮辱齐国，在晏子的心目中，不会让自己的祖国受到侮辱，他爱国，所以促使他一次又一次维护了祖国的尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、正义在晏子一方，邪不压正。他才会理直气壮。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、课外扩展</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">聪明人的题目：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　有一次，爱国将领吉鸿昌在街上走，一个美国人走过来傲慢地说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我去过一座岛，岛上就缺中国人和猪这两样东西。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">吉鸿昌听了，不紧不慢地说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七、小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们学习了《晏子使楚》一文，懂得了晏子以智慧击退楚王侮辱。同学们，只有今天学好知识，才能像晏子一样，不辱使命，维护尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">八、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写生字；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、预习《为了他的尊严》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏子使楚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　楚王</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　（侮辱）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（反击）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　钻狗洞　　　　　　是狗国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好打开城门</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">没人才　　　　　　下等国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好赔不是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　没出息　　　　　　强盗国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好陪着看</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《为了他的尊严》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，今天我们继续来学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这个单元，在前两篇课文中，我们认识了革命者叶挺和齐国的使者晏子，他们为了真理，为了国家始终坚贞不屈，维护了自己和国家的尊严。这节课我们再来学习另一篇课文《为了他的尊严》，看看这篇课文又和尊严有什么关系。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、板书课题，学生齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习，整体感知。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课题中的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">他</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指的是谁？谁为了他的尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。（妇人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：课文围绕着妇人和乞丐发生了什么事，我们来读读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请同学们自由读课文，注意读准生字，把课文读通顺。边读边想课文围绕着妇人和乞丐讲了什么事，然后说给四人小组的伙伴听一听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自由读课文，四人小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文中的生字都认识了吗？谁愿意来读一读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开火车生字接力组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请大家快速浏览课文，说一说课文主要讲了什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初读质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：在阅读课文的过程中，我们要在文章的上圈圈点点。你们做到了吗？请大家在文中不理解的地方做个记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）学生朗读质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们先学习到这，课后请大家思考课后的两个思考题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复述回顾</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：上节课我们知道了《为了他的尊严》讲述的是一个怎样的故事。谁愿意来把这个故事用自己的话说给大家听？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、细读课文，读中感悟</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示妇人的话：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">砖放在屋前和放在屋后都一样，可搬不搬对乞丐来说就不一样了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读这句话，课文中主要讲了几个乞丐？是两个怎样的乞丐？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：那个独臂乞丐开始就情愿搬吗？后来为什么搬了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学们仔细读课文的有关段落，抓住重点词句来体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流：学生抓住句子体会，独臂乞丐觉得自己是一个残疾人，已经非常可怜，妇人却让他搬砖，他很生气很不情愿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：谁来读读课文中对乞丐的描写？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慷慨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思，并指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慷慨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">两个字的写法。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）出示句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞丐怔住了，他用异样的目光看着妇人，尖突的喉结像一枚橄榄上下滑动了两下。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：这句话要用来说明什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（抓住乞丐表情的变化来体会他内心的变化，原来一只手也能干活，也有尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：谁能带着乞丐恍然大悟的表情把他内心的变化读出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名学生读乞丐干活时的样子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：说一说看到这一切感受到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">整整</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">才</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">气喘如牛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布满灰尘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">汗水濡湿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语体会这搬砖的活对独臂乞丐来说很不容易，而且又累又脏。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：干了这么又脏又累的活，乞丐还生气吗？他的态度有了什么变化？（感激）为什么感激？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：带着感激之情，再读乞丐的话。他感激是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（他感激的不仅仅是妇人给他的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱，更重要的是妇人的做法唤起了他的尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：再来看看那位双手健全的乞丐，他为什么不搬砖？请同学们默读有关的段落，抓住句子体会。想象他的结果会怎样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（他不仅仅是没有挣到</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱，更重要的是失去了自己的尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：再读这句话</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">砖放在屋前和放在屋后都一样，可搬不搬对乞丐来说就不一样了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：你对这句话是怎么理解的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：若干年后，成为董事长的乞丐又回到改变他一生的那位妇人家里，想不想听听他们说了些什么？请三个同学分角色朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生分角色朗读，再次体会妇人的美好品质。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、感情升华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文学到这儿，同学们一定收获很多，你们想说点什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：同学们说的都很好，是尊严改变了乞丐的命运，也是尊严使我们感到了妇人是高大而可敬的，尊严对我们每个人都是重要的，让我们珍惜尊严吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：结合自己说一说你对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的理解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、阅读短文《嗟来之食》，围绕着尊严这个主题，谈谈你对文中主人公的认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、搜集有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的格言和故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为了他的尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">妇人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞丐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（得到自尊）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搬砖挣钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、继续用学过的方法积累新词、好句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提醒学生自学生字，在积累的同时理解诗意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读课文中摘录笔记的内容，体会因果关系句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、先表明态度，后说明理由；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、先说明理由，后表态度。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生摘录课文中类似的因果关系的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读古诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自学诗句，用自己的方法理解句意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流诗句含义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、人要顺应天时，具备自强不息的精神。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、有了财富，不能放纵自己，整天沉溺于酒色。看到贫穷的人，不能欺辱，面对威武的武力也不去没有原则的屈就，这才是大丈夫。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、只有尊重别人，才能得到别人的尊重。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流自己收集到的有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读课文，了解文意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论：文章所表达的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗟来之食</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的的含义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生复述课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论交流：展开辩论</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那个人该不该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、辩论会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班分为两组，展开辩论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">正方：那个人不该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">反方：那个人该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、正反方自由组合讨论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。展开辩论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师小结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入习作主题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在本单元的学习中所围绕的主题是什么？（尊严）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们习作的题目是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一件尊重他人的事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、完成习作</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流自己的体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班谈论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师点评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生思考习作思路。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生开始习作。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、修改习作。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄清习作。</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：在学习《囚歌》的时候，学生学得有点&ldquo;恍惚&rdquo;，作为革命岁月鼓舞人心的诗歌，对于现代的学生理解起来很困难，尤其是诗中一些重点词语隐含的意思。在教学中我让学生以读为主，体会诗人的情感和意志，大体了解诗的象征意义。在教学《宴子使楚》时，我让学生在学完课文后进行了课本剧表演，学生充满兴趣，对课文的理解又加深了一步，比在教上一个年级时，不学课文直接表演取得的效果要好。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<p><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>校本培训－－论文</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第八单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为主题，编排了三篇主体课文和一个语文天地。《囚歌》写叶挺将军在敌人暗无天日的监狱中终日忍受着敌人的残酷迫害，但是他始终坚贞不屈，表现了革命者视死如归的凛然正气。《晏子使楚》记叙了春秋时期晏子出使楚国，凭借自己的机智和辩才维护个人和国家的尊严，不辱使命的故事。《为了他的尊严》记叙的是老妇人启发乞丐的尊严，促使读鄙弃改成了一名自信、自重的成功人士。这几篇文章描写的人物背景不同，性格各异，但都很有尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">28</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，会运用生字进行组词、写话，在平日交流中使用。能正确、流利、有感情的朗读课文。通过学习《囚歌》能够抓住关键词语，理解诗歌的内容，感受叶挺将军对革命必胜的信念和伟共产主义事业而献身的壮志豪情。了解《晏子使楚》这个故事，并能进行复述，理解晏子出使楚国时表现出的聪明才智，以及维护齐国尊严的凛然正气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能够把自己平日的所见、所闻中与尊严有关的故事和事情，进行所想、所感，然后整理写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能够继续积累学习中的词语和名言警句，进行运用。阅读《嗟来之食》，并结合此文章展开辩论，在收集资料、处理资料中提高运用资料的能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《囚歌》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，我们今天的幸福生活是无数革命先烈用鲜血和生命换来的。他们为了中国人民的解放事业，为了实现共产主义的伟大理想，前赴后继，英勇斗争，甚至献出自己的宝贵生命。今天我们要学的《囚歌》，讲述的就是这样的故事。他们在敌人的监牢里，面对毒刑拷打写下来的。让我们怀着崇敬的心情来学习这首诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（板书课题）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、形近字组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚（囚犯）　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">棺（棺木）　　　敝（敝帚自珍）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因（因为）　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">官（官司）　　　敞（宽敞）　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、辨析多音字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">热血</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、查字典或结合课文内容解释词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）囚歌：被囚禁在敌人监狱里的人写的诗歌。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）永生：永远活着，永久的生命。本文指革命烈士为革命事业献身的精神永不磨灭。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）人：坚定的革命者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）狗：革命者队伍中的叛徒。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）地下的烈火：人民革命的熊熊大火。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）活棺材：监牢。国民党反动派的统治。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、初读诗歌，了解背景、诗题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、了解作者生平。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：《囚歌》这首诗歌的作者是谁呢？（叶挺）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谁来介绍一下这位作者？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">30</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师简介作者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《囚歌》是叶挺同志被囚禁在重庆歌乐山渣滓洞集中营时，用铅笔写在牢房墙壁上的一首诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叶挺是广东惠阳人。第一次国内革命战争时期，曾任国民革</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">命军独立团团长。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1927</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年先后参加南昌起义和广州起义。抗战时任新四军军长。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1941</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年皖南事变时被国民党非法逮捕。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1946</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">月</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">日，在中共中央的坚决要求下获得自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">月</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">日自重庆飞返延安，途中飞机失事遇难。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、解题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：现在请同学们一起把诗歌读一遍，想一想，课题中的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是什么意思？囚歌又是什么意思呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（从字形上看，人被四堵高墙紧紧围住，如笼中之鸟，失去自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思是把人关在监狱里。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚歌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在本文指革命者在敌人监狱里写的诗歌。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：我们知道了作者在恶劣的环境里还能写下这么激昂的诗篇，到底作者是所要表达的是什么？我们下节课继续学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、朗读《囚歌》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名朗读诗歌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：朗读着首诗歌该用什么样的语气？相信大家在理解诗歌内容之后肯定会明白的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲读第一节</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自由读一读第一节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：想一想，叶挺同志在怎样的情况下写出这首诗的？从哪些地方能看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请把它们划出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：这里的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">狗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指的是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指坚定的革命者，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">狗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指革命队伍中的叛徒。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：读完这节诗，你明白了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为人进出的门紧锁着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是指牢房中的革命者所要走的路被敌人锁得紧紧的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为狗爬出的洞敞开着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指为牢房中的叛徒所准备的道路是敞开的，只要你叛变革命，随时都可以爬出牢房。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音高叫着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爬出来吧，给你自由！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指国民党反动派在声嘶力竭地叫喊诱骗革命者变节投降充当叛徒。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：当我们明白了国民党反动派对革命者威逼利诱的卑劣手段和丑恶嘴脸，朗读这一节该用什么样的语气来读？你们试着读一读。然后，四人小交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流，汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">给你自由！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句是敌人对革命者的诈骗，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不过是一种诱饵，朗读时要表现出敌人的阴险狡猾。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二字要读得虚伪、轻浮、声音拖长些。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：大家都读知道要用读出反动派阴险狡猾的语调，那么，作者想要表达的是怎样的思想感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达了作者对敌人的愤怒，对叛徒的厌恶和痛恨的思想感情。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：让我们怀着这种语气把第一小节读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一节诗揭露了国民党反动派对革命者。当时摆在狱中革命者面前的只有两条路：坚贞不屈，意味着失去自由，甚至生命；充当叛徒，出卖革命，将得到自由。作者选择哪一条路呢？第二节诗告诉了我们。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、讲读第二节诗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读第二节诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：作者面对敌人的威逼利诱，作出怎样的回答？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如何理解这几句话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我迫切希望得到自由，但我深深地明白一个道理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">真正的革命者是决不会向敌人屈膝投降当叛徒的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：这节诗中也有一个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，它跟第一节诗中有什么不同？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（第一节诗：所谓的自由；第二节诗：真正的自由。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：诗中表达作者怎样的思想感情？该怎样读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达叶挺同志决不向敌人屈膝投降的决心，表现了革命者坚贞不屈的革命气节。读要坚定、有力、高昂）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，全班评析，学生再读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为什么叶挺同志有这么强烈的决心，是什么支持着他为革命事业而献身？诗歌中哪里告诉我们？（第三节诗）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、讲读第三节诗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读第三节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：诗中用了什么修辞手法？（比喻）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四人小组交流一下作者是把什么比作什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流、汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">比喻革命的烈火，指共产党领导的人民革命的力量。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">活棺材</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指囚禁革命者的牢房，又指国民党反动派统治下的黑暗的旧社会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：一个真正的革命者决不会向敌人屈服，因为他心中充满对革命事业必胜的信心。所以，诗人决定怎么做？表达了诗人怎样的思想感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达了叶挺同志为了推翻国民党反动统治，宁愿献出自己生命的革命精神和壮志豪情。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师；该怎样读才能读出作者的壮志豪情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一齐烧掉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">得到永生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语读时要铿锵有力，语气逐渐激昂，节奏加快。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，全班评析，学生再读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、指导朗读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、确定停顿处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为人／进出的门／紧锁着，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为狗／爬出的洞／敞开着，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音／高叫着：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爬出来吧，给你自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我／渴望／自由，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">但我／深深地知道</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人的身躯／怎能／从狗洞里爬出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我希望／有一天，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将我／连这活棺材／一齐烧掉，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我／应该／在烈火与热血中／得到永生！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生评价</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写生字词；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读背诵《囚歌》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、预习《晏子使楚》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《晏子使楚》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、简介背景，揭题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：距今二千多年前，我国历史上曾出现过一个群雄纷争的春秋战国时代，其中齐国和楚国是大国，而齐国的强大离不开一个人，此人虽然身材矮小，但能言善辩，口才极好，被派到其它国家执行外交任务，帮助齐国解决了许多外交上的争端，他就是晏子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、板书课题，全班齐读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《晏子使楚》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：谁来说一说你对课题的理解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（晏子原名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏婴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是古代对男人的一种尊称。使：出使。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、扫清生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开火车组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、由生提问比较难写或要注意的生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、初读课文，理清脉络。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：大家用自己喜欢的方式读课文，想一想：课文主要写了一件什么事？你觉得晏子是个怎样的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文讲了几个小故事？（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个）请同学们选择其中一个故事来谈谈晏子到了楚国以后就受到了楚王怎样的侮辱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用复述的形式把它介绍给你的组员。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流，指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，昨天我们已初步学习了《晏子使楚》一文，知道了故事发生在春秋战国时期，齐国派大夫晏子出使楚国，那么楚国是如何接待晏子的？晏子有辱自己的使命吗？出使的结果又是如何？这些都是这节课我们所要关注的。下面请大家打开课本，把文章速读一遍，用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;-----&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">划出晏子出使结果的那句话。在四人小组内交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组合作学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流，引导：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：同学们真聪明，一下子就找到了，哪位同学大声读出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（从这以后，楚王不敢不尊重晏子了。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从这句话你明白了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、抓中心句，理解脉络：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，一句话往往能告诉我们许多信息，你认为横线上可以写些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在这之前，楚王（不断地侮辱晏子）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、后来晏子（用自己的聪明才智挫败楚王的三次侮辱）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从这以后，楚王不敢不尊重晏子了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们可真认真，把长长的一篇课文就读短了。但要想真正理解课文，咱们还得好好研究。今天，咱们就抓住</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">侮辱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词展开研究，去看看，在这之前，楚王是怎样侮辱晏子的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请同学们继续读课文，划出三次楚王侮辱晏子的句子，并讲讲你是如何理解这句话的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、学生交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王知道晏子身材矮小，就叫人在城门旁边开了个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尺来高的洞。晏子来到楚国。楚王就叫人把城门关了，让让晏子从这个洞钻进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：你能用自己的话讲得更简单一点吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（楚王要晏子钻狗洞，想以此侮辱晏子达到侮辱齐国的目的。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王对他瞅了一眼，冷笑一声说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">难道齐国没人了吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：该怎样读这句话（瞅、冷笑）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读，全班读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：这句话表达了楚王对待晏子是什么态度？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（轻视晏子没才干，想以此侮辱齐国没人才的目的。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王笑嘻嘻地对晏子说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐国人怎么这样没出息，干这种事情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：楚王说这句话是要侮辱齐国人什么？联系上下文解释。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（楚王借此讥笑齐国人没出息，齐国社会风气不好。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">楚王对晏子的侮辱真可谓是居心（叵测），处心（积虑），用心（不良），同学们积累的词汇还真多！面对楚王一次又一次的侮辱，晏子又是如何反击的呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学习晏子反击</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：咱们先去看看，晏子第一次回击楚王的语句，是哪个句子？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：晏子为什么这么回答？他这么说的结果如何呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生：访问正常的国家开城门，访问狗国钻狗洞，楚国让我钻狗洞。所以楚国是狗国。楚王只好吩咐打开城门，把晏子迎接进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：楚王这城门打得是无可奈何啊，要不然就承认国家是狗国了，自己是狗王了。从这次的回答中，我们又进一步体会到了晏子的聪明才智。他不仅维护了自己的尊严，而且还把这种侮辱还给了楚王，让楚王搬起石头砸自己的脚，这番话的确巧妙。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　是啊，面对这意想不到的侮辱，晏子只有冷静的反驳，不卑不亢地把侮辱还给楚王，才能维护自己和齐国的尊严，又不伤了两国的和气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，刚才我们通过反复朗读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仔细思考</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合自己的理解，都学懂了晏子第一次反击，而好戏还在后头。现在请大家利用这种方法学懂之后的二次反击，四人为一组，读二、三次反击的话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组合作学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流完成习题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">上等人访问上等国，等人访问下等国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　我是最下等人，访问楚国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">所以楚国是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">_______________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">淮南自然条件好，产柑桔。淮北自然条件差，产枳桔。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　齐国人在齐国安居乐业，在楚国当强盗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　所以楚国是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">_________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请大家思考，课后的第二个问题。它说的故事是文中的哪个部分？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。（第五自然段）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、分析人物</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：如果晏子回到齐国，齐王大喜，给他开了个庆功宴，你也去参加这个会，你讲一讲晏子为什么能取得胜利？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、晏子才智过人，有善辨的口才。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、侮辱晏子就是侮辱齐国，在晏子的心目中，不会让自己的祖国受到侮辱，他爱国，所以促使他一次又一次维护了祖国的尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、正义在晏子一方，邪不压正。他才会理直气壮。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、课外扩展</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">聪明人的题目：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　有一次，爱国将领吉鸿昌在街上走，一个美国人走过来傲慢地说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我去过一座岛，岛上就缺中国人和猪这两样东西。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">吉鸿昌听了，不紧不慢地说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七、小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们学习了《晏子使楚》一文，懂得了晏子以智慧击退楚王侮辱。同学们，只有今天学好知识，才能像晏子一样，不辱使命，维护尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">八、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写生字；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、预习《为了他的尊严》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏子使楚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　楚王</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　（侮辱）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（反击）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　钻狗洞　　　　　　是狗国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好打开城门</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">没人才　　　　　　下等国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好赔不是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　没出息　　　　　　强盗国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好陪着看</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《为了他的尊严》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，今天我们继续来学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这个单元，在前两篇课文中，我们认识了革命者叶挺和齐国的使者晏子，他们为了真理，为了国家始终坚贞不屈，维护了自己和国家的尊严。这节课我们再来学习另一篇课文《为了他的尊严》，看看这篇课文又和尊严有什么关系。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、板书课题，学生齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习，整体感知。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课题中的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">他</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指的是谁？谁为了他的尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。（妇人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：课文围绕着妇人和乞丐发生了什么事，我们来读读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请同学们自由读课文，注意读准生字，把课文读通顺。边读边想课文围绕着妇人和乞丐讲了什么事，然后说给四人小组的伙伴听一听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自由读课文，四人小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文中的生字都认识了吗？谁愿意来读一读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开火车生字接力组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请大家快速浏览课文，说一说课文主要讲了什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初读质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：在阅读课文的过程中，我们要在文章的上圈圈点点。你们做到了吗？请大家在文中不理解的地方做个记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）学生朗读质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们先学习到这，课后请大家思考课后的两个思考题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复述回顾</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：上节课我们知道了《为了他的尊严》讲述的是一个怎样的故事。谁愿意来把这个故事用自己的话说给大家听？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、细读课文，读中感悟</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示妇人的话：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">砖放在屋前和放在屋后都一样，可搬不搬对乞丐来说就不一样了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读这句话，课文中主要讲了几个乞丐？是两个怎样的乞丐？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：那个独臂乞丐开始就情愿搬吗？后来为什么搬了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学们仔细读课文的有关段落，抓住重点词句来体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流：学生抓住句子体会，独臂乞丐觉得自己是一个残疾人，已经非常可怜，妇人却让他搬砖，他很生气很不情愿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：谁来读读课文中对乞丐的描写？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慷慨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思，并指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慷慨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">两个字的写法。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）出示句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞丐怔住了，他用异样的目光看着妇人，尖突的喉结像一枚橄榄上下滑动了两下。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：这句话要用来说明什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（抓住乞丐表情的变化来体会他内心的变化，原来一只手也能干活，也有尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：谁能带着乞丐恍然大悟的表情把他内心的变化读出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名学生读乞丐干活时的样子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：说一说看到这一切感受到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">整整</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">才</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">气喘如牛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布满灰尘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">汗水濡湿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语体会这搬砖的活对独臂乞丐来说很不容易，而且又累又脏。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：干了这么又脏又累的活，乞丐还生气吗？他的态度有了什么变化？（感激）为什么感激？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：带着感激之情，再读乞丐的话。他感激是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（他感激的不仅仅是妇人给他的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱，更重要的是妇人的做法唤起了他的尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：再来看看那位双手健全的乞丐，他为什么不搬砖？请同学们默读有关的段落，抓住句子体会。想象他的结果会怎样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（他不仅仅是没有挣到</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱，更重要的是失去了自己的尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：再读这句话</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">砖放在屋前和放在屋后都一样，可搬不搬对乞丐来说就不一样了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：你对这句话是怎么理解的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：若干年后，成为董事长的乞丐又回到改变他一生的那位妇人家里，想不想听听他们说了些什么？请三个同学分角色朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生分角色朗读，再次体会妇人的美好品质。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、感情升华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文学到这儿，同学们一定收获很多，你们想说点什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：同学们说的都很好，是尊严改变了乞丐的命运，也是尊严使我们感到了妇人是高大而可敬的，尊严对我们每个人都是重要的，让我们珍惜尊严吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：结合自己说一说你对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的理解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、阅读短文《嗟来之食》，围绕着尊严这个主题，谈谈你对文中主人公的认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、搜集有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的格言和故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为了他的尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">妇人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞丐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（得到自尊）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搬砖挣钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、继续用学过的方法积累新词、好句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提醒学生自学生字，在积累的同时理解诗意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读课文中摘录笔记的内容，体会因果关系句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、先表明态度，后说明理由；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、先说明理由，后表态度。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生摘录课文中类似的因果关系的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读古诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自学诗句，用自己的方法理解句意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流诗句含义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、人要顺应天时，具备自强不息的精神。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、有了财富，不能放纵自己，整天沉溺于酒色。看到贫穷的人，不能欺辱，面对威武的武力也不去没有原则的屈就，这才是大丈夫。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、只有尊重别人，才能得到别人的尊重。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流自己收集到的有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读课文，了解文意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论：文章所表达的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗟来之食</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的的含义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生复述课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论交流：展开辩论</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那个人该不该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、辩论会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班分为两组，展开辩论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">正方：那个人不该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">反方：那个人该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、正反方自由组合讨论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。展开辩论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师小结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入习作主题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在本单元的学习中所围绕的主题是什么？（尊严）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们习作的题目是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一件尊重他人的事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、完成习作</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流自己的体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班谈论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师点评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生思考习作思路。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生开始习作。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、修改习作。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄清习作。</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：在学习《囚歌》的时候，学生学得有点&ldquo;恍惚&rdquo;，作为革命岁月鼓舞人心的诗歌，对于现代的学生理解起来很困难，尤其是诗中一些重点词语隐含的意思。在教学中我让学生以读为主，体会诗人的情感和意志，大体了解诗的象征意义。在教学《宴子使楚》时，我让学生在学完课文后进行了课本剧表演，学生充满兴趣，对课文的理解又加深了一步，比在教上一个年级时，不学课文直接表演取得的效果要好。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<p><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>工会</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第八单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为主题，编排了三篇主体课文和一个语文天地。《囚歌》写叶挺将军在敌人暗无天日的监狱中终日忍受着敌人的残酷迫害，但是他始终坚贞不屈，表现了革命者视死如归的凛然正气。《晏子使楚》记叙了春秋时期晏子出使楚国，凭借自己的机智和辩才维护个人和国家的尊严，不辱使命的故事。《为了他的尊严》记叙的是老妇人启发乞丐的尊严，促使读鄙弃改成了一名自信、自重的成功人士。这几篇文章描写的人物背景不同，性格各异，但都很有尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">28</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，会运用生字进行组词、写话，在平日交流中使用。能正确、流利、有感情的朗读课文。通过学习《囚歌》能够抓住关键词语，理解诗歌的内容，感受叶挺将军对革命必胜的信念和伟共产主义事业而献身的壮志豪情。了解《晏子使楚》这个故事，并能进行复述，理解晏子出使楚国时表现出的聪明才智，以及维护齐国尊严的凛然正气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能够把自己平日的所见、所闻中与尊严有关的故事和事情，进行所想、所感，然后整理写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">能够继续积累学习中的词语和名言警句，进行运用。阅读《嗟来之食》，并结合此文章展开辩论，在收集资料、处理资料中提高运用资料的能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、《囚歌》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，我们今天的幸福生活是无数革命先烈用鲜血和生命换来的。他们为了中国人民的解放事业，为了实现共产主义的伟大理想，前赴后继，英勇斗争，甚至献出自己的宝贵生命。今天我们要学的《囚歌》，讲述的就是这样的故事。他们在敌人的监牢里，面对毒刑拷打写下来的。让我们怀着崇敬的心情来学习这首诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（板书课题）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、形近字组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚（囚犯）　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">棺（棺木）　　　敝（敝帚自珍）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">因（因为）　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">官（官司）　　　敞（宽敞）　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、辨析多音字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">热血</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、查字典或结合课文内容解释词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）囚歌：被囚禁在敌人监狱里的人写的诗歌。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）永生：永远活着，永久的生命。本文指革命烈士为革命事业献身的精神永不磨灭。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）人：坚定的革命者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）狗：革命者队伍中的叛徒。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）地下的烈火：人民革命的熊熊大火。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）活棺材：监牢。国民党反动派的统治。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、初读诗歌，了解背景、诗题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、了解作者生平。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：《囚歌》这首诗歌的作者是谁呢？（叶挺）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">谁来介绍一下这位作者？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">30</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师简介作者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《囚歌》是叶挺同志被囚禁在重庆歌乐山渣滓洞集中营时，用铅笔写在牢房墙壁上的一首诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叶挺是广东惠阳人。第一次国内革命战争时期，曾任国民革</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">命军独立团团长。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1927</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年先后参加南昌起义和广州起义。抗战时任新四军军长。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1941</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年皖南事变时被国民党非法逮捕。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1946</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">年</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">月</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">日，在中共中央的坚决要求下获得自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">月</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">日自重庆飞返延安，途中飞机失事遇难。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、解题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：现在请同学们一起把诗歌读一遍，想一想，课题中的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是什么意思？囚歌又是什么意思呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（从字形上看，人被四堵高墙紧紧围住，如笼中之鸟，失去自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思是把人关在监狱里。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囚歌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在本文指革命者在敌人监狱里写的诗歌。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：我们知道了作者在恶劣的环境里还能写下这么激昂的诗篇，到底作者是所要表达的是什么？我们下节课继续学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、朗读《囚歌》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名朗读诗歌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：朗读着首诗歌该用什么样的语气？相信大家在理解诗歌内容之后肯定会明白的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲读第一节</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自由读一读第一节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：想一想，叶挺同志在怎样的情况下写出这首诗的？从哪些地方能看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请把它们划出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：这里的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">狗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指的是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指坚定的革命者，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">狗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指革命队伍中的叛徒。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：读完这节诗，你明白了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为人进出的门紧锁着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是指牢房中的革命者所要走的路被敌人锁得紧紧的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为狗爬出的洞敞开着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指为牢房中的叛徒所准备的道路是敞开的，只要你叛变革命，随时都可以爬出牢房。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音高叫着</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爬出来吧，给你自由！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指国民党反动派在声嘶力竭地叫喊诱骗革命者变节投降充当叛徒。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：当我们明白了国民党反动派对革命者威逼利诱的卑劣手段和丑恶嘴脸，朗读这一节该用什么样的语气来读？你们试着读一读。然后，四人小交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流，汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">给你自由！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句是敌人对革命者的诈骗，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不过是一种诱饵，朗读时要表现出敌人的阴险狡猾。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二字要读得虚伪、轻浮、声音拖长些。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：大家都读知道要用读出反动派阴险狡猾的语调，那么，作者想要表达的是怎样的思想感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达了作者对敌人的愤怒，对叛徒的厌恶和痛恨的思想感情。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：让我们怀着这种语气把第一小节读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这一节诗揭露了国民党反动派对革命者。当时摆在狱中革命者面前的只有两条路：坚贞不屈，意味着失去自由，甚至生命；充当叛徒，出卖革命，将得到自由。作者选择哪一条路呢？第二节诗告诉了我们。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、讲读第二节诗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读第二节诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：作者面对敌人的威逼利诱，作出怎样的回答？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如何理解这几句话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我迫切希望得到自由，但我深深地明白一个道理</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">真正的革命者是决不会向敌人屈膝投降当叛徒的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：这节诗中也有一个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，它跟第一节诗中有什么不同？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（第一节诗：所谓的自由；第二节诗：真正的自由。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：诗中表达作者怎样的思想感情？该怎样读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达叶挺同志决不向敌人屈膝投降的决心，表现了革命者坚贞不屈的革命气节。读要坚定、有力、高昂）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，全班评析，学生再读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为什么叶挺同志有这么强烈的决心，是什么支持着他为革命事业而献身？诗歌中哪里告诉我们？（第三节诗）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、讲读第三节诗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读第三节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：诗中用了什么修辞手法？（比喻）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四人小组交流一下作者是把什么比作什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流、汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">比喻革命的烈火，指共产党领导的人民革命的力量。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">活棺材</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指囚禁革命者的牢房，又指国民党反动派统治下的黑暗的旧社会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：一个真正的革命者决不会向敌人屈服，因为他心中充满对革命事业必胜的信心。所以，诗人决定怎么做？表达了诗人怎样的思想感情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（表达了叶挺同志为了推翻国民党反动统治，宁愿献出自己生命的革命精神和壮志豪情。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师；该怎样读才能读出作者的壮志豪情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一齐烧掉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">得到永生</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语读时要铿锵有力，语气逐渐激昂，节奏加快。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读，全班评析，学生再读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、指导朗读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、确定停顿处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为人／进出的门／紧锁着，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为狗／爬出的洞／敞开着，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一个声音／高叫着：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">爬出来吧，给你自由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我／渴望／自由，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">但我／深深地知道</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人的身躯／怎能／从狗洞里爬出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我希望／有一天，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地下的烈火，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">将我／连这活棺材／一齐烧掉，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我／应该／在烈火与热血中／得到永生！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生评价</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写生字词；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读背诵《囚歌》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、预习《晏子使楚》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《晏子使楚》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、简介背景，揭题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：距今二千多年前，我国历史上曾出现过一个群雄纷争的春秋战国时代，其中齐国和楚国是大国，而齐国的强大离不开一个人，此人虽然身材矮小，但能言善辩，口才极好，被派到其它国家执行外交任务，帮助齐国解决了许多外交上的争端，他就是晏子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、板书课题，全班齐读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《晏子使楚》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：谁来说一说你对课题的理解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（晏子原名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏婴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&quot;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是古代对男人的一种尊称。使：出使。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、扫清生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开火车组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、由生提问比较难写或要注意的生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、初读课文，理清脉络。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：大家用自己喜欢的方式读课文，想一想：课文主要写了一件什么事？你觉得晏子是个怎样的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文讲了几个小故事？（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个）请同学们选择其中一个故事来谈谈晏子到了楚国以后就受到了楚王怎样的侮辱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">?</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用复述的形式把它介绍给你的组员。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流，指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，昨天我们已初步学习了《晏子使楚》一文，知道了故事发生在春秋战国时期，齐国派大夫晏子出使楚国，那么楚国是如何接待晏子的？晏子有辱自己的使命吗？出使的结果又是如何？这些都是这节课我们所要关注的。下面请大家打开课本，把文章速读一遍，用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;-----&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">划出晏子出使结果的那句话。在四人小组内交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组合作学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流，引导：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：同学们真聪明，一下子就找到了，哪位同学大声读出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（从这以后，楚王不敢不尊重晏子了。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从这句话你明白了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、抓中心句，理解脉络：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，一句话往往能告诉我们许多信息，你认为横线上可以写些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在这之前，楚王（不断地侮辱晏子）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、后来晏子（用自己的聪明才智挫败楚王的三次侮辱）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从这以后，楚王不敢不尊重晏子了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们可真认真，把长长的一篇课文就读短了。但要想真正理解课文，咱们还得好好研究。今天，咱们就抓住</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">侮辱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词展开研究，去看看，在这之前，楚王是怎样侮辱晏子的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请同学们继续读课文，划出三次楚王侮辱晏子的句子，并讲讲你是如何理解这句话的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、学生交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王知道晏子身材矮小，就叫人在城门旁边开了个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尺来高的洞。晏子来到楚国。楚王就叫人把城门关了，让让晏子从这个洞钻进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：你能用自己的话讲得更简单一点吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（楚王要晏子钻狗洞，想以此侮辱晏子达到侮辱齐国的目的。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王对他瞅了一眼，冷笑一声说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">难道齐国没人了吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：该怎样读这句话（瞅、冷笑）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读，全班读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：这句话表达了楚王对待晏子是什么态度？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（轻视晏子没才干，想以此侮辱齐国没人才的目的。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、楚王笑嘻嘻地对晏子说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">齐国人怎么这样没出息，干这种事情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：楚王说这句话是要侮辱齐国人什么？联系上下文解释。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（楚王借此讥笑齐国人没出息，齐国社会风气不好。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">楚王对晏子的侮辱真可谓是居心（叵测），处心（积虑），用心（不良），同学们积累的词汇还真多！面对楚王一次又一次的侮辱，晏子又是如何反击的呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学习晏子反击</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：咱们先去看看，晏子第一次回击楚王的语句，是哪个句子？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：晏子为什么这么回答？他这么说的结果如何呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生：访问正常的国家开城门，访问狗国钻狗洞，楚国让我钻狗洞。所以楚国是狗国。楚王只好吩咐打开城门，把晏子迎接进去。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：楚王这城门打得是无可奈何啊，要不然就承认国家是狗国了，自己是狗王了。从这次的回答中，我们又进一步体会到了晏子的聪明才智。他不仅维护了自己的尊严，而且还把这种侮辱还给了楚王，让楚王搬起石头砸自己的脚，这番话的确巧妙。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　是啊，面对这意想不到的侮辱，晏子只有冷静的反驳，不卑不亢地把侮辱还给楚王，才能维护自己和齐国的尊严，又不伤了两国的和气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，刚才我们通过反复朗读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仔细思考</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合自己的理解，都学懂了晏子第一次反击，而好戏还在后头。现在请大家利用这种方法学懂之后的二次反击，四人为一组，读二、三次反击的话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组合作学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流完成习题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">上等人访问上等国，等人访问下等国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　我是最下等人，访问楚国。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">所以楚国是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">_______________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">淮南自然条件好，产柑桔。淮北自然条件差，产枳桔。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　齐国人在齐国安居乐业，在楚国当强盗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　所以楚国是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">_________________________<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请大家思考，课后的第二个问题。它说的故事是文中的哪个部分？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。（第五自然段）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、分析人物</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：如果晏子回到齐国，齐王大喜，给他开了个庆功宴，你也去参加这个会，你讲一讲晏子为什么能取得胜利？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、晏子才智过人，有善辨的口才。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、侮辱晏子就是侮辱齐国，在晏子的心目中，不会让自己的祖国受到侮辱，他爱国，所以促使他一次又一次维护了祖国的尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、正义在晏子一方，邪不压正。他才会理直气壮。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、课外扩展</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">聪明人的题目：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　有一次，爱国将领吉鸿昌在街上走，一个美国人走过来傲慢地说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我去过一座岛，岛上就缺中国人和猪这两样东西。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">吉鸿昌听了，不紧不慢地说：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七、小结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们学习了《晏子使楚》一文，懂得了晏子以智慧击退楚王侮辱。同学们，只有今天学好知识，才能像晏子一样，不辱使命，维护尊严。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">八、布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写生字；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、预习《为了他的尊严》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏子使楚</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　楚王</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晏子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　（侮辱）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（反击）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　钻狗洞　　　　　　是狗国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好打开城门</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">没人才　　　　　　下等国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好赔不是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　没出息　　　　　　强盗国　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只好陪着看</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《为了他的尊严》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：同学们，今天我们继续来学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这个单元，在前两篇课文中，我们认识了革命者叶挺和齐国的使者晏子，他们为了真理，为了国家始终坚贞不屈，维护了自己和国家的尊严。这节课我们再来学习另一篇课文《为了他的尊严》，看看这篇课文又和尊严有什么关系。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、板书课题，学生齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习，整体感知。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课题中的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">他</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指的是谁？谁为了他的尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。（妇人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">过渡：课文围绕着妇人和乞丐发生了什么事，我们来读读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请同学们自由读课文，注意读准生字，把课文读通顺。边读边想课文围绕着妇人和乞丐讲了什么事，然后说给四人小组的伙伴听一听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生自由读课文，四人小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文中的生字都认识了吗？谁愿意来读一读？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、开火车生字接力组词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：请大家快速浏览课文，说一说课文主要讲了什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 9</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、初读质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：在阅读课文的过程中，我们要在文章的上圈圈点点。你们做到了吗？请大家在文中不理解的地方做个记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）学生朗读质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们先学习到这，课后请大家思考课后的两个思考题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复述回顾</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：上节课我们知道了《为了他的尊严》讲述的是一个怎样的故事。谁愿意来把这个故事用自己的话说给大家听？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名回答。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、细读课文，读中感悟</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示妇人的话：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">砖放在屋前和放在屋后都一样，可搬不搬对乞丐来说就不一样了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再读这句话，课文中主要讲了几个乞丐？是两个怎样的乞丐？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：那个独臂乞丐开始就情愿搬吗？后来为什么搬了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学们仔细读课文的有关段落，抓住重点词句来体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">集体交流：学生抓住句子体会，独臂乞丐觉得自己是一个残疾人，已经非常可怜，妇人却让他搬砖，他很生气很不情愿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：谁来读读课文中对乞丐的描写？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慷慨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的意思，并指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慷慨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">两个字的写法。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）出示句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞丐怔住了，他用异样的目光看着妇人，尖突的喉结像一枚橄榄上下滑动了两下。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：这句话要用来说明什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（抓住乞丐表情的变化来体会他内心的变化，原来一只手也能干活，也有尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：谁能带着乞丐恍然大悟的表情把他内心的变化读出来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名学生读乞丐干活时的样子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：说一说看到这一切感受到什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">整整</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">才</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">气喘如牛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布满灰尘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">汗水濡湿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语体会这搬砖的活对独臂乞丐来说很不容易，而且又累又脏。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：干了这么又脏又累的活，乞丐还生气吗？他的态度有了什么变化？（感激）为什么感激？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）师：带着感激之情，再读乞丐的话。他感激是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（他感激的不仅仅是妇人给他的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱，更重要的是妇人的做法唤起了他的尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：再来看看那位双手健全的乞丐，他为什么不搬砖？请同学们默读有关的段落，抓住句子体会。想象他的结果会怎样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（他不仅仅是没有挣到</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">20</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱，更重要的是失去了自己的尊严。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：再读这句话</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">砖放在屋前和放在屋后都一样，可搬不搬对乞丐来说就不一样了。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师：你对这句话是怎么理解的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：若干年后，成为董事长的乞丐又回到改变他一生的那位妇人家里，想不想听听他们说了些什么？请三个同学分角色朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生分角色朗读，再次体会妇人的美好品质。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、感情升华</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：课文学到这儿，同学们一定收获很多，你们想说点什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：同学们说的都很好，是尊严改变了乞丐的命运，也是尊严使我们感到了妇人是高大而可敬的，尊严对我们每个人都是重要的，让我们珍惜尊严吧！</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师：结合自己说一说你对</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的理解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、阅读短文《嗟来之食》，围绕着尊严这个主题，谈谈你对文中主人公的认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、搜集有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的格言和故事。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、完成《伴你成长》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为了他的尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">妇人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">乞丐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（得到自尊）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搬砖挣钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、继续用学过的方法积累新词、好句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提醒学生自学生字，在积累的同时理解诗意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读课文中摘录笔记的内容，体会因果关系句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、先表明态度，后说明理由；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、先说明理由，后表态度。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生摘录课文中类似的因果关系的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读古诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自学诗句，用自己的方法理解句意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流诗句含义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、人要顺应天时，具备自强不息的精神。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、有了财富，不能放纵自己，整天沉溺于酒色。看到贫穷的人，不能欺辱，面对威武的武力也不去没有原则的屈就，这才是大丈夫。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、只有尊重别人，才能得到别人的尊重。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流自己收集到的有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尊严</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自读课文，了解文意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论：文章所表达的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗟来之食</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的的含义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生复述课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论交流：展开辩论</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那个人该不该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、辩论会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班分为两组，展开辩论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">正方：那个人不该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">反方：那个人该吃黔敖的东西</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、正反方自由组合讨论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。展开辩论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师小结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入习作主题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在本单元的学习中所围绕的主题是什么？（尊严）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们习作的题目是</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一件尊重他人的事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、完成习作</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、四人小组交流自己的体会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班谈论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师点评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生思考习作思路。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生开始习作。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、修改习作。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄清习作。</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：在学习《囚歌》的时候，学生学得有点&ldquo;恍惚&rdquo;，作为革命岁月鼓舞人心的诗歌，对于现代的学生理解起来很困难，尤其是诗中一些重点词语隐含的意思。在教学中我让学生以读为主，体会诗人的情感和意志，大体了解诗的象征意义。在教学《宴子使楚》时，我让学生在学完课文后进行了课本剧表演，学生充满兴趣，对课文的理解又加深了一步，比在教上一个年级时，不学课文直接表演取得的效果要好。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<p><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>班主任工作计划</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>&nbsp;<span style="font-size: 9pt">第十单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">金钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">金钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为主题，编排了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">篇主体课文和一个语文天地。三篇主题课文按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值，引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，学会从小认识金钱，懂得正确对待金钱。学习本单元，可让学生明白金钱所包含的文化内涵，懂得要以诚实的劳动换取金钱的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地中安排了搜集与积累、开卷有益、畅所欲言、笔下生花等栏目，设计了一系列语文活动，在内容上非常贴近学生的生活实际，旨在加强对语文基础知识的学习和巩固，提高学生学习语文的综合能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提高学生的阅读能力，体会懂得正确对待金钱，懂得金钱所包含的劳动价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">独立认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">15</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，正确、规范地书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">15</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，根据课文内容理解词的意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会课文所表达的思想感情；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，根据课文内容理解词的意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会课文所表达的思想感情；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，继续培养学生合作的学习意识，发挥小组学习的作用，鼓励学生对现实问题展开讨论，培养学生的提出问题和解决问题的能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《一枚金币》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的课前问题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、互相汇报调查结果：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结钱的重要性</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、复习预习课文的方法，预习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认识多音字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解生字新词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">辩解、筋疲力尽、懒惰、熊熊大火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，想一想：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文写谁？写了一件件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尝试给课文分段，归纳大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续学习《一枚金币》，昨天讲到短短的文章中，介绍了一件怎样的事情呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师小结，随机板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">] <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">儿子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">父亲</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1-8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默读课文，一边读一边思考：老人为什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再也受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内交流，要求每个人都要发表自己的意见，可以互相进行补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导想像儿子懒惰的程度让父亲受不了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读读父亲痛恨的话，再次体会父亲的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生进行集体交流，为什么父亲要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">9-26</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，找找课文中写了父亲与儿子的几次对话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导质疑；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">前两次父亲扔掉儿子的金币，儿子只是笑笑，第三次为什么会是那样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生一边读一边想，小组内交流讨论。想像儿子在一个星期的工作中都遇到了哪些困难？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导学生读出儿子的愤怒的语气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对比儿子上两次的表现，说说你体会到了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过刚才的学习，你能试着说说父亲为什么要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天学习了这篇文章后，你觉得这篇课文是按照什么顺序写的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　一枚金币</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　只有亲手创造财富才会珍惜</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《钱被风刮跑以后》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叙述导入：有一个寒冷的冬天，北风刮得很猛烈，这时，我骑车撞到了一位老人，手里的钱刮跑了，这可怎么办？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学们读读课文，看看到底老人怎么办？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读课文。其他同学认真听，字音是否读的准确。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、检查生字读音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、再读课文，边听边把自己不懂得问题画出来</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、质疑解疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、激情引趣，设问引思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">边读边想，从这里你知道发生了什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名回答</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">着急</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分角色读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为什么老人会这样呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想像没有钱，老人的生活会怎样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">注意老人的表情，读出老人的心情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、自主探索，分层指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4-6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">边读边想，事情发生了什么样的变化，为什么我的沉重的心情一下子变得轻松了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听录音读，边听边画出表现人们神态变化的句子来，小组内读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组之间交流一下你们的看法，把最令自己感动的地方说一说？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合两个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">抢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，谈谈人与人之间真诚互爱的美好品德</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你学到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导朗读：有关描</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分角色朗读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、迁移拓展，自主发展</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了这篇课文，你懂得了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一说，写一写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指定学生朗读课文，检查朗读情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轻松</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、交流讨论</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组合作运用假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师参与各小组的学习交流，适当给予指导帮助，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课文是按照什么顺序来记叙的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用所学的字组词并造句，积累词语，练习口头表达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当堂听写生字，检查识字、写字效果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">必做：假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一说，写一写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选做：你还知道哪些有关这样的故事，找出来讲给小伙伴们听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　过路行人：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">抢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">还</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　钱被风刮跑以后　　　老大爷：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">迟疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">肯定</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　人与人互助互爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轻松</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《毽子里的铜钱》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的课前问题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; a </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互相汇报调查结果：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; b </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小结钱的重要性</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、复习预习课文的方法，预习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认识多音字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解生字新词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，想一想：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文写谁？写了一件件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尝试给课文分段，归纳大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续学习《毽子里的铜钱》，昨天讲到短短的文章中，介绍了一件怎样的事情呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师小结，随机板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1-4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默读课文，一边读一边思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人为什么送给我不要钱，而却为李婶的一个铜钱不高兴？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段对话话，再次体会老人的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慈祥、善良</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生进行集体交流？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5-14</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，找找课文我是怎么做的？画出我的心理描写的句子以及老人动作的词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组里读读，表情、动作的句子重点读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导质疑；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">毽子里的铜钱珍贵吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生一边读一边想，小组内交流讨论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想像老人卖烤山薯的艰辛？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作者体会到了这种艰辛吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读读老人又送山薯的句子，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以及作者心理描写的句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导学生读出感情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、对比李婶、我两次的表现，说说你体会到了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过刚才的学习，你能试着说说你对老人为什么要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天学习了这篇文章后，你觉得这篇课文是按照什么顺序写的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课文我们一起来学习《语文天地》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）进行形近生字的比较，组词练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">[</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">丛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">评</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">坪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">静</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">净</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搏</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">博</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想：观察这每一组生字你发现了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师进行巡视了解情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、要求学生回答问题时要完整。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这些生字形状和发音差不多，那么我们怎么来区分他们呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生理解生字的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、进行生字的组词练习。有能力的学生可以鼓励进行说话练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）进行词语抄写、说话练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">] <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">渴求</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">盘旋</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">滑行</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">绿盈盈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">空隙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">撒落</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">追逐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">素质</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">立即</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">猛烈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">敏捷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晴朗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">摇晃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">遮蔽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨人喜欢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互相交流不懂的词语意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师重点指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">滑行、渴求、遮蔽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先指有能力的学生进行说话，给其它学生做个范例。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）积累表示动作的词语，练习使用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生看书中给出的例子：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蹦跳、捧扒、退、追</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生模仿例子，自己思考表示动作的词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生回答。老师进行板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师将相应的部分进行标示。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（四）积累表示时间的词语，练习使用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">描写小虾吃东西、松鼠搭窝的两段话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生朗读，其他学生思考这些时间词语之间有什么联系？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生尝试用这些时间词语说说话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师重点关注口头表达能力一般的学生进行辅导。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们复习形近生字生字、表示动作、时间的词语和句子，尝试自己也用表示时间和动作的词语造句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续来学习《语文天地》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）阅读短文《人民币背后的风景名胜》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：你了解了哪些内容？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在预习过程中，你对短文有哪些感想？说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）畅所欲言，积累学习方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">周围的同学怎样支配压岁钱？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师结合学生交流的资料引导学生发表自己的想法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨论：我们应该怎样的爱护金钱呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生集体交流发表想法，互相点评，互相补充。老师结合学生的意见进行板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结：大家都是从哪里获得的这些信息？大家再看的时候有哪些方面需要提醒大家？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师将学生的建议用投影片进行展示，学生阅读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们一起来说了说怎样养成良好的节约习惯，如果请大家来想些方法，使大家都能来爱护金钱，学会分配，你们有什么好建议？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">好我们就请大家用自己想出的合理的方法来表正确看待金钱在生活中的地位。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">教学反思：在上这个单元的时候正好赶上班级发生了几次掉钱事件，结合金钱这个单元，我一再暗示并结合了思想教育，但仍没有办法。课堂教学中，以读为主，结合自己的评议，并在语文天地中进行了金钱的活动，在活动中感悟。采用了各种办法仍然没有&ldquo;掉钱&rdquo;的头绪，不知道是教育的不到位还是</span><span style="color: red">&hellip;&hellip;</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>心得体会</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>&nbsp;<span style="font-size: 9pt">第十单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">金钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">金钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为主题，编排了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">篇主体课文和一个语文天地。三篇主题课文按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值，引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，学会从小认识金钱，懂得正确对待金钱。学习本单元，可让学生明白金钱所包含的文化内涵，懂得要以诚实的劳动换取金钱的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地中安排了搜集与积累、开卷有益、畅所欲言、笔下生花等栏目，设计了一系列语文活动，在内容上非常贴近学生的生活实际，旨在加强对语文基础知识的学习和巩固，提高学生学习语文的综合能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提高学生的阅读能力，体会懂得正确对待金钱，懂得金钱所包含的劳动价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">独立认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">15</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，正确、规范地书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">15</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，根据课文内容理解词的意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会课文所表达的思想感情；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，根据课文内容理解词的意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会课文所表达的思想感情；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，继续培养学生合作的学习意识，发挥小组学习的作用，鼓励学生对现实问题展开讨论，培养学生的提出问题和解决问题的能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《一枚金币》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的课前问题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、互相汇报调查结果：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结钱的重要性</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、复习预习课文的方法，预习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认识多音字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解生字新词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">辩解、筋疲力尽、懒惰、熊熊大火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，想一想：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文写谁？写了一件件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尝试给课文分段，归纳大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续学习《一枚金币》，昨天讲到短短的文章中，介绍了一件怎样的事情呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师小结，随机板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">] <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">儿子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">父亲</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1-8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默读课文，一边读一边思考：老人为什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再也受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内交流，要求每个人都要发表自己的意见，可以互相进行补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导想像儿子懒惰的程度让父亲受不了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读读父亲痛恨的话，再次体会父亲的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生进行集体交流，为什么父亲要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">9-26</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，找找课文中写了父亲与儿子的几次对话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导质疑；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">前两次父亲扔掉儿子的金币，儿子只是笑笑，第三次为什么会是那样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生一边读一边想，小组内交流讨论。想像儿子在一个星期的工作中都遇到了哪些困难？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导学生读出儿子的愤怒的语气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对比儿子上两次的表现，说说你体会到了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过刚才的学习，你能试着说说父亲为什么要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天学习了这篇文章后，你觉得这篇课文是按照什么顺序写的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　一枚金币</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　只有亲手创造财富才会珍惜</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《钱被风刮跑以后》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叙述导入：有一个寒冷的冬天，北风刮得很猛烈，这时，我骑车撞到了一位老人，手里的钱刮跑了，这可怎么办？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学们读读课文，看看到底老人怎么办？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读课文。其他同学认真听，字音是否读的准确。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、检查生字读音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、再读课文，边听边把自己不懂得问题画出来</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、质疑解疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、激情引趣，设问引思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">边读边想，从这里你知道发生了什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名回答</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">着急</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分角色读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为什么老人会这样呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想像没有钱，老人的生活会怎样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">注意老人的表情，读出老人的心情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、自主探索，分层指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4-6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">边读边想，事情发生了什么样的变化，为什么我的沉重的心情一下子变得轻松了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听录音读，边听边画出表现人们神态变化的句子来，小组内读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组之间交流一下你们的看法，把最令自己感动的地方说一说？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合两个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">抢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，谈谈人与人之间真诚互爱的美好品德</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你学到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导朗读：有关描</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分角色朗读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、迁移拓展，自主发展</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了这篇课文，你懂得了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一说，写一写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指定学生朗读课文，检查朗读情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轻松</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、交流讨论</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组合作运用假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师参与各小组的学习交流，适当给予指导帮助，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课文是按照什么顺序来记叙的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用所学的字组词并造句，积累词语，练习口头表达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当堂听写生字，检查识字、写字效果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">必做：假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一说，写一写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选做：你还知道哪些有关这样的故事，找出来讲给小伙伴们听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　过路行人：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">抢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">还</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　钱被风刮跑以后　　　老大爷：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">迟疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">肯定</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　人与人互助互爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轻松</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《毽子里的铜钱》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的课前问题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; a </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互相汇报调查结果：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; b </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小结钱的重要性</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、复习预习课文的方法，预习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认识多音字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解生字新词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，想一想：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文写谁？写了一件件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尝试给课文分段，归纳大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续学习《毽子里的铜钱》，昨天讲到短短的文章中，介绍了一件怎样的事情呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师小结，随机板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1-4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默读课文，一边读一边思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人为什么送给我不要钱，而却为李婶的一个铜钱不高兴？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段对话话，再次体会老人的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慈祥、善良</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生进行集体交流？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5-14</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，找找课文我是怎么做的？画出我的心理描写的句子以及老人动作的词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组里读读，表情、动作的句子重点读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导质疑；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">毽子里的铜钱珍贵吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生一边读一边想，小组内交流讨论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想像老人卖烤山薯的艰辛？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作者体会到了这种艰辛吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读读老人又送山薯的句子，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以及作者心理描写的句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导学生读出感情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、对比李婶、我两次的表现，说说你体会到了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过刚才的学习，你能试着说说你对老人为什么要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天学习了这篇文章后，你觉得这篇课文是按照什么顺序写的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课文我们一起来学习《语文天地》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）进行形近生字的比较，组词练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">[</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">丛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">评</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">坪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">静</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">净</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搏</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">博</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想：观察这每一组生字你发现了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师进行巡视了解情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、要求学生回答问题时要完整。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这些生字形状和发音差不多，那么我们怎么来区分他们呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生理解生字的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、进行生字的组词练习。有能力的学生可以鼓励进行说话练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）进行词语抄写、说话练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">] <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">渴求</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">盘旋</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">滑行</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">绿盈盈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">空隙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">撒落</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">追逐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">素质</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">立即</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">猛烈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">敏捷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晴朗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">摇晃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">遮蔽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨人喜欢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互相交流不懂的词语意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师重点指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">滑行、渴求、遮蔽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先指有能力的学生进行说话，给其它学生做个范例。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）积累表示动作的词语，练习使用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生看书中给出的例子：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蹦跳、捧扒、退、追</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生模仿例子，自己思考表示动作的词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生回答。老师进行板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师将相应的部分进行标示。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（四）积累表示时间的词语，练习使用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">描写小虾吃东西、松鼠搭窝的两段话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生朗读，其他学生思考这些时间词语之间有什么联系？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生尝试用这些时间词语说说话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师重点关注口头表达能力一般的学生进行辅导。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们复习形近生字生字、表示动作、时间的词语和句子，尝试自己也用表示时间和动作的词语造句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续来学习《语文天地》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）阅读短文《人民币背后的风景名胜》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：你了解了哪些内容？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在预习过程中，你对短文有哪些感想？说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）畅所欲言，积累学习方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">周围的同学怎样支配压岁钱？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师结合学生交流的资料引导学生发表自己的想法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨论：我们应该怎样的爱护金钱呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生集体交流发表想法，互相点评，互相补充。老师结合学生的意见进行板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结：大家都是从哪里获得的这些信息？大家再看的时候有哪些方面需要提醒大家？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师将学生的建议用投影片进行展示，学生阅读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们一起来说了说怎样养成良好的节约习惯，如果请大家来想些方法，使大家都能来爱护金钱，学会分配，你们有什么好建议？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">好我们就请大家用自己想出的合理的方法来表正确看待金钱在生活中的地位。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">教学反思：在上这个单元的时候正好赶上班级发生了几次掉钱事件，结合金钱这个单元，我一再暗示并结合了思想教育，但仍没有办法。课堂教学中，以读为主，结合自己的评议，并在语文天地中进行了金钱的活动，在活动中感悟。采用了各种办法仍然没有&ldquo;掉钱&rdquo;的头绪，不知道是教育的不到位还是</span><span style="color: red">&hellip;&hellip;</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>复习计划和教案</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>&nbsp;<span style="font-size: 9pt">第十单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">金钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">金钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为主题，编排了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">篇主体课文和一个语文天地。三篇主题课文按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值，引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，学会从小认识金钱，懂得正确对待金钱。学习本单元，可让学生明白金钱所包含的文化内涵，懂得要以诚实的劳动换取金钱的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地中安排了搜集与积累、开卷有益、畅所欲言、笔下生花等栏目，设计了一系列语文活动，在内容上非常贴近学生的生活实际，旨在加强对语文基础知识的学习和巩固，提高学生学习语文的综合能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提高学生的阅读能力，体会懂得正确对待金钱，懂得金钱所包含的劳动价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">独立认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">15</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，正确、规范地书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">15</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，根据课文内容理解词的意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会课文所表达的思想感情；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，根据课文内容理解词的意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会课文所表达的思想感情；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，继续培养学生合作的学习意识，发挥小组学习的作用，鼓励学生对现实问题展开讨论，培养学生的提出问题和解决问题的能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《一枚金币》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的课前问题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、互相汇报调查结果：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结钱的重要性</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、复习预习课文的方法，预习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认识多音字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解生字新词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">辩解、筋疲力尽、懒惰、熊熊大火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，想一想：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文写谁？写了一件件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尝试给课文分段，归纳大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续学习《一枚金币》，昨天讲到短短的文章中，介绍了一件怎样的事情呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师小结，随机板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">] <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">儿子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">父亲</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1-8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默读课文，一边读一边思考：老人为什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再也受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内交流，要求每个人都要发表自己的意见，可以互相进行补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导想像儿子懒惰的程度让父亲受不了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读读父亲痛恨的话，再次体会父亲的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生进行集体交流，为什么父亲要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">9-26</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，找找课文中写了父亲与儿子的几次对话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导质疑；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">前两次父亲扔掉儿子的金币，儿子只是笑笑，第三次为什么会是那样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生一边读一边想，小组内交流讨论。想像儿子在一个星期的工作中都遇到了哪些困难？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导学生读出儿子的愤怒的语气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对比儿子上两次的表现，说说你体会到了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过刚才的学习，你能试着说说父亲为什么要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天学习了这篇文章后，你觉得这篇课文是按照什么顺序写的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　一枚金币</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　只有亲手创造财富才会珍惜</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《钱被风刮跑以后》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叙述导入：有一个寒冷的冬天，北风刮得很猛烈，这时，我骑车撞到了一位老人，手里的钱刮跑了，这可怎么办？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学们读读课文，看看到底老人怎么办？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读课文。其他同学认真听，字音是否读的准确。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、检查生字读音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、再读课文，边听边把自己不懂得问题画出来</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、质疑解疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、激情引趣，设问引思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">边读边想，从这里你知道发生了什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名回答</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">着急</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分角色读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为什么老人会这样呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想像没有钱，老人的生活会怎样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">注意老人的表情，读出老人的心情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、自主探索，分层指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4-6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">边读边想，事情发生了什么样的变化，为什么我的沉重的心情一下子变得轻松了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听录音读，边听边画出表现人们神态变化的句子来，小组内读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组之间交流一下你们的看法，把最令自己感动的地方说一说？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合两个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">抢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，谈谈人与人之间真诚互爱的美好品德</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你学到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导朗读：有关描</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分角色朗读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、迁移拓展，自主发展</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了这篇课文，你懂得了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一说，写一写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指定学生朗读课文，检查朗读情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轻松</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、交流讨论</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组合作运用假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师参与各小组的学习交流，适当给予指导帮助，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课文是按照什么顺序来记叙的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用所学的字组词并造句，积累词语，练习口头表达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当堂听写生字，检查识字、写字效果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">必做：假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一说，写一写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选做：你还知道哪些有关这样的故事，找出来讲给小伙伴们听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　过路行人：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">抢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">还</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　钱被风刮跑以后　　　老大爷：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">迟疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">肯定</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　人与人互助互爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轻松</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《毽子里的铜钱》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的课前问题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; a </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互相汇报调查结果：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; b </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小结钱的重要性</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、复习预习课文的方法，预习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认识多音字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解生字新词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，想一想：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文写谁？写了一件件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尝试给课文分段，归纳大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续学习《毽子里的铜钱》，昨天讲到短短的文章中，介绍了一件怎样的事情呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师小结，随机板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1-4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默读课文，一边读一边思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人为什么送给我不要钱，而却为李婶的一个铜钱不高兴？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段对话话，再次体会老人的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慈祥、善良</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生进行集体交流？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5-14</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，找找课文我是怎么做的？画出我的心理描写的句子以及老人动作的词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组里读读，表情、动作的句子重点读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导质疑；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">毽子里的铜钱珍贵吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生一边读一边想，小组内交流讨论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想像老人卖烤山薯的艰辛？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作者体会到了这种艰辛吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读读老人又送山薯的句子，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以及作者心理描写的句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导学生读出感情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、对比李婶、我两次的表现，说说你体会到了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过刚才的学习，你能试着说说你对老人为什么要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天学习了这篇文章后，你觉得这篇课文是按照什么顺序写的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课文我们一起来学习《语文天地》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）进行形近生字的比较，组词练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">[</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">丛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">评</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">坪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">静</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">净</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搏</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">博</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想：观察这每一组生字你发现了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师进行巡视了解情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、要求学生回答问题时要完整。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这些生字形状和发音差不多，那么我们怎么来区分他们呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生理解生字的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、进行生字的组词练习。有能力的学生可以鼓励进行说话练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）进行词语抄写、说话练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">] <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">渴求</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">盘旋</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">滑行</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">绿盈盈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">空隙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">撒落</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">追逐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">素质</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">立即</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">猛烈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">敏捷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晴朗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">摇晃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">遮蔽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨人喜欢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互相交流不懂的词语意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师重点指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">滑行、渴求、遮蔽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先指有能力的学生进行说话，给其它学生做个范例。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）积累表示动作的词语，练习使用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生看书中给出的例子：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蹦跳、捧扒、退、追</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生模仿例子，自己思考表示动作的词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生回答。老师进行板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师将相应的部分进行标示。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（四）积累表示时间的词语，练习使用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">描写小虾吃东西、松鼠搭窝的两段话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生朗读，其他学生思考这些时间词语之间有什么联系？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生尝试用这些时间词语说说话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师重点关注口头表达能力一般的学生进行辅导。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们复习形近生字生字、表示动作、时间的词语和句子，尝试自己也用表示时间和动作的词语造句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续来学习《语文天地》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）阅读短文《人民币背后的风景名胜》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：你了解了哪些内容？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在预习过程中，你对短文有哪些感想？说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）畅所欲言，积累学习方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">周围的同学怎样支配压岁钱？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师结合学生交流的资料引导学生发表自己的想法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨论：我们应该怎样的爱护金钱呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生集体交流发表想法，互相点评，互相补充。老师结合学生的意见进行板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结：大家都是从哪里获得的这些信息？大家再看的时候有哪些方面需要提醒大家？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师将学生的建议用投影片进行展示，学生阅读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们一起来说了说怎样养成良好的节约习惯，如果请大家来想些方法，使大家都能来爱护金钱，学会分配，你们有什么好建议？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">好我们就请大家用自己想出的合理的方法来表正确看待金钱在生活中的地位。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">教学反思：在上这个单元的时候正好赶上班级发生了几次掉钱事件，结合金钱这个单元，我一再暗示并结合了思想教育，但仍没有办法。课堂教学中，以读为主，结合自己的评议，并在语文天地中进行了金钱的活动，在活动中感悟。采用了各种办法仍然没有&ldquo;掉钱&rdquo;的头绪，不知道是教育的不到位还是</span><span style="color: red">&hellip;&hellip;</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>教案</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>&nbsp;<span style="font-size: 9pt">第十单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">金钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">金钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为主题，编排了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">篇主体课文和一个语文天地。三篇主题课文按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值，引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，学会从小认识金钱，懂得正确对待金钱。学习本单元，可让学生明白金钱所包含的文化内涵，懂得要以诚实的劳动换取金钱的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地中安排了搜集与积累、开卷有益、畅所欲言、笔下生花等栏目，设计了一系列语文活动，在内容上非常贴近学生的生活实际，旨在加强对语文基础知识的学习和巩固，提高学生学习语文的综合能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提高学生的阅读能力，体会懂得正确对待金钱，懂得金钱所包含的劳动价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">独立认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">15</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，正确、规范地书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">15</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，根据课文内容理解词的意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会课文所表达的思想感情；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，根据课文内容理解词的意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会课文所表达的思想感情；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，继续培养学生合作的学习意识，发挥小组学习的作用，鼓励学生对现实问题展开讨论，培养学生的提出问题和解决问题的能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《一枚金币》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的课前问题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、互相汇报调查结果：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结钱的重要性</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、复习预习课文的方法，预习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认识多音字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解生字新词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">辩解、筋疲力尽、懒惰、熊熊大火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，想一想：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文写谁？写了一件件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尝试给课文分段，归纳大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续学习《一枚金币》，昨天讲到短短的文章中，介绍了一件怎样的事情呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师小结，随机板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">] <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">儿子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">父亲</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1-8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默读课文，一边读一边思考：老人为什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再也受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内交流，要求每个人都要发表自己的意见，可以互相进行补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导想像儿子懒惰的程度让父亲受不了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读读父亲痛恨的话，再次体会父亲的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生进行集体交流，为什么父亲要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">9-26</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，找找课文中写了父亲与儿子的几次对话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导质疑；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">前两次父亲扔掉儿子的金币，儿子只是笑笑，第三次为什么会是那样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生一边读一边想，小组内交流讨论。想像儿子在一个星期的工作中都遇到了哪些困难？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导学生读出儿子的愤怒的语气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对比儿子上两次的表现，说说你体会到了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过刚才的学习，你能试着说说父亲为什么要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天学习了这篇文章后，你觉得这篇课文是按照什么顺序写的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　一枚金币</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　只有亲手创造财富才会珍惜</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《钱被风刮跑以后》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叙述导入：有一个寒冷的冬天，北风刮得很猛烈，这时，我骑车撞到了一位老人，手里的钱刮跑了，这可怎么办？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学们读读课文，看看到底老人怎么办？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读课文。其他同学认真听，字音是否读的准确。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、检查生字读音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、再读课文，边听边把自己不懂得问题画出来</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、质疑解疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、激情引趣，设问引思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">边读边想，从这里你知道发生了什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名回答</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">着急</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分角色读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为什么老人会这样呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想像没有钱，老人的生活会怎样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">注意老人的表情，读出老人的心情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、自主探索，分层指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4-6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">边读边想，事情发生了什么样的变化，为什么我的沉重的心情一下子变得轻松了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听录音读，边听边画出表现人们神态变化的句子来，小组内读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组之间交流一下你们的看法，把最令自己感动的地方说一说？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合两个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">抢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，谈谈人与人之间真诚互爱的美好品德</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你学到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导朗读：有关描</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分角色朗读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、迁移拓展，自主发展</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了这篇课文，你懂得了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一说，写一写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指定学生朗读课文，检查朗读情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轻松</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、交流讨论</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组合作运用假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师参与各小组的学习交流，适当给予指导帮助，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课文是按照什么顺序来记叙的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用所学的字组词并造句，积累词语，练习口头表达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当堂听写生字，检查识字、写字效果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">必做：假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一说，写一写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选做：你还知道哪些有关这样的故事，找出来讲给小伙伴们听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　过路行人：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">抢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">还</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　钱被风刮跑以后　　　老大爷：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">迟疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">肯定</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　人与人互助互爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轻松</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《毽子里的铜钱》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的课前问题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; a </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互相汇报调查结果：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; b </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小结钱的重要性</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、复习预习课文的方法，预习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认识多音字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解生字新词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，想一想：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文写谁？写了一件件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尝试给课文分段，归纳大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续学习《毽子里的铜钱》，昨天讲到短短的文章中，介绍了一件怎样的事情呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师小结，随机板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1-4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默读课文，一边读一边思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人为什么送给我不要钱，而却为李婶的一个铜钱不高兴？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段对话话，再次体会老人的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慈祥、善良</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生进行集体交流？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5-14</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，找找课文我是怎么做的？画出我的心理描写的句子以及老人动作的词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组里读读，表情、动作的句子重点读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导质疑；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">毽子里的铜钱珍贵吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生一边读一边想，小组内交流讨论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想像老人卖烤山薯的艰辛？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作者体会到了这种艰辛吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读读老人又送山薯的句子，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以及作者心理描写的句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导学生读出感情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、对比李婶、我两次的表现，说说你体会到了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过刚才的学习，你能试着说说你对老人为什么要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天学习了这篇文章后，你觉得这篇课文是按照什么顺序写的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课文我们一起来学习《语文天地》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）进行形近生字的比较，组词练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">[</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">丛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">评</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">坪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">静</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">净</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搏</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">博</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想：观察这每一组生字你发现了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师进行巡视了解情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、要求学生回答问题时要完整。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这些生字形状和发音差不多，那么我们怎么来区分他们呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生理解生字的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、进行生字的组词练习。有能力的学生可以鼓励进行说话练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）进行词语抄写、说话练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">] <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">渴求</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">盘旋</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">滑行</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">绿盈盈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">空隙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">撒落</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">追逐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">素质</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">立即</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">猛烈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">敏捷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晴朗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">摇晃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">遮蔽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨人喜欢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互相交流不懂的词语意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师重点指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">滑行、渴求、遮蔽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先指有能力的学生进行说话，给其它学生做个范例。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）积累表示动作的词语，练习使用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生看书中给出的例子：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蹦跳、捧扒、退、追</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生模仿例子，自己思考表示动作的词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生回答。老师进行板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师将相应的部分进行标示。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（四）积累表示时间的词语，练习使用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">描写小虾吃东西、松鼠搭窝的两段话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生朗读，其他学生思考这些时间词语之间有什么联系？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生尝试用这些时间词语说说话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师重点关注口头表达能力一般的学生进行辅导。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们复习形近生字生字、表示动作、时间的词语和句子，尝试自己也用表示时间和动作的词语造句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续来学习《语文天地》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）阅读短文《人民币背后的风景名胜》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：你了解了哪些内容？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在预习过程中，你对短文有哪些感想？说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）畅所欲言，积累学习方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">周围的同学怎样支配压岁钱？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师结合学生交流的资料引导学生发表自己的想法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨论：我们应该怎样的爱护金钱呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生集体交流发表想法，互相点评，互相补充。老师结合学生的意见进行板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结：大家都是从哪里获得的这些信息？大家再看的时候有哪些方面需要提醒大家？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师将学生的建议用投影片进行展示，学生阅读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们一起来说了说怎样养成良好的节约习惯，如果请大家来想些方法，使大家都能来爱护金钱，学会分配，你们有什么好建议？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">好我们就请大家用自己想出的合理的方法来表正确看待金钱在生活中的地位。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">教学反思：在上这个单元的时候正好赶上班级发生了几次掉钱事件，结合金钱这个单元，我一再暗示并结合了思想教育，但仍没有办法。课堂教学中，以读为主，结合自己的评议，并在语文天地中进行了金钱的活动，在活动中感悟。采用了各种办法仍然没有&ldquo;掉钱&rdquo;的头绪，不知道是教育的不到位还是</span><span style="color: red">&hellip;&hellip;</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>复习计划</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>&nbsp;<span style="font-size: 9pt">第十单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">金钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">金钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为主题，编排了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">篇主体课文和一个语文天地。三篇主题课文按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值，引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，学会从小认识金钱，懂得正确对待金钱。学习本单元，可让学生明白金钱所包含的文化内涵，懂得要以诚实的劳动换取金钱的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地中安排了搜集与积累、开卷有益、畅所欲言、笔下生花等栏目，设计了一系列语文活动，在内容上非常贴近学生的生活实际，旨在加强对语文基础知识的学习和巩固，提高学生学习语文的综合能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提高学生的阅读能力，体会懂得正确对待金钱，懂得金钱所包含的劳动价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">独立认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">15</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，正确、规范地书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">15</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，根据课文内容理解词的意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会课文所表达的思想感情；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，根据课文内容理解词的意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会课文所表达的思想感情；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，继续培养学生合作的学习意识，发挥小组学习的作用，鼓励学生对现实问题展开讨论，培养学生的提出问题和解决问题的能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《一枚金币》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的课前问题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、互相汇报调查结果：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结钱的重要性</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、复习预习课文的方法，预习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认识多音字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解生字新词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">辩解、筋疲力尽、懒惰、熊熊大火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，想一想：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文写谁？写了一件件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尝试给课文分段，归纳大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续学习《一枚金币》，昨天讲到短短的文章中，介绍了一件怎样的事情呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师小结，随机板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">] <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">儿子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">父亲</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1-8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默读课文，一边读一边思考：老人为什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再也受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内交流，要求每个人都要发表自己的意见，可以互相进行补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导想像儿子懒惰的程度让父亲受不了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读读父亲痛恨的话，再次体会父亲的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生进行集体交流，为什么父亲要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">9-26</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，找找课文中写了父亲与儿子的几次对话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导质疑；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">前两次父亲扔掉儿子的金币，儿子只是笑笑，第三次为什么会是那样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生一边读一边想，小组内交流讨论。想像儿子在一个星期的工作中都遇到了哪些困难？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导学生读出儿子的愤怒的语气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对比儿子上两次的表现，说说你体会到了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过刚才的学习，你能试着说说父亲为什么要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天学习了这篇文章后，你觉得这篇课文是按照什么顺序写的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　一枚金币</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　只有亲手创造财富才会珍惜</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《钱被风刮跑以后》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叙述导入：有一个寒冷的冬天，北风刮得很猛烈，这时，我骑车撞到了一位老人，手里的钱刮跑了，这可怎么办？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学们读读课文，看看到底老人怎么办？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读课文。其他同学认真听，字音是否读的准确。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、检查生字读音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、再读课文，边听边把自己不懂得问题画出来</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、质疑解疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、激情引趣，设问引思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">边读边想，从这里你知道发生了什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名回答</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">着急</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分角色读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为什么老人会这样呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想像没有钱，老人的生活会怎样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">注意老人的表情，读出老人的心情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、自主探索，分层指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4-6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">边读边想，事情发生了什么样的变化，为什么我的沉重的心情一下子变得轻松了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听录音读，边听边画出表现人们神态变化的句子来，小组内读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组之间交流一下你们的看法，把最令自己感动的地方说一说？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合两个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">抢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，谈谈人与人之间真诚互爱的美好品德</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你学到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导朗读：有关描</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分角色朗读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、迁移拓展，自主发展</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了这篇课文，你懂得了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一说，写一写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指定学生朗读课文，检查朗读情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轻松</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、交流讨论</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组合作运用假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师参与各小组的学习交流，适当给予指导帮助，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课文是按照什么顺序来记叙的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用所学的字组词并造句，积累词语，练习口头表达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当堂听写生字，检查识字、写字效果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">必做：假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一说，写一写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选做：你还知道哪些有关这样的故事，找出来讲给小伙伴们听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　过路行人：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">抢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">还</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　钱被风刮跑以后　　　老大爷：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">迟疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">肯定</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　人与人互助互爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轻松</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《毽子里的铜钱》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的课前问题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; a </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互相汇报调查结果：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; b </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小结钱的重要性</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、复习预习课文的方法，预习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认识多音字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解生字新词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，想一想：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文写谁？写了一件件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尝试给课文分段，归纳大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续学习《毽子里的铜钱》，昨天讲到短短的文章中，介绍了一件怎样的事情呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师小结，随机板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1-4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默读课文，一边读一边思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人为什么送给我不要钱，而却为李婶的一个铜钱不高兴？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段对话话，再次体会老人的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慈祥、善良</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生进行集体交流？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5-14</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，找找课文我是怎么做的？画出我的心理描写的句子以及老人动作的词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组里读读，表情、动作的句子重点读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导质疑；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">毽子里的铜钱珍贵吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生一边读一边想，小组内交流讨论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想像老人卖烤山薯的艰辛？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作者体会到了这种艰辛吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读读老人又送山薯的句子，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以及作者心理描写的句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导学生读出感情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、对比李婶、我两次的表现，说说你体会到了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过刚才的学习，你能试着说说你对老人为什么要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天学习了这篇文章后，你觉得这篇课文是按照什么顺序写的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课文我们一起来学习《语文天地》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）进行形近生字的比较，组词练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">[</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">丛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">评</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">坪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">静</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">净</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搏</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">博</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想：观察这每一组生字你发现了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师进行巡视了解情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、要求学生回答问题时要完整。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这些生字形状和发音差不多，那么我们怎么来区分他们呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生理解生字的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、进行生字的组词练习。有能力的学生可以鼓励进行说话练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）进行词语抄写、说话练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">] <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">渴求</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">盘旋</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">滑行</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">绿盈盈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">空隙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">撒落</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">追逐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">素质</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">立即</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">猛烈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">敏捷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晴朗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">摇晃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">遮蔽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨人喜欢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互相交流不懂的词语意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师重点指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">滑行、渴求、遮蔽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先指有能力的学生进行说话，给其它学生做个范例。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）积累表示动作的词语，练习使用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生看书中给出的例子：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蹦跳、捧扒、退、追</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生模仿例子，自己思考表示动作的词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生回答。老师进行板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师将相应的部分进行标示。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（四）积累表示时间的词语，练习使用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">描写小虾吃东西、松鼠搭窝的两段话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生朗读，其他学生思考这些时间词语之间有什么联系？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生尝试用这些时间词语说说话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师重点关注口头表达能力一般的学生进行辅导。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们复习形近生字生字、表示动作、时间的词语和句子，尝试自己也用表示时间和动作的词语造句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续来学习《语文天地》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）阅读短文《人民币背后的风景名胜》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：你了解了哪些内容？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在预习过程中，你对短文有哪些感想？说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）畅所欲言，积累学习方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">周围的同学怎样支配压岁钱？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师结合学生交流的资料引导学生发表自己的想法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨论：我们应该怎样的爱护金钱呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生集体交流发表想法，互相点评，互相补充。老师结合学生的意见进行板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结：大家都是从哪里获得的这些信息？大家再看的时候有哪些方面需要提醒大家？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师将学生的建议用投影片进行展示，学生阅读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们一起来说了说怎样养成良好的节约习惯，如果请大家来想些方法，使大家都能来爱护金钱，学会分配，你们有什么好建议？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">好我们就请大家用自己想出的合理的方法来表正确看待金钱在生活中的地位。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">教学反思：在上这个单元的时候正好赶上班级发生了几次掉钱事件，结合金钱这个单元，我一再暗示并结合了思想教育，但仍没有办法。课堂教学中，以读为主，结合自己的评议，并在语文天地中进行了金钱的活动，在活动中感悟。采用了各种办法仍然没有&ldquo;掉钱&rdquo;的头绪，不知道是教育的不到位还是</span><span style="color: red">&hellip;&hellip;</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>校本培训－－论文</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>&nbsp;<span style="font-size: 9pt">第十单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">金钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">金钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为主题，编排了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">篇主体课文和一个语文天地。三篇主题课文按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值，引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，学会从小认识金钱，懂得正确对待金钱。学习本单元，可让学生明白金钱所包含的文化内涵，懂得要以诚实的劳动换取金钱的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地中安排了搜集与积累、开卷有益、畅所欲言、笔下生花等栏目，设计了一系列语文活动，在内容上非常贴近学生的生活实际，旨在加强对语文基础知识的学习和巩固，提高学生学习语文的综合能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提高学生的阅读能力，体会懂得正确对待金钱，懂得金钱所包含的劳动价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">独立认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">15</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，正确、规范地书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">15</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，根据课文内容理解词的意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会课文所表达的思想感情；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，根据课文内容理解词的意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会课文所表达的思想感情；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，继续培养学生合作的学习意识，发挥小组学习的作用，鼓励学生对现实问题展开讨论，培养学生的提出问题和解决问题的能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《一枚金币》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的课前问题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、互相汇报调查结果：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结钱的重要性</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、复习预习课文的方法，预习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认识多音字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解生字新词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">辩解、筋疲力尽、懒惰、熊熊大火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，想一想：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文写谁？写了一件件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尝试给课文分段，归纳大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续学习《一枚金币》，昨天讲到短短的文章中，介绍了一件怎样的事情呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师小结，随机板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">] <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">儿子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">父亲</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1-8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默读课文，一边读一边思考：老人为什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再也受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内交流，要求每个人都要发表自己的意见，可以互相进行补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导想像儿子懒惰的程度让父亲受不了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读读父亲痛恨的话，再次体会父亲的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生进行集体交流，为什么父亲要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">9-26</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，找找课文中写了父亲与儿子的几次对话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导质疑；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">前两次父亲扔掉儿子的金币，儿子只是笑笑，第三次为什么会是那样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生一边读一边想，小组内交流讨论。想像儿子在一个星期的工作中都遇到了哪些困难？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导学生读出儿子的愤怒的语气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对比儿子上两次的表现，说说你体会到了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过刚才的学习，你能试着说说父亲为什么要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天学习了这篇文章后，你觉得这篇课文是按照什么顺序写的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　一枚金币</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　只有亲手创造财富才会珍惜</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《钱被风刮跑以后》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叙述导入：有一个寒冷的冬天，北风刮得很猛烈，这时，我骑车撞到了一位老人，手里的钱刮跑了，这可怎么办？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学们读读课文，看看到底老人怎么办？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读课文。其他同学认真听，字音是否读的准确。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、检查生字读音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、再读课文，边听边把自己不懂得问题画出来</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、质疑解疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、激情引趣，设问引思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">边读边想，从这里你知道发生了什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名回答</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">着急</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分角色读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为什么老人会这样呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想像没有钱，老人的生活会怎样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">注意老人的表情，读出老人的心情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、自主探索，分层指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4-6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">边读边想，事情发生了什么样的变化，为什么我的沉重的心情一下子变得轻松了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听录音读，边听边画出表现人们神态变化的句子来，小组内读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组之间交流一下你们的看法，把最令自己感动的地方说一说？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合两个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">抢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，谈谈人与人之间真诚互爱的美好品德</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你学到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导朗读：有关描</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分角色朗读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、迁移拓展，自主发展</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了这篇课文，你懂得了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一说，写一写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指定学生朗读课文，检查朗读情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轻松</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、交流讨论</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组合作运用假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师参与各小组的学习交流，适当给予指导帮助，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课文是按照什么顺序来记叙的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用所学的字组词并造句，积累词语，练习口头表达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当堂听写生字，检查识字、写字效果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">必做：假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一说，写一写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选做：你还知道哪些有关这样的故事，找出来讲给小伙伴们听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　过路行人：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">抢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">还</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　钱被风刮跑以后　　　老大爷：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">迟疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">肯定</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　人与人互助互爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轻松</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《毽子里的铜钱》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的课前问题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; a </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互相汇报调查结果：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; b </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小结钱的重要性</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、复习预习课文的方法，预习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认识多音字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解生字新词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，想一想：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文写谁？写了一件件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尝试给课文分段，归纳大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续学习《毽子里的铜钱》，昨天讲到短短的文章中，介绍了一件怎样的事情呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师小结，随机板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1-4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默读课文，一边读一边思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人为什么送给我不要钱，而却为李婶的一个铜钱不高兴？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段对话话，再次体会老人的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慈祥、善良</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生进行集体交流？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5-14</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，找找课文我是怎么做的？画出我的心理描写的句子以及老人动作的词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组里读读，表情、动作的句子重点读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导质疑；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">毽子里的铜钱珍贵吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生一边读一边想，小组内交流讨论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想像老人卖烤山薯的艰辛？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作者体会到了这种艰辛吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读读老人又送山薯的句子，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以及作者心理描写的句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导学生读出感情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、对比李婶、我两次的表现，说说你体会到了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过刚才的学习，你能试着说说你对老人为什么要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天学习了这篇文章后，你觉得这篇课文是按照什么顺序写的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课文我们一起来学习《语文天地》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）进行形近生字的比较，组词练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">[</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">丛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">评</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">坪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">静</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">净</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搏</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">博</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想：观察这每一组生字你发现了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师进行巡视了解情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、要求学生回答问题时要完整。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这些生字形状和发音差不多，那么我们怎么来区分他们呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生理解生字的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、进行生字的组词练习。有能力的学生可以鼓励进行说话练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）进行词语抄写、说话练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">] <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">渴求</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">盘旋</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">滑行</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">绿盈盈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">空隙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">撒落</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">追逐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">素质</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">立即</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">猛烈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">敏捷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晴朗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">摇晃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">遮蔽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨人喜欢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互相交流不懂的词语意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师重点指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">滑行、渴求、遮蔽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先指有能力的学生进行说话，给其它学生做个范例。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）积累表示动作的词语，练习使用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生看书中给出的例子：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蹦跳、捧扒、退、追</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生模仿例子，自己思考表示动作的词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生回答。老师进行板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师将相应的部分进行标示。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（四）积累表示时间的词语，练习使用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">描写小虾吃东西、松鼠搭窝的两段话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生朗读，其他学生思考这些时间词语之间有什么联系？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生尝试用这些时间词语说说话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师重点关注口头表达能力一般的学生进行辅导。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们复习形近生字生字、表示动作、时间的词语和句子，尝试自己也用表示时间和动作的词语造句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续来学习《语文天地》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）阅读短文《人民币背后的风景名胜》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：你了解了哪些内容？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在预习过程中，你对短文有哪些感想？说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）畅所欲言，积累学习方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">周围的同学怎样支配压岁钱？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师结合学生交流的资料引导学生发表自己的想法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨论：我们应该怎样的爱护金钱呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生集体交流发表想法，互相点评，互相补充。老师结合学生的意见进行板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结：大家都是从哪里获得的这些信息？大家再看的时候有哪些方面需要提醒大家？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师将学生的建议用投影片进行展示，学生阅读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们一起来说了说怎样养成良好的节约习惯，如果请大家来想些方法，使大家都能来爱护金钱，学会分配，你们有什么好建议？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">好我们就请大家用自己想出的合理的方法来表正确看待金钱在生活中的地位。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">教学反思：在上这个单元的时候正好赶上班级发生了几次掉钱事件，结合金钱这个单元，我一再暗示并结合了思想教育，但仍没有办法。课堂教学中，以读为主，结合自己的评议，并在语文天地中进行了金钱的活动，在活动中感悟。采用了各种办法仍然没有&ldquo;掉钱&rdquo;的头绪，不知道是教育的不到位还是</span><span style="color: red">&hellip;&hellip;</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>工会</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>&nbsp;<span style="font-size: 9pt">第十单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">金钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">金钱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为主题，编排了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">篇主体课文和一个语文天地。三篇主题课文按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值，引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，学会从小认识金钱，懂得正确对待金钱。学习本单元，可让学生明白金钱所包含的文化内涵，懂得要以诚实的劳动换取金钱的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地中安排了搜集与积累、开卷有益、畅所欲言、笔下生花等栏目，设计了一系列语文活动，在内容上非常贴近学生的生活实际，旨在加强对语文基础知识的学习和巩固，提高学生学习语文的综合能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">提高学生的阅读能力，体会懂得正确对待金钱，懂得金钱所包含的劳动价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">独立认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">15</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，正确、规范地书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">15</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，根据课文内容理解词的意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会课文所表达的思想感情；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生感悟课文的写作特点，按照事情发展的先后顺序从不同视角透视金钱的价值</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，根据课文内容理解词的意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会课文所表达的思想感情；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，继续培养学生合作的学习意识，发挥小组学习的作用，鼓励学生对现实问题展开讨论，培养学生的提出问题和解决问题的能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《一枚金币》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的课前问题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、互相汇报调查结果：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结钱的重要性</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、复习预习课文的方法，预习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认识多音字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解生字新词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">辩解、筋疲力尽、懒惰、熊熊大火</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，想一想：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文写谁？写了一件件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尝试给课文分段，归纳大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续学习《一枚金币》，昨天讲到短短的文章中，介绍了一件怎样的事情呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师小结，随机板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">] <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">儿子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">父亲</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1-8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默读课文，一边读一边思考：老人为什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">再也受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内交流，要求每个人都要发表自己的意见，可以互相进行补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导想像儿子懒惰的程度让父亲受不了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读读父亲痛恨的话，再次体会父亲的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生进行集体交流，为什么父亲要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">9-26</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，找找课文中写了父亲与儿子的几次对话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导质疑；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">前两次父亲扔掉儿子的金币，儿子只是笑笑，第三次为什么会是那样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导学生一边读一边想，小组内交流讨论。想像儿子在一个星期的工作中都遇到了哪些困难？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导学生读出儿子的愤怒的语气。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对比儿子上两次的表现，说说你体会到了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过刚才的学习，你能试着说说父亲为什么要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天学习了这篇文章后，你觉得这篇课文是按照什么顺序写的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　一枚金币</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">受不了</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　只有亲手创造财富才会珍惜</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《钱被风刮跑以后》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">叙述导入：有一个寒冷的冬天，北风刮得很猛烈，这时，我骑车撞到了一位老人，手里的钱刮跑了，这可怎么办？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学们读读课文，看看到底老人怎么办？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读课文。其他同学认真听，字音是否读的准确。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、检查生字读音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、再读课文，边听边把自己不懂得问题画出来</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、质疑解疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、激情引趣，设问引思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">边读边想，从这里你知道发生了什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名回答</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">着急</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分角色读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为什么老人会这样呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想像没有钱，老人的生活会怎样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">注意老人的表情，读出老人的心情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、自主探索，分层指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4-6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">边读边想，事情发生了什么样的变化，为什么我的沉重的心情一下子变得轻松了？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听录音读，边听边画出表现人们神态变化的句子来，小组内读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组之间交流一下你们的看法，把最令自己感动的地方说一说？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">结合两个</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">抢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，谈谈人与人之间真诚互爱的美好品德</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你学到了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导朗读：有关描</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分角色朗读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、迁移拓展，自主发展</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朗读全文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了这篇课文，你懂得了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一说，写一写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指定学生朗读课文，检查朗读情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轻松</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、交流讨论</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组合作运用假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师参与各小组的学习交流，适当给予指导帮助，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课文是按照什么顺序来记叙的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">用所学的字组词并造句，积累词语，练习口头表达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">当堂听写生字，检查识字、写字效果</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">必做：假如这件事发生在今天人们会怎样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说一说，写一写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">选做：你还知道哪些有关这样的故事，找出来讲给小伙伴们听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　过路行人：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">抢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">还</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　钱被风刮跑以后　　　老大爷：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">迟疑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">肯定</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　人与人互助互爱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　　　　　　　　　　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">沉重</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">〉</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">轻松</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《毽子里的铜钱》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的课前问题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; a </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互相汇报调查结果：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">10</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">元钱能做什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; b </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小结钱的重要性</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、复习预习课文的方法，预习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认识多音字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指导书写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理解生字新词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文，想一想：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; A </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文写谁？写了一件件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; B </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">尝试给课文分段，归纳大意。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; C </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">质疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续学习《毽子里的铜钱》，昨天讲到短短的文章中，介绍了一件怎样的事情呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师小结，随机板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">我</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1-4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默读课文，一边读一边思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老人为什么送给我不要钱，而却为李婶的一个铜钱不高兴？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段对话话，再次体会老人的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">慈祥、善良</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生进行集体交流？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5-14</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">熟读课文，找找课文我是怎么做的？画出我的心理描写的句子以及老人动作的词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组里读读，表情、动作的句子重点读读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">引导质疑；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">毽子里的铜钱珍贵吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生一边读一边想，小组内交流讨论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想像老人卖烤山薯的艰辛？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">⑵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作者体会到了这种艰辛吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读读老人又送山薯的句子，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以及作者心理描写的句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导学生读出感情</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、对比李婶、我两次的表现，说说你体会到了什么</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过刚才的学习，你能试着说说你对老人为什么要这样做？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天学习了这篇文章后，你觉得这篇课文是按照什么顺序写的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过学习，你的体会是什么？写在日记本上。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语文天地</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课文我们一起来学习《语文天地》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）进行形近生字的比较，组词练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">[</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">丛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">评</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">坪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">静</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">净</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搏</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">博</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想：观察这每一组生字你发现了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、老师进行巡视了解情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、要求学生回答问题时要完整。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这些生字形状和发音差不多，那么我们怎么来区分他们呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、引导学生理解生字的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、进行生字的组词练习。有能力的学生可以鼓励进行说话练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）进行词语抄写、说话练习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">] <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">渴求</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">盘旋</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">滑行</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">绿盈盈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">空隙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">撒落</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">追逐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">素质</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">立即</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">猛烈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">敏捷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">晴朗</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">摇晃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">遮蔽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨人喜欢</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">互相交流不懂的词语意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师重点指导</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">滑行、渴求、遮蔽</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先指有能力的学生进行说话，给其它学生做个范例。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）积累表示动作的词语，练习使用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生看书中给出的例子：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蹦跳、捧扒、退、追</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生模仿例子，自己思考表示动作的词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指学生回答。老师进行板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师将相应的部分进行标示。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（四）积累表示时间的词语，练习使用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">描写小虾吃东西、松鼠搭窝的两段话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生朗读，其他学生思考这些时间词语之间有什么联系？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生尝试用这些时间词语说说话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师重点关注口头表达能力一般的学生进行辅导。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们复习形近生字生字、表示动作、时间的词语和句子，尝试自己也用表示时间和动作的词语造句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们继续来学习《语文天地》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、讲授新课：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）阅读短文《人民币背后的风景名胜》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、思考：你了解了哪些内容？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在预习过程中，你对短文有哪些感想？说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）畅所欲言，积累学习方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">周围的同学怎样支配压岁钱？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师结合学生交流的资料引导学生发表自己的想法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讨论：我们应该怎样的爱护金钱呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指学生集体交流发表想法，互相点评，互相补充。老师结合学生的意见进行板书。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">总结：大家都是从哪里获得的这些信息？大家再看的时候有哪些方面需要提醒大家？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">老师将学生的建议用投影片进行展示，学生阅读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、课堂小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这节课我们一起来说了说怎样养成良好的节约习惯，如果请大家来想些方法，使大家都能来爱护金钱，学会分配，你们有什么好建议？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">好我们就请大家用自己想出的合理的方法来表正确看待金钱在生活中的地位。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（习作略）</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">教学反思：在上这个单元的时候正好赶上班级发生了几次掉钱事件，结合金钱这个单元，我一再暗示并结合了思想教育，但仍没有办法。课堂教学中，以读为主，结合自己的评议，并在语文天地中进行了金钱的活动，在活动中感悟。采用了各种办法仍然没有&ldquo;掉钱&rdquo;的头绪，不知道是教育的不到位还是</span><span style="color: red">&hellip;&hellip;</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>班主任工作计划</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>&nbsp;<span style="font-size: 9pt">第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">11</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">单元：大与小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元共有三篇主体课文，《扫一室与扫天下》《井底之蛙》《三颗钮扣的房子》这组课文体裁各异，以古喻今，从不同角度阐述大与小的相对性，启发学生对问题进行一些理性的思考。语文天地围绕主体从积累、阅读、口语交际、习作等语文综合实践活动中创设了一个更大的语文学习空间，是主体课文的内容更加开阔。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">34</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，读准字音，记准字形。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过课文学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会之间的辩证关系，学会脚踏实地的做事情，不盲目自大，学会容纳别人、善待他人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在阅读实践中有选择的运用略读与精读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在习作与口语交际中联系使用所学成语典故。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这两种相对的现象，感受它们之间的辩证关系</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、运用自己所积累纪录的词汇。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、大家自由朗读课文，从整体上把握课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲的是什么时候的事情？告诉我们什么道理？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文讲的是东汉时代，有个青年陈蕃，志存高远，喜好读书，但生活很懒散，连自己的书房也很少打扫。他的父亲的朋友告诫他：连一件小小的屋子都不扫，是扫不了天下的。这个故事还警示人们，不积硅步，无以致千里，不积小溪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">无以成江河；只有勤于</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，才能</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、找学生朗读课文，检查一下生字掌握情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蕃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">喧</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蜘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蛛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、小组讨论学习，找出课文的层次。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&lsquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一自然段，整体概述东汉时代的青年陈蕃志存高远，但生活懒惰。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第五自然段，描述薛勤针对陈蕃的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的观点，阐述了小小的屋子都不扫，是扫不了天下的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三自然段，写了陈蕃的感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学生自由朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课，揭示课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们，在我们的日常生活中经常发生许多琐碎的小事，有些同学善于从小事中汲取经验教训，养成良好的习惯；而有些同学则认为事太小，无关紧要，往往忽略不计。那么这些事小吗？它们与同学们眼中的大事有什么联系呢？今天咱们就一起来学习一篇相关的课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从课题中你读懂了什么？推测一下课文可能写些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习，全文初探。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、昨天布置了预习，检查预习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（出示课件）这些生字词，你认识了吗？请几位同学度，视情况决定人数。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识了生字词，我们请几位同学来读读课文。其余学生注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认真听，在你有疑问或有感受的地方做记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：课文写了件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论交流，理清层次。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）陈蕃志存高远，但生活懒散。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）薛勤告诫陈蕃，不扫一室是扫不了天下的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）陈蕃的感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（梳理课文顺序，以学生回答问题的内容为契机，相机进行。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、精读课文，深层感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自己再小声读读书，你认为陈蕃是个怎样的人？并谈出你这样认为的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（估计学生会谈到</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勤奋好学</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">志存高远</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">懒散</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，引导学生将课文一二三自然段中的内容尽数找出）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、相机出示句子：薛勤一进书房，着实吓了一跳。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛勤一进书房，吓了一跳。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（通过比较，使学生了解陈蕃书房的肮脏，体会出他的懒散、不拘小节，同时感受作者用词的精确）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你认为陈蕃这样对吗？可他却怎么认为？指导学生体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理直气壮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">得意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，试着读出这几句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如果让你劝劝他，你会怎样说？拿起笔简单列一列你发言的提纲。（将写引入课堂，读写结合，使学生在读中悟理，在写中明理。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、和我们大家的观点一致，薛勤也认为陈蕃的做法欠妥，他是怎样劝诫的？指名生读第五自然段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示句子：年轻人，你连一间小小的屋子都不扫，又怎么去扫天下呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话什么意思？你能换种说法保持意思不变吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如果你是陈蕃，你听了薛勤这句话会想些什么，又会怎么做呢？在小组中交流一下。陈蕃到底是怎样做的呢？找课文答案或交流查找资料。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、总结课文，提高认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了课文，你懂得了什么？是呀，要想干轰轰烈烈的大事，必须从小事一点一滴积累。那些课前认为：只要学习好就行了，课桌、位洞脏点不要紧；考上清华大学是大事，平日的学习是小事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的同学们，现在你们还认为小事可以不计吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、布置作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、仔细读读课文，把这个故事讲给家长听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从陈蕃的身上你受到了什么启发？写一写，在下次语文综合实践时交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（平凡小事）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（轰轰烈烈的伟业）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">陈蕃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &uarr;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（告诫）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从小事做起</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛勤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">更</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不能扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《井底之蛙》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、指导朗读、理解课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自读课文，了解课文大意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示生字卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">检查读音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读课文，理解青蛙和鳖对世界的不同看法</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想，青蛙住在什么样的地方，鳖住在什么样的地方？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、青蛙住在什么样的井里？它的态度是什么样的？画出相关的句子，谈谈你的认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、鳖住在什么样的环境里，他对自己的生活环境的态度是怎样的？和相关的词句谈谈你的感受</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、鳖和青蛙的生活环境有什么不同？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、对青蛙和鳖的不同见识，感受青蛙的浅陋无知　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提问：他们的生活环境差别这么大，青蛙却仍然自吹自擂，尽情的夸耀</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谁愿意告诉大家，鳖和青蛙为什么对井有不同的态度？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听了鳖的话青蛙有什么表现呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大海</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指板书小结：青蛙盲目自大是因为它的见识浅薄。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们讨论一下，生活当中有没有像青蛙一样没见过世面却又安于现状，容易满足的人　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、指导朗读，进一步理解课文意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、放幻灯及教学录音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你最喜欢读几句，读给大家听听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、指读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、谈谈这篇课文给你的启发</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、表演</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，进一步体会寓意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、假如你是青蛙，来到海边之后，你会看见些什么，你会想些什么，说些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、带上头饰即兴表演，大家评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这个寓言故事告诉了我们一个什么道理？　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：小鸟和青蛙都是说的实话，可是由于它们所见的世面不同，得出的结论就不一样。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是一个比喻，就是把那些目光狭小、自以为是的人比做</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。通过学习这篇课文，启发我们要学会从不同的角度去看问题，才能得出正确的结论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、对比古文，体会文言文的韵律</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师范读古文：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">夫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">千里之远，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不足</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">举其大；千仞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">之</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">高，不足</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">极其深。禹之时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">十年九潦，而</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">水</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">弗为加益；汤之时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">八年九旱，而</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">崖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不加损。夫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">顷久推移，不以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">多少</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进退</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">者，此</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">亦</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">东海</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">之</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大乐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">也。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对照古文找出课文中相关段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">跟读古文，感悟古文句中的停顿和朗读的节奏　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、课堂练习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提问：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）你在学习这课生字时有什么发现没有？谁能告诉大家？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听写生词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写一写：为什么青蛙原来觉得自己很快活，后来为什么觉得自己很渺小呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三颗纽扣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的房子》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、激情导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，你们喜欢童话故事么？今天我们就来读一篇意大利童话：三颗钮扣的房子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、请同学们自读课文，注意，课文较长，可以先快速的看完一遍了解课文大意，再有重点的读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认读生字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钮扣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出租</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搁置</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">锤子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刨子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">锯</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">门槛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">膝盖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拒绝</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仆人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嘭嘭</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">寡妇</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">喇叭</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">娶亲</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">笑眯眯</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开火车读生词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">３、默读课文，自己看看课文可以分成几部分。说说自己的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">４、三颗钮扣都为人们做了些什么事情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">５、它的小木屋为什么能够容纳这么多的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，找出能够概括课文内容的句子？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">品读国王的话，体会问题不在于房子，而在于心。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想一想，老国王为什么摘下自己的王冠？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">木匠用它博大纯朴的爱心容纳了自己身边的人，它的爱心虽小却能温暖众生，我们能为身边的人做些什么呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想一想，写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开火车读生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">槛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的读音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、表演</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学把自己组编的故事演一演，想一想，木匠的房子为什么能够容纳下这么多的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如果你是那位国王，你会为自己的人民做些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把你自己的想法写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读自己从课文中摘抄下来的好词佳句</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说一说自己在阅读中还收集到了哪些课外词句，比较难以理解的要为同学们加以讲解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读例句考虑冬冬提出的问题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人的心只有拳头那么大，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">可一个好人的心容的下全世界的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">考虑：前半句说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">后半句说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，用可连接，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">可</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">还能换成什么词？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能不能再说几句这样的话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、通过本单元的学习，你一定有了解到不少名人名言吧，互相读一读谈谈自己的理解：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不积跬步，无以至千里，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不积小溪，无以成江海。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">合抱之木，生于毫末，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">九层之台，起于垒土。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勿以恶小而为之，勿以善小而不为。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进一步理解心存大志也要从小事做起</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">班级交流，并进行板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">根据同学的交流，在自己的摘录本上进行补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、读开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自己读文章，说说你从中受到的启发。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流你最近读过的好书或者好的文章，说说内容，谈谈感想，把它推荐给你的好朋友读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">教学反思：学生对本单元的习作特别感兴趣，习作内容是根据《井底之蛙》改变一个童话故事，主题是关于大与小的</span><span style="color: red">，在学习了寓言后，再加上兴趣的作用，本单元的习作最成功。由此我想到了，作文教学一方面应该兴趣的影响，回想自己的文章不也正是写的自己有感而发的吗？另一方面中段的作文教学还应该有教师有效的引导，以范文为例，学习写法和成功之处，这样就不会出现&ldquo;巧妇难为无米之炊&rdquo;的尴尬局面。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>心得体会</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>&nbsp;<span style="font-size: 9pt">第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">11</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">单元：大与小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元共有三篇主体课文，《扫一室与扫天下》《井底之蛙》《三颗钮扣的房子》这组课文体裁各异，以古喻今，从不同角度阐述大与小的相对性，启发学生对问题进行一些理性的思考。语文天地围绕主体从积累、阅读、口语交际、习作等语文综合实践活动中创设了一个更大的语文学习空间，是主体课文的内容更加开阔。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">34</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，读准字音，记准字形。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过课文学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会之间的辩证关系，学会脚踏实地的做事情，不盲目自大，学会容纳别人、善待他人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在阅读实践中有选择的运用略读与精读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在习作与口语交际中联系使用所学成语典故。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这两种相对的现象，感受它们之间的辩证关系</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、运用自己所积累纪录的词汇。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、大家自由朗读课文，从整体上把握课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲的是什么时候的事情？告诉我们什么道理？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文讲的是东汉时代，有个青年陈蕃，志存高远，喜好读书，但生活很懒散，连自己的书房也很少打扫。他的父亲的朋友告诫他：连一件小小的屋子都不扫，是扫不了天下的。这个故事还警示人们，不积硅步，无以致千里，不积小溪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">无以成江河；只有勤于</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，才能</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、找学生朗读课文，检查一下生字掌握情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蕃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">喧</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蜘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蛛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、小组讨论学习，找出课文的层次。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&lsquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一自然段，整体概述东汉时代的青年陈蕃志存高远，但生活懒惰。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第五自然段，描述薛勤针对陈蕃的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的观点，阐述了小小的屋子都不扫，是扫不了天下的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三自然段，写了陈蕃的感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学生自由朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课，揭示课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们，在我们的日常生活中经常发生许多琐碎的小事，有些同学善于从小事中汲取经验教训，养成良好的习惯；而有些同学则认为事太小，无关紧要，往往忽略不计。那么这些事小吗？它们与同学们眼中的大事有什么联系呢？今天咱们就一起来学习一篇相关的课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从课题中你读懂了什么？推测一下课文可能写些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习，全文初探。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、昨天布置了预习，检查预习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（出示课件）这些生字词，你认识了吗？请几位同学度，视情况决定人数。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识了生字词，我们请几位同学来读读课文。其余学生注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认真听，在你有疑问或有感受的地方做记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：课文写了件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论交流，理清层次。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）陈蕃志存高远，但生活懒散。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）薛勤告诫陈蕃，不扫一室是扫不了天下的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）陈蕃的感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（梳理课文顺序，以学生回答问题的内容为契机，相机进行。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、精读课文，深层感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自己再小声读读书，你认为陈蕃是个怎样的人？并谈出你这样认为的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（估计学生会谈到</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勤奋好学</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">志存高远</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">懒散</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，引导学生将课文一二三自然段中的内容尽数找出）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、相机出示句子：薛勤一进书房，着实吓了一跳。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛勤一进书房，吓了一跳。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（通过比较，使学生了解陈蕃书房的肮脏，体会出他的懒散、不拘小节，同时感受作者用词的精确）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你认为陈蕃这样对吗？可他却怎么认为？指导学生体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理直气壮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">得意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，试着读出这几句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如果让你劝劝他，你会怎样说？拿起笔简单列一列你发言的提纲。（将写引入课堂，读写结合，使学生在读中悟理，在写中明理。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、和我们大家的观点一致，薛勤也认为陈蕃的做法欠妥，他是怎样劝诫的？指名生读第五自然段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示句子：年轻人，你连一间小小的屋子都不扫，又怎么去扫天下呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话什么意思？你能换种说法保持意思不变吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如果你是陈蕃，你听了薛勤这句话会想些什么，又会怎么做呢？在小组中交流一下。陈蕃到底是怎样做的呢？找课文答案或交流查找资料。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、总结课文，提高认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了课文，你懂得了什么？是呀，要想干轰轰烈烈的大事，必须从小事一点一滴积累。那些课前认为：只要学习好就行了，课桌、位洞脏点不要紧；考上清华大学是大事，平日的学习是小事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的同学们，现在你们还认为小事可以不计吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、布置作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、仔细读读课文，把这个故事讲给家长听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从陈蕃的身上你受到了什么启发？写一写，在下次语文综合实践时交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（平凡小事）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（轰轰烈烈的伟业）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">陈蕃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &uarr;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（告诫）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从小事做起</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛勤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">更</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不能扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《井底之蛙》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、指导朗读、理解课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自读课文，了解课文大意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示生字卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">检查读音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读课文，理解青蛙和鳖对世界的不同看法</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想，青蛙住在什么样的地方，鳖住在什么样的地方？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、青蛙住在什么样的井里？它的态度是什么样的？画出相关的句子，谈谈你的认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、鳖住在什么样的环境里，他对自己的生活环境的态度是怎样的？和相关的词句谈谈你的感受</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、鳖和青蛙的生活环境有什么不同？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、对青蛙和鳖的不同见识，感受青蛙的浅陋无知　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提问：他们的生活环境差别这么大，青蛙却仍然自吹自擂，尽情的夸耀</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谁愿意告诉大家，鳖和青蛙为什么对井有不同的态度？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听了鳖的话青蛙有什么表现呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大海</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指板书小结：青蛙盲目自大是因为它的见识浅薄。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们讨论一下，生活当中有没有像青蛙一样没见过世面却又安于现状，容易满足的人　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、指导朗读，进一步理解课文意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、放幻灯及教学录音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你最喜欢读几句，读给大家听听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、指读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、谈谈这篇课文给你的启发</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、表演</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，进一步体会寓意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、假如你是青蛙，来到海边之后，你会看见些什么，你会想些什么，说些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、带上头饰即兴表演，大家评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这个寓言故事告诉了我们一个什么道理？　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：小鸟和青蛙都是说的实话，可是由于它们所见的世面不同，得出的结论就不一样。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是一个比喻，就是把那些目光狭小、自以为是的人比做</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。通过学习这篇课文，启发我们要学会从不同的角度去看问题，才能得出正确的结论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、对比古文，体会文言文的韵律</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师范读古文：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">夫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">千里之远，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不足</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">举其大；千仞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">之</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">高，不足</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">极其深。禹之时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">十年九潦，而</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">水</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">弗为加益；汤之时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">八年九旱，而</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">崖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不加损。夫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">顷久推移，不以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">多少</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进退</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">者，此</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">亦</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">东海</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">之</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大乐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">也。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对照古文找出课文中相关段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">跟读古文，感悟古文句中的停顿和朗读的节奏　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、课堂练习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提问：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）你在学习这课生字时有什么发现没有？谁能告诉大家？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听写生词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写一写：为什么青蛙原来觉得自己很快活，后来为什么觉得自己很渺小呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三颗纽扣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的房子》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、激情导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，你们喜欢童话故事么？今天我们就来读一篇意大利童话：三颗钮扣的房子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、请同学们自读课文，注意，课文较长，可以先快速的看完一遍了解课文大意，再有重点的读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认读生字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钮扣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出租</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搁置</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">锤子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刨子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">锯</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">门槛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">膝盖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拒绝</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仆人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嘭嘭</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">寡妇</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">喇叭</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">娶亲</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">笑眯眯</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开火车读生词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">３、默读课文，自己看看课文可以分成几部分。说说自己的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">４、三颗钮扣都为人们做了些什么事情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">５、它的小木屋为什么能够容纳这么多的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，找出能够概括课文内容的句子？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">品读国王的话，体会问题不在于房子，而在于心。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想一想，老国王为什么摘下自己的王冠？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">木匠用它博大纯朴的爱心容纳了自己身边的人，它的爱心虽小却能温暖众生，我们能为身边的人做些什么呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想一想，写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开火车读生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">槛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的读音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、表演</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学把自己组编的故事演一演，想一想，木匠的房子为什么能够容纳下这么多的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如果你是那位国王，你会为自己的人民做些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把你自己的想法写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读自己从课文中摘抄下来的好词佳句</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说一说自己在阅读中还收集到了哪些课外词句，比较难以理解的要为同学们加以讲解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读例句考虑冬冬提出的问题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人的心只有拳头那么大，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">可一个好人的心容的下全世界的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">考虑：前半句说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">后半句说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，用可连接，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">可</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">还能换成什么词？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能不能再说几句这样的话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、通过本单元的学习，你一定有了解到不少名人名言吧，互相读一读谈谈自己的理解：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不积跬步，无以至千里，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不积小溪，无以成江海。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">合抱之木，生于毫末，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">九层之台，起于垒土。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勿以恶小而为之，勿以善小而不为。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进一步理解心存大志也要从小事做起</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">班级交流，并进行板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">根据同学的交流，在自己的摘录本上进行补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、读开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自己读文章，说说你从中受到的启发。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流你最近读过的好书或者好的文章，说说内容，谈谈感想，把它推荐给你的好朋友读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">教学反思：学生对本单元的习作特别感兴趣，习作内容是根据《井底之蛙》改变一个童话故事，主题是关于大与小的</span><span style="color: red">，在学习了寓言后，再加上兴趣的作用，本单元的习作最成功。由此我想到了，作文教学一方面应该兴趣的影响，回想自己的文章不也正是写的自己有感而发的吗？另一方面中段的作文教学还应该有教师有效的引导，以范文为例，学习写法和成功之处，这样就不会出现&ldquo;巧妇难为无米之炊&rdquo;的尴尬局面。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>复习计划和教案</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>&nbsp;<span style="font-size: 9pt">第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">11</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">单元：大与小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元共有三篇主体课文，《扫一室与扫天下》《井底之蛙》《三颗钮扣的房子》这组课文体裁各异，以古喻今，从不同角度阐述大与小的相对性，启发学生对问题进行一些理性的思考。语文天地围绕主体从积累、阅读、口语交际、习作等语文综合实践活动中创设了一个更大的语文学习空间，是主体课文的内容更加开阔。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">34</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，读准字音，记准字形。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过课文学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会之间的辩证关系，学会脚踏实地的做事情，不盲目自大，学会容纳别人、善待他人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在阅读实践中有选择的运用略读与精读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在习作与口语交际中联系使用所学成语典故。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这两种相对的现象，感受它们之间的辩证关系</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、运用自己所积累纪录的词汇。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、大家自由朗读课文，从整体上把握课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲的是什么时候的事情？告诉我们什么道理？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文讲的是东汉时代，有个青年陈蕃，志存高远，喜好读书，但生活很懒散，连自己的书房也很少打扫。他的父亲的朋友告诫他：连一件小小的屋子都不扫，是扫不了天下的。这个故事还警示人们，不积硅步，无以致千里，不积小溪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">无以成江河；只有勤于</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，才能</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、找学生朗读课文，检查一下生字掌握情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蕃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">喧</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蜘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蛛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、小组讨论学习，找出课文的层次。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&lsquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一自然段，整体概述东汉时代的青年陈蕃志存高远，但生活懒惰。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第五自然段，描述薛勤针对陈蕃的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的观点，阐述了小小的屋子都不扫，是扫不了天下的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三自然段，写了陈蕃的感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学生自由朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课，揭示课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们，在我们的日常生活中经常发生许多琐碎的小事，有些同学善于从小事中汲取经验教训，养成良好的习惯；而有些同学则认为事太小，无关紧要，往往忽略不计。那么这些事小吗？它们与同学们眼中的大事有什么联系呢？今天咱们就一起来学习一篇相关的课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从课题中你读懂了什么？推测一下课文可能写些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习，全文初探。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、昨天布置了预习，检查预习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（出示课件）这些生字词，你认识了吗？请几位同学度，视情况决定人数。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识了生字词，我们请几位同学来读读课文。其余学生注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认真听，在你有疑问或有感受的地方做记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：课文写了件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论交流，理清层次。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）陈蕃志存高远，但生活懒散。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）薛勤告诫陈蕃，不扫一室是扫不了天下的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）陈蕃的感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（梳理课文顺序，以学生回答问题的内容为契机，相机进行。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、精读课文，深层感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自己再小声读读书，你认为陈蕃是个怎样的人？并谈出你这样认为的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（估计学生会谈到</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勤奋好学</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">志存高远</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">懒散</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，引导学生将课文一二三自然段中的内容尽数找出）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、相机出示句子：薛勤一进书房，着实吓了一跳。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛勤一进书房，吓了一跳。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（通过比较，使学生了解陈蕃书房的肮脏，体会出他的懒散、不拘小节，同时感受作者用词的精确）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你认为陈蕃这样对吗？可他却怎么认为？指导学生体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理直气壮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">得意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，试着读出这几句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如果让你劝劝他，你会怎样说？拿起笔简单列一列你发言的提纲。（将写引入课堂，读写结合，使学生在读中悟理，在写中明理。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、和我们大家的观点一致，薛勤也认为陈蕃的做法欠妥，他是怎样劝诫的？指名生读第五自然段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示句子：年轻人，你连一间小小的屋子都不扫，又怎么去扫天下呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话什么意思？你能换种说法保持意思不变吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如果你是陈蕃，你听了薛勤这句话会想些什么，又会怎么做呢？在小组中交流一下。陈蕃到底是怎样做的呢？找课文答案或交流查找资料。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、总结课文，提高认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了课文，你懂得了什么？是呀，要想干轰轰烈烈的大事，必须从小事一点一滴积累。那些课前认为：只要学习好就行了，课桌、位洞脏点不要紧；考上清华大学是大事，平日的学习是小事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的同学们，现在你们还认为小事可以不计吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、布置作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、仔细读读课文，把这个故事讲给家长听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从陈蕃的身上你受到了什么启发？写一写，在下次语文综合实践时交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（平凡小事）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（轰轰烈烈的伟业）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">陈蕃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &uarr;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（告诫）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从小事做起</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛勤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">更</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不能扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《井底之蛙》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、指导朗读、理解课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自读课文，了解课文大意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示生字卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">检查读音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读课文，理解青蛙和鳖对世界的不同看法</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想，青蛙住在什么样的地方，鳖住在什么样的地方？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、青蛙住在什么样的井里？它的态度是什么样的？画出相关的句子，谈谈你的认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、鳖住在什么样的环境里，他对自己的生活环境的态度是怎样的？和相关的词句谈谈你的感受</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、鳖和青蛙的生活环境有什么不同？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、对青蛙和鳖的不同见识，感受青蛙的浅陋无知　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提问：他们的生活环境差别这么大，青蛙却仍然自吹自擂，尽情的夸耀</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谁愿意告诉大家，鳖和青蛙为什么对井有不同的态度？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听了鳖的话青蛙有什么表现呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大海</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指板书小结：青蛙盲目自大是因为它的见识浅薄。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们讨论一下，生活当中有没有像青蛙一样没见过世面却又安于现状，容易满足的人　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、指导朗读，进一步理解课文意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、放幻灯及教学录音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你最喜欢读几句，读给大家听听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、指读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、谈谈这篇课文给你的启发</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、表演</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，进一步体会寓意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、假如你是青蛙，来到海边之后，你会看见些什么，你会想些什么，说些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、带上头饰即兴表演，大家评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这个寓言故事告诉了我们一个什么道理？　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：小鸟和青蛙都是说的实话，可是由于它们所见的世面不同，得出的结论就不一样。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是一个比喻，就是把那些目光狭小、自以为是的人比做</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。通过学习这篇课文，启发我们要学会从不同的角度去看问题，才能得出正确的结论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、对比古文，体会文言文的韵律</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师范读古文：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">夫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">千里之远，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不足</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">举其大；千仞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">之</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">高，不足</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">极其深。禹之时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">十年九潦，而</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">水</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">弗为加益；汤之时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">八年九旱，而</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">崖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不加损。夫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">顷久推移，不以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">多少</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进退</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">者，此</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">亦</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">东海</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">之</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大乐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">也。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对照古文找出课文中相关段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">跟读古文，感悟古文句中的停顿和朗读的节奏　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、课堂练习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提问：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）你在学习这课生字时有什么发现没有？谁能告诉大家？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听写生词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写一写：为什么青蛙原来觉得自己很快活，后来为什么觉得自己很渺小呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三颗纽扣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的房子》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、激情导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，你们喜欢童话故事么？今天我们就来读一篇意大利童话：三颗钮扣的房子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、请同学们自读课文，注意，课文较长，可以先快速的看完一遍了解课文大意，再有重点的读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认读生字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钮扣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出租</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搁置</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">锤子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刨子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">锯</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">门槛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">膝盖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拒绝</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仆人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嘭嘭</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">寡妇</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">喇叭</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">娶亲</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">笑眯眯</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开火车读生词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">３、默读课文，自己看看课文可以分成几部分。说说自己的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">４、三颗钮扣都为人们做了些什么事情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">５、它的小木屋为什么能够容纳这么多的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，找出能够概括课文内容的句子？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">品读国王的话，体会问题不在于房子，而在于心。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想一想，老国王为什么摘下自己的王冠？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">木匠用它博大纯朴的爱心容纳了自己身边的人，它的爱心虽小却能温暖众生，我们能为身边的人做些什么呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想一想，写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开火车读生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">槛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的读音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、表演</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学把自己组编的故事演一演，想一想，木匠的房子为什么能够容纳下这么多的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如果你是那位国王，你会为自己的人民做些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把你自己的想法写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读自己从课文中摘抄下来的好词佳句</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说一说自己在阅读中还收集到了哪些课外词句，比较难以理解的要为同学们加以讲解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读例句考虑冬冬提出的问题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人的心只有拳头那么大，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">可一个好人的心容的下全世界的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">考虑：前半句说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">后半句说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，用可连接，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">可</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">还能换成什么词？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能不能再说几句这样的话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、通过本单元的学习，你一定有了解到不少名人名言吧，互相读一读谈谈自己的理解：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不积跬步，无以至千里，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不积小溪，无以成江海。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">合抱之木，生于毫末，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">九层之台，起于垒土。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勿以恶小而为之，勿以善小而不为。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进一步理解心存大志也要从小事做起</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">班级交流，并进行板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">根据同学的交流，在自己的摘录本上进行补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、读开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自己读文章，说说你从中受到的启发。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流你最近读过的好书或者好的文章，说说内容，谈谈感想，把它推荐给你的好朋友读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">教学反思：学生对本单元的习作特别感兴趣，习作内容是根据《井底之蛙》改变一个童话故事，主题是关于大与小的</span><span style="color: red">，在学习了寓言后，再加上兴趣的作用，本单元的习作最成功。由此我想到了，作文教学一方面应该兴趣的影响，回想自己的文章不也正是写的自己有感而发的吗？另一方面中段的作文教学还应该有教师有效的引导，以范文为例，学习写法和成功之处，这样就不会出现&ldquo;巧妇难为无米之炊&rdquo;的尴尬局面。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>教案</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>&nbsp;<span style="font-size: 9pt">第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">11</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">单元：大与小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元共有三篇主体课文，《扫一室与扫天下》《井底之蛙》《三颗钮扣的房子》这组课文体裁各异，以古喻今，从不同角度阐述大与小的相对性，启发学生对问题进行一些理性的思考。语文天地围绕主体从积累、阅读、口语交际、习作等语文综合实践活动中创设了一个更大的语文学习空间，是主体课文的内容更加开阔。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">34</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，读准字音，记准字形。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过课文学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会之间的辩证关系，学会脚踏实地的做事情，不盲目自大，学会容纳别人、善待他人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在阅读实践中有选择的运用略读与精读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在习作与口语交际中联系使用所学成语典故。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这两种相对的现象，感受它们之间的辩证关系</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、运用自己所积累纪录的词汇。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、大家自由朗读课文，从整体上把握课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲的是什么时候的事情？告诉我们什么道理？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文讲的是东汉时代，有个青年陈蕃，志存高远，喜好读书，但生活很懒散，连自己的书房也很少打扫。他的父亲的朋友告诫他：连一件小小的屋子都不扫，是扫不了天下的。这个故事还警示人们，不积硅步，无以致千里，不积小溪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">无以成江河；只有勤于</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，才能</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、找学生朗读课文，检查一下生字掌握情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蕃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">喧</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蜘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蛛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、小组讨论学习，找出课文的层次。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&lsquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一自然段，整体概述东汉时代的青年陈蕃志存高远，但生活懒惰。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第五自然段，描述薛勤针对陈蕃的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的观点，阐述了小小的屋子都不扫，是扫不了天下的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三自然段，写了陈蕃的感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学生自由朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课，揭示课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们，在我们的日常生活中经常发生许多琐碎的小事，有些同学善于从小事中汲取经验教训，养成良好的习惯；而有些同学则认为事太小，无关紧要，往往忽略不计。那么这些事小吗？它们与同学们眼中的大事有什么联系呢？今天咱们就一起来学习一篇相关的课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从课题中你读懂了什么？推测一下课文可能写些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习，全文初探。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、昨天布置了预习，检查预习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（出示课件）这些生字词，你认识了吗？请几位同学度，视情况决定人数。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识了生字词，我们请几位同学来读读课文。其余学生注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认真听，在你有疑问或有感受的地方做记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：课文写了件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论交流，理清层次。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）陈蕃志存高远，但生活懒散。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）薛勤告诫陈蕃，不扫一室是扫不了天下的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）陈蕃的感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（梳理课文顺序，以学生回答问题的内容为契机，相机进行。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、精读课文，深层感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自己再小声读读书，你认为陈蕃是个怎样的人？并谈出你这样认为的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（估计学生会谈到</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勤奋好学</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">志存高远</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">懒散</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，引导学生将课文一二三自然段中的内容尽数找出）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、相机出示句子：薛勤一进书房，着实吓了一跳。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛勤一进书房，吓了一跳。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（通过比较，使学生了解陈蕃书房的肮脏，体会出他的懒散、不拘小节，同时感受作者用词的精确）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你认为陈蕃这样对吗？可他却怎么认为？指导学生体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理直气壮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">得意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，试着读出这几句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如果让你劝劝他，你会怎样说？拿起笔简单列一列你发言的提纲。（将写引入课堂，读写结合，使学生在读中悟理，在写中明理。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、和我们大家的观点一致，薛勤也认为陈蕃的做法欠妥，他是怎样劝诫的？指名生读第五自然段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示句子：年轻人，你连一间小小的屋子都不扫，又怎么去扫天下呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话什么意思？你能换种说法保持意思不变吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如果你是陈蕃，你听了薛勤这句话会想些什么，又会怎么做呢？在小组中交流一下。陈蕃到底是怎样做的呢？找课文答案或交流查找资料。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、总结课文，提高认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了课文，你懂得了什么？是呀，要想干轰轰烈烈的大事，必须从小事一点一滴积累。那些课前认为：只要学习好就行了，课桌、位洞脏点不要紧；考上清华大学是大事，平日的学习是小事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的同学们，现在你们还认为小事可以不计吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、布置作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、仔细读读课文，把这个故事讲给家长听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从陈蕃的身上你受到了什么启发？写一写，在下次语文综合实践时交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（平凡小事）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（轰轰烈烈的伟业）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">陈蕃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &uarr;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（告诫）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从小事做起</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛勤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">更</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不能扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《井底之蛙》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、指导朗读、理解课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自读课文，了解课文大意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示生字卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">检查读音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读课文，理解青蛙和鳖对世界的不同看法</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想，青蛙住在什么样的地方，鳖住在什么样的地方？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、青蛙住在什么样的井里？它的态度是什么样的？画出相关的句子，谈谈你的认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、鳖住在什么样的环境里，他对自己的生活环境的态度是怎样的？和相关的词句谈谈你的感受</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、鳖和青蛙的生活环境有什么不同？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、对青蛙和鳖的不同见识，感受青蛙的浅陋无知　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提问：他们的生活环境差别这么大，青蛙却仍然自吹自擂，尽情的夸耀</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谁愿意告诉大家，鳖和青蛙为什么对井有不同的态度？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听了鳖的话青蛙有什么表现呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大海</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指板书小结：青蛙盲目自大是因为它的见识浅薄。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们讨论一下，生活当中有没有像青蛙一样没见过世面却又安于现状，容易满足的人　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、指导朗读，进一步理解课文意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、放幻灯及教学录音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你最喜欢读几句，读给大家听听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、指读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、谈谈这篇课文给你的启发</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、表演</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，进一步体会寓意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、假如你是青蛙，来到海边之后，你会看见些什么，你会想些什么，说些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、带上头饰即兴表演，大家评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这个寓言故事告诉了我们一个什么道理？　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：小鸟和青蛙都是说的实话，可是由于它们所见的世面不同，得出的结论就不一样。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是一个比喻，就是把那些目光狭小、自以为是的人比做</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。通过学习这篇课文，启发我们要学会从不同的角度去看问题，才能得出正确的结论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、对比古文，体会文言文的韵律</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师范读古文：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">夫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">千里之远，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不足</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">举其大；千仞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">之</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">高，不足</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">极其深。禹之时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">十年九潦，而</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">水</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">弗为加益；汤之时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">八年九旱，而</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">崖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不加损。夫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">顷久推移，不以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">多少</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进退</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">者，此</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">亦</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">东海</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">之</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大乐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">也。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对照古文找出课文中相关段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">跟读古文，感悟古文句中的停顿和朗读的节奏　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、课堂练习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提问：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）你在学习这课生字时有什么发现没有？谁能告诉大家？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听写生词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写一写：为什么青蛙原来觉得自己很快活，后来为什么觉得自己很渺小呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三颗纽扣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的房子》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、激情导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，你们喜欢童话故事么？今天我们就来读一篇意大利童话：三颗钮扣的房子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、请同学们自读课文，注意，课文较长，可以先快速的看完一遍了解课文大意，再有重点的读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认读生字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钮扣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出租</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搁置</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">锤子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刨子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">锯</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">门槛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">膝盖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拒绝</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仆人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嘭嘭</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">寡妇</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">喇叭</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">娶亲</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">笑眯眯</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开火车读生词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">３、默读课文，自己看看课文可以分成几部分。说说自己的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">４、三颗钮扣都为人们做了些什么事情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">５、它的小木屋为什么能够容纳这么多的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，找出能够概括课文内容的句子？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">品读国王的话，体会问题不在于房子，而在于心。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想一想，老国王为什么摘下自己的王冠？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">木匠用它博大纯朴的爱心容纳了自己身边的人，它的爱心虽小却能温暖众生，我们能为身边的人做些什么呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想一想，写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开火车读生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">槛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的读音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、表演</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学把自己组编的故事演一演，想一想，木匠的房子为什么能够容纳下这么多的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如果你是那位国王，你会为自己的人民做些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把你自己的想法写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读自己从课文中摘抄下来的好词佳句</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说一说自己在阅读中还收集到了哪些课外词句，比较难以理解的要为同学们加以讲解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读例句考虑冬冬提出的问题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人的心只有拳头那么大，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">可一个好人的心容的下全世界的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">考虑：前半句说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">后半句说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，用可连接，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">可</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">还能换成什么词？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能不能再说几句这样的话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、通过本单元的学习，你一定有了解到不少名人名言吧，互相读一读谈谈自己的理解：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不积跬步，无以至千里，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不积小溪，无以成江海。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">合抱之木，生于毫末，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">九层之台，起于垒土。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勿以恶小而为之，勿以善小而不为。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进一步理解心存大志也要从小事做起</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">班级交流，并进行板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">根据同学的交流，在自己的摘录本上进行补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、读开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自己读文章，说说你从中受到的启发。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流你最近读过的好书或者好的文章，说说内容，谈谈感想，把它推荐给你的好朋友读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">教学反思：学生对本单元的习作特别感兴趣，习作内容是根据《井底之蛙》改变一个童话故事，主题是关于大与小的</span><span style="color: red">，在学习了寓言后，再加上兴趣的作用，本单元的习作最成功。由此我想到了，作文教学一方面应该兴趣的影响，回想自己的文章不也正是写的自己有感而发的吗？另一方面中段的作文教学还应该有教师有效的引导，以范文为例，学习写法和成功之处，这样就不会出现&ldquo;巧妇难为无米之炊&rdquo;的尴尬局面。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>复习计划</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>&nbsp;<span style="font-size: 9pt">第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">11</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">单元：大与小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元共有三篇主体课文，《扫一室与扫天下》《井底之蛙》《三颗钮扣的房子》这组课文体裁各异，以古喻今，从不同角度阐述大与小的相对性，启发学生对问题进行一些理性的思考。语文天地围绕主体从积累、阅读、口语交际、习作等语文综合实践活动中创设了一个更大的语文学习空间，是主体课文的内容更加开阔。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">34</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，读准字音，记准字形。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过课文学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会之间的辩证关系，学会脚踏实地的做事情，不盲目自大，学会容纳别人、善待他人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在阅读实践中有选择的运用略读与精读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在习作与口语交际中联系使用所学成语典故。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这两种相对的现象，感受它们之间的辩证关系</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、运用自己所积累纪录的词汇。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、大家自由朗读课文，从整体上把握课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲的是什么时候的事情？告诉我们什么道理？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文讲的是东汉时代，有个青年陈蕃，志存高远，喜好读书，但生活很懒散，连自己的书房也很少打扫。他的父亲的朋友告诫他：连一件小小的屋子都不扫，是扫不了天下的。这个故事还警示人们，不积硅步，无以致千里，不积小溪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">无以成江河；只有勤于</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，才能</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、找学生朗读课文，检查一下生字掌握情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蕃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">喧</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蜘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蛛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、小组讨论学习，找出课文的层次。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&lsquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一自然段，整体概述东汉时代的青年陈蕃志存高远，但生活懒惰。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第五自然段，描述薛勤针对陈蕃的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的观点，阐述了小小的屋子都不扫，是扫不了天下的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三自然段，写了陈蕃的感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学生自由朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课，揭示课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们，在我们的日常生活中经常发生许多琐碎的小事，有些同学善于从小事中汲取经验教训，养成良好的习惯；而有些同学则认为事太小，无关紧要，往往忽略不计。那么这些事小吗？它们与同学们眼中的大事有什么联系呢？今天咱们就一起来学习一篇相关的课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从课题中你读懂了什么？推测一下课文可能写些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习，全文初探。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、昨天布置了预习，检查预习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（出示课件）这些生字词，你认识了吗？请几位同学度，视情况决定人数。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识了生字词，我们请几位同学来读读课文。其余学生注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认真听，在你有疑问或有感受的地方做记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：课文写了件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论交流，理清层次。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）陈蕃志存高远，但生活懒散。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）薛勤告诫陈蕃，不扫一室是扫不了天下的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）陈蕃的感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（梳理课文顺序，以学生回答问题的内容为契机，相机进行。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、精读课文，深层感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自己再小声读读书，你认为陈蕃是个怎样的人？并谈出你这样认为的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（估计学生会谈到</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勤奋好学</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">志存高远</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">懒散</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，引导学生将课文一二三自然段中的内容尽数找出）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、相机出示句子：薛勤一进书房，着实吓了一跳。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛勤一进书房，吓了一跳。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（通过比较，使学生了解陈蕃书房的肮脏，体会出他的懒散、不拘小节，同时感受作者用词的精确）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你认为陈蕃这样对吗？可他却怎么认为？指导学生体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理直气壮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">得意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，试着读出这几句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如果让你劝劝他，你会怎样说？拿起笔简单列一列你发言的提纲。（将写引入课堂，读写结合，使学生在读中悟理，在写中明理。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、和我们大家的观点一致，薛勤也认为陈蕃的做法欠妥，他是怎样劝诫的？指名生读第五自然段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示句子：年轻人，你连一间小小的屋子都不扫，又怎么去扫天下呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话什么意思？你能换种说法保持意思不变吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如果你是陈蕃，你听了薛勤这句话会想些什么，又会怎么做呢？在小组中交流一下。陈蕃到底是怎样做的呢？找课文答案或交流查找资料。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、总结课文，提高认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了课文，你懂得了什么？是呀，要想干轰轰烈烈的大事，必须从小事一点一滴积累。那些课前认为：只要学习好就行了，课桌、位洞脏点不要紧；考上清华大学是大事，平日的学习是小事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的同学们，现在你们还认为小事可以不计吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、布置作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、仔细读读课文，把这个故事讲给家长听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从陈蕃的身上你受到了什么启发？写一写，在下次语文综合实践时交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（平凡小事）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（轰轰烈烈的伟业）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">陈蕃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &uarr;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（告诫）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从小事做起</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛勤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">更</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不能扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《井底之蛙》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、指导朗读、理解课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自读课文，了解课文大意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示生字卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">检查读音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读课文，理解青蛙和鳖对世界的不同看法</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想，青蛙住在什么样的地方，鳖住在什么样的地方？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、青蛙住在什么样的井里？它的态度是什么样的？画出相关的句子，谈谈你的认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、鳖住在什么样的环境里，他对自己的生活环境的态度是怎样的？和相关的词句谈谈你的感受</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、鳖和青蛙的生活环境有什么不同？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、对青蛙和鳖的不同见识，感受青蛙的浅陋无知　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提问：他们的生活环境差别这么大，青蛙却仍然自吹自擂，尽情的夸耀</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谁愿意告诉大家，鳖和青蛙为什么对井有不同的态度？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听了鳖的话青蛙有什么表现呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大海</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指板书小结：青蛙盲目自大是因为它的见识浅薄。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们讨论一下，生活当中有没有像青蛙一样没见过世面却又安于现状，容易满足的人　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、指导朗读，进一步理解课文意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、放幻灯及教学录音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你最喜欢读几句，读给大家听听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、指读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、谈谈这篇课文给你的启发</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、表演</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，进一步体会寓意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、假如你是青蛙，来到海边之后，你会看见些什么，你会想些什么，说些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、带上头饰即兴表演，大家评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这个寓言故事告诉了我们一个什么道理？　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：小鸟和青蛙都是说的实话，可是由于它们所见的世面不同，得出的结论就不一样。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是一个比喻，就是把那些目光狭小、自以为是的人比做</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。通过学习这篇课文，启发我们要学会从不同的角度去看问题，才能得出正确的结论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、对比古文，体会文言文的韵律</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师范读古文：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">夫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">千里之远，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不足</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">举其大；千仞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">之</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">高，不足</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">极其深。禹之时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">十年九潦，而</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">水</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">弗为加益；汤之时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">八年九旱，而</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">崖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不加损。夫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">顷久推移，不以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">多少</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进退</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">者，此</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">亦</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">东海</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">之</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大乐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">也。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对照古文找出课文中相关段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">跟读古文，感悟古文句中的停顿和朗读的节奏　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、课堂练习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提问：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）你在学习这课生字时有什么发现没有？谁能告诉大家？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听写生词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写一写：为什么青蛙原来觉得自己很快活，后来为什么觉得自己很渺小呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三颗纽扣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的房子》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、激情导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，你们喜欢童话故事么？今天我们就来读一篇意大利童话：三颗钮扣的房子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、请同学们自读课文，注意，课文较长，可以先快速的看完一遍了解课文大意，再有重点的读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认读生字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钮扣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出租</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搁置</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">锤子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刨子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">锯</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">门槛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">膝盖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拒绝</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仆人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嘭嘭</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">寡妇</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">喇叭</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">娶亲</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">笑眯眯</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开火车读生词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">３、默读课文，自己看看课文可以分成几部分。说说自己的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">４、三颗钮扣都为人们做了些什么事情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">５、它的小木屋为什么能够容纳这么多的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，找出能够概括课文内容的句子？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">品读国王的话，体会问题不在于房子，而在于心。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想一想，老国王为什么摘下自己的王冠？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">木匠用它博大纯朴的爱心容纳了自己身边的人，它的爱心虽小却能温暖众生，我们能为身边的人做些什么呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想一想，写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开火车读生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">槛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的读音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、表演</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学把自己组编的故事演一演，想一想，木匠的房子为什么能够容纳下这么多的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如果你是那位国王，你会为自己的人民做些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把你自己的想法写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读自己从课文中摘抄下来的好词佳句</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说一说自己在阅读中还收集到了哪些课外词句，比较难以理解的要为同学们加以讲解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读例句考虑冬冬提出的问题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人的心只有拳头那么大，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">可一个好人的心容的下全世界的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">考虑：前半句说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">后半句说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，用可连接，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">可</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">还能换成什么词？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能不能再说几句这样的话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、通过本单元的学习，你一定有了解到不少名人名言吧，互相读一读谈谈自己的理解：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不积跬步，无以至千里，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不积小溪，无以成江海。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">合抱之木，生于毫末，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">九层之台，起于垒土。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勿以恶小而为之，勿以善小而不为。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进一步理解心存大志也要从小事做起</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">班级交流，并进行板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">根据同学的交流，在自己的摘录本上进行补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、读开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自己读文章，说说你从中受到的启发。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流你最近读过的好书或者好的文章，说说内容，谈谈感想，把它推荐给你的好朋友读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">教学反思：学生对本单元的习作特别感兴趣，习作内容是根据《井底之蛙》改变一个童话故事，主题是关于大与小的</span><span style="color: red">，在学习了寓言后，再加上兴趣的作用，本单元的习作最成功。由此我想到了，作文教学一方面应该兴趣的影响，回想自己的文章不也正是写的自己有感而发的吗？另一方面中段的作文教学还应该有教师有效的引导，以范文为例，学习写法和成功之处，这样就不会出现&ldquo;巧妇难为无米之炊&rdquo;的尴尬局面。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>校本培训－－论文</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>&nbsp;<span style="font-size: 9pt">第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">11</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">单元：大与小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元共有三篇主体课文，《扫一室与扫天下》《井底之蛙》《三颗钮扣的房子》这组课文体裁各异，以古喻今，从不同角度阐述大与小的相对性，启发学生对问题进行一些理性的思考。语文天地围绕主体从积累、阅读、口语交际、习作等语文综合实践活动中创设了一个更大的语文学习空间，是主体课文的内容更加开阔。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">34</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，读准字音，记准字形。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过课文学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会之间的辩证关系，学会脚踏实地的做事情，不盲目自大，学会容纳别人、善待他人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在阅读实践中有选择的运用略读与精读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在习作与口语交际中联系使用所学成语典故。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这两种相对的现象，感受它们之间的辩证关系</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、运用自己所积累纪录的词汇。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、大家自由朗读课文，从整体上把握课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲的是什么时候的事情？告诉我们什么道理？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文讲的是东汉时代，有个青年陈蕃，志存高远，喜好读书，但生活很懒散，连自己的书房也很少打扫。他的父亲的朋友告诫他：连一件小小的屋子都不扫，是扫不了天下的。这个故事还警示人们，不积硅步，无以致千里，不积小溪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">无以成江河；只有勤于</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，才能</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、找学生朗读课文，检查一下生字掌握情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蕃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">喧</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蜘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蛛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、小组讨论学习，找出课文的层次。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&lsquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一自然段，整体概述东汉时代的青年陈蕃志存高远，但生活懒惰。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第五自然段，描述薛勤针对陈蕃的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的观点，阐述了小小的屋子都不扫，是扫不了天下的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三自然段，写了陈蕃的感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学生自由朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课，揭示课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们，在我们的日常生活中经常发生许多琐碎的小事，有些同学善于从小事中汲取经验教训，养成良好的习惯；而有些同学则认为事太小，无关紧要，往往忽略不计。那么这些事小吗？它们与同学们眼中的大事有什么联系呢？今天咱们就一起来学习一篇相关的课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从课题中你读懂了什么？推测一下课文可能写些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习，全文初探。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、昨天布置了预习，检查预习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（出示课件）这些生字词，你认识了吗？请几位同学度，视情况决定人数。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识了生字词，我们请几位同学来读读课文。其余学生注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认真听，在你有疑问或有感受的地方做记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：课文写了件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论交流，理清层次。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）陈蕃志存高远，但生活懒散。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）薛勤告诫陈蕃，不扫一室是扫不了天下的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）陈蕃的感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（梳理课文顺序，以学生回答问题的内容为契机，相机进行。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、精读课文，深层感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自己再小声读读书，你认为陈蕃是个怎样的人？并谈出你这样认为的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（估计学生会谈到</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勤奋好学</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">志存高远</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">懒散</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，引导学生将课文一二三自然段中的内容尽数找出）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、相机出示句子：薛勤一进书房，着实吓了一跳。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛勤一进书房，吓了一跳。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（通过比较，使学生了解陈蕃书房的肮脏，体会出他的懒散、不拘小节，同时感受作者用词的精确）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你认为陈蕃这样对吗？可他却怎么认为？指导学生体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理直气壮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">得意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，试着读出这几句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如果让你劝劝他，你会怎样说？拿起笔简单列一列你发言的提纲。（将写引入课堂，读写结合，使学生在读中悟理，在写中明理。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、和我们大家的观点一致，薛勤也认为陈蕃的做法欠妥，他是怎样劝诫的？指名生读第五自然段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示句子：年轻人，你连一间小小的屋子都不扫，又怎么去扫天下呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话什么意思？你能换种说法保持意思不变吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如果你是陈蕃，你听了薛勤这句话会想些什么，又会怎么做呢？在小组中交流一下。陈蕃到底是怎样做的呢？找课文答案或交流查找资料。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、总结课文，提高认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了课文，你懂得了什么？是呀，要想干轰轰烈烈的大事，必须从小事一点一滴积累。那些课前认为：只要学习好就行了，课桌、位洞脏点不要紧；考上清华大学是大事，平日的学习是小事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的同学们，现在你们还认为小事可以不计吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、布置作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、仔细读读课文，把这个故事讲给家长听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从陈蕃的身上你受到了什么启发？写一写，在下次语文综合实践时交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（平凡小事）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（轰轰烈烈的伟业）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">陈蕃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &uarr;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（告诫）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从小事做起</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛勤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">更</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不能扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《井底之蛙》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、指导朗读、理解课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自读课文，了解课文大意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示生字卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">检查读音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读课文，理解青蛙和鳖对世界的不同看法</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想，青蛙住在什么样的地方，鳖住在什么样的地方？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、青蛙住在什么样的井里？它的态度是什么样的？画出相关的句子，谈谈你的认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、鳖住在什么样的环境里，他对自己的生活环境的态度是怎样的？和相关的词句谈谈你的感受</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、鳖和青蛙的生活环境有什么不同？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、对青蛙和鳖的不同见识，感受青蛙的浅陋无知　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提问：他们的生活环境差别这么大，青蛙却仍然自吹自擂，尽情的夸耀</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谁愿意告诉大家，鳖和青蛙为什么对井有不同的态度？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听了鳖的话青蛙有什么表现呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大海</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指板书小结：青蛙盲目自大是因为它的见识浅薄。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们讨论一下，生活当中有没有像青蛙一样没见过世面却又安于现状，容易满足的人　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、指导朗读，进一步理解课文意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、放幻灯及教学录音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你最喜欢读几句，读给大家听听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、指读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、谈谈这篇课文给你的启发</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、表演</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，进一步体会寓意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、假如你是青蛙，来到海边之后，你会看见些什么，你会想些什么，说些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、带上头饰即兴表演，大家评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这个寓言故事告诉了我们一个什么道理？　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：小鸟和青蛙都是说的实话，可是由于它们所见的世面不同，得出的结论就不一样。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是一个比喻，就是把那些目光狭小、自以为是的人比做</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。通过学习这篇课文，启发我们要学会从不同的角度去看问题，才能得出正确的结论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、对比古文，体会文言文的韵律</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师范读古文：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">夫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">千里之远，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不足</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">举其大；千仞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">之</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">高，不足</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">极其深。禹之时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">十年九潦，而</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">水</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">弗为加益；汤之时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">八年九旱，而</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">崖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不加损。夫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">顷久推移，不以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">多少</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进退</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">者，此</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">亦</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">东海</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">之</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大乐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">也。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对照古文找出课文中相关段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">跟读古文，感悟古文句中的停顿和朗读的节奏　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、课堂练习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提问：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）你在学习这课生字时有什么发现没有？谁能告诉大家？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听写生词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写一写：为什么青蛙原来觉得自己很快活，后来为什么觉得自己很渺小呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三颗纽扣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的房子》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、激情导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，你们喜欢童话故事么？今天我们就来读一篇意大利童话：三颗钮扣的房子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、请同学们自读课文，注意，课文较长，可以先快速的看完一遍了解课文大意，再有重点的读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认读生字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钮扣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出租</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搁置</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">锤子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刨子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">锯</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">门槛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">膝盖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拒绝</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仆人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嘭嘭</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">寡妇</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">喇叭</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">娶亲</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">笑眯眯</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开火车读生词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">３、默读课文，自己看看课文可以分成几部分。说说自己的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">４、三颗钮扣都为人们做了些什么事情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">５、它的小木屋为什么能够容纳这么多的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，找出能够概括课文内容的句子？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">品读国王的话，体会问题不在于房子，而在于心。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想一想，老国王为什么摘下自己的王冠？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">木匠用它博大纯朴的爱心容纳了自己身边的人，它的爱心虽小却能温暖众生，我们能为身边的人做些什么呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想一想，写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开火车读生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">槛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的读音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、表演</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学把自己组编的故事演一演，想一想，木匠的房子为什么能够容纳下这么多的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如果你是那位国王，你会为自己的人民做些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把你自己的想法写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读自己从课文中摘抄下来的好词佳句</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说一说自己在阅读中还收集到了哪些课外词句，比较难以理解的要为同学们加以讲解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读例句考虑冬冬提出的问题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人的心只有拳头那么大，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">可一个好人的心容的下全世界的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">考虑：前半句说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">后半句说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，用可连接，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">可</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">还能换成什么词？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能不能再说几句这样的话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、通过本单元的学习，你一定有了解到不少名人名言吧，互相读一读谈谈自己的理解：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不积跬步，无以至千里，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不积小溪，无以成江海。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">合抱之木，生于毫末，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">九层之台，起于垒土。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勿以恶小而为之，勿以善小而不为。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进一步理解心存大志也要从小事做起</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">班级交流，并进行板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">根据同学的交流，在自己的摘录本上进行补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、读开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自己读文章，说说你从中受到的启发。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流你最近读过的好书或者好的文章，说说内容，谈谈感想，把它推荐给你的好朋友读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">教学反思：学生对本单元的习作特别感兴趣，习作内容是根据《井底之蛙》改变一个童话故事，主题是关于大与小的</span><span style="color: red">，在学习了寓言后，再加上兴趣的作用，本单元的习作最成功。由此我想到了，作文教学一方面应该兴趣的影响，回想自己的文章不也正是写的自己有感而发的吗？另一方面中段的作文教学还应该有教师有效的引导，以范文为例，学习写法和成功之处，这样就不会出现&ldquo;巧妇难为无米之炊&rdquo;的尴尬局面。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>工会</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>&nbsp;<span style="font-size: 9pt">第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">11</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">单元：大与小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本单元共有三篇主体课文，《扫一室与扫天下》《井底之蛙》《三颗钮扣的房子》这组课文体裁各异，以古喻今，从不同角度阐述大与小的相对性，启发学生对问题进行一些理性的思考。语文天地围绕主体从积累、阅读、口语交际、习作等语文综合实践活动中创设了一个更大的语文学习空间，是主体课文的内容更加开阔。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">34</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，读准字音，记准字形。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、通过课文学习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">体会之间的辩证关系，学会脚踏实地的做事情，不盲目自大，学会容纳别人、善待他人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在阅读实践中有选择的运用略读与精读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在习作与口语交际中联系使用所学成语典故。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这两种相对的现象，感受它们之间的辩证关系</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、运用自己所积累纪录的词汇。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、大家自由朗读课文，从整体上把握课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲的是什么时候的事情？告诉我们什么道理？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">本文讲的是东汉时代，有个青年陈蕃，志存高远，喜好读书，但生活很懒散，连自己的书房也很少打扫。他的父亲的朋友告诫他：连一件小小的屋子都不扫，是扫不了天下的。这个故事还警示人们，不积硅步，无以致千里，不积小溪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">无以成江河；只有勤于</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，才能</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、找学生朗读课文，检查一下生字掌握情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蕃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">喧</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蜘</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蛛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、小组讨论学习，找出课文的层次。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&lsquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一自然段，整体概述东汉时代的青年陈蕃志存高远，但生活懒惰。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第五自然段，描述薛勤针对陈蕃的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">和</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的观点，阐述了小小的屋子都不扫，是扫不了天下的道理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三自然段，写了陈蕃的感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、学生自由朗读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入新课，揭示课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们，在我们的日常生活中经常发生许多琐碎的小事，有些同学善于从小事中汲取经验教训，养成良好的习惯；而有些同学则认为事太小，无关紧要，往往忽略不计。那么这些事小吗？它们与同学们眼中的大事有什么联系呢？今天咱们就一起来学习一篇相关的课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从课题中你读懂了什么？推测一下课文可能写些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、检查预习，全文初探。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、昨天布置了预习，检查预习情况。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（出示课件）这些生字词，你认识了吗？请几位同学度，视情况决定人数。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识了生字词，我们请几位同学来读读课文。其余学生注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">认真听，在你有疑问或有感受的地方做记号。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">思考：课文写了件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讨论交流，理清层次。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">①</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）陈蕃志存高远，但生活懒散。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">②</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2-5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）薛勤告诫陈蕃，不扫一室是扫不了天下的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">③</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）陈蕃的感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（梳理课文顺序，以学生回答问题的内容为契机，相机进行。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、精读课文，深层感悟。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自己再小声读读书，你认为陈蕃是个怎样的人？并谈出你这样认为的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（估计学生会谈到</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勤奋好学</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">志存高远</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">懒散</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，引导学生将课文一二三自然段中的内容尽数找出）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、相机出示句子：薛勤一进书房，着实吓了一跳。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛勤一进书房，吓了一跳。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（通过比较，使学生了解陈蕃书房的肮脏，体会出他的懒散、不拘小节，同时感受作者用词的精确）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你认为陈蕃这样对吗？可他却怎么认为？指导学生体会</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">理直气壮</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">得意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，试着读出这几句话。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如果让你劝劝他，你会怎样说？拿起笔简单列一列你发言的提纲。（将写引入课堂，读写结合，使学生在读中悟理，在写中明理。）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、和我们大家的观点一致，薛勤也认为陈蕃的做法欠妥，他是怎样劝诫的？指名生读第五自然段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示句子：年轻人，你连一间小小的屋子都不扫，又怎么去扫天下呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话什么意思？你能换种说法保持意思不变吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、如果你是陈蕃，你听了薛勤这句话会想些什么，又会怎么做呢？在小组中交流一下。陈蕃到底是怎样做的呢？找课文答案或交流查找资料。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、总结课文，提高认识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了课文，你懂得了什么？是呀，要想干轰轰烈烈的大事，必须从小事一点一滴积累。那些课前认为：只要学习好就行了，课桌、位洞脏点不要紧；考上清华大学是大事，平日的学习是小事</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的同学们，现在你们还认为小事可以不计吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、布置作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、仔细读读课文，把这个故事讲给家长听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、从陈蕃的身上你受到了什么启发？写一写，在下次语文综合实践时交流。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书设计：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫一室</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">与</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">扫天下</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（平凡小事）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（轰轰烈烈的伟业）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">陈蕃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">只扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &uarr;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（告诫）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从小事做起</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">薛勤</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">更</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不能扫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《井底之蛙》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、指导朗读、理解课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自读课文，了解课文大意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书课题</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示生字卡片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">检查读音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读课文，理解青蛙和鳖对世界的不同看法</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想，青蛙住在什么样的地方，鳖住在什么样的地方？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、青蛙住在什么样的井里？它的态度是什么样的？画出相关的句子，谈谈你的认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、鳖住在什么样的环境里，他对自己的生活环境的态度是怎样的？和相关的词句谈谈你的感受</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、鳖和青蛙的生活环境有什么不同？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、对青蛙和鳖的不同见识，感受青蛙的浅陋无知　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提问：他们的生活环境差别这么大，青蛙却仍然自吹自擂，尽情的夸耀</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、谁愿意告诉大家，鳖和青蛙为什么对井有不同的态度？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听了鳖的话青蛙有什么表现呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; [</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">]<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大海</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指板书小结：青蛙盲目自大是因为它的见识浅薄。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们讨论一下，生活当中有没有像青蛙一样没见过世面却又安于现状，容易满足的人　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、指导朗读，进一步理解课文意思</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、放幻灯及教学录音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你最喜欢读几句，读给大家听听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、指读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、谈谈这篇课文给你的启发</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、表演</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，进一步体会寓意</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、假如你是青蛙，来到海边之后，你会看见些什么，你会想些什么，说些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、带上头饰即兴表演，大家评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这个寓言故事告诉了我们一个什么道理？　　　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小结：小鸟和青蛙都是说的实话，可是由于它们所见的世面不同，得出的结论就不一样。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是一个比喻，就是把那些目光狭小、自以为是的人比做</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">井底之蛙</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。通过学习这篇课文，启发我们要学会从不同的角度去看问题，才能得出正确的结论。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、对比古文，体会文言文的韵律</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">师范读古文：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">夫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">千里之远，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不足</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">举其大；千仞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">之</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">高，不足</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">极其深。禹之时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">十年九潦，而</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">水</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">弗为加益；汤之时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">八年九旱，而</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">崖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不加损。夫</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">顷久推移，不以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">多少</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进退</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">者，此</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">亦</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">东海</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">之</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大乐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">/</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">也。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">对照古文找出课文中相关段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">跟读古文，感悟古文句中的停顿和朗读的节奏　</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、课堂练习</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、提问：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）你在学习这课生字时有什么发现没有？谁能告诉大家？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、听写生词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、写一写：为什么青蛙原来觉得自己很快活，后来为什么觉得自己很渺小呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三颗纽扣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的房子》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、激情导入</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">同学们，你们喜欢童话故事么？今天我们就来读一篇意大利童话：三颗钮扣的房子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、请同学们自读课文，注意，课文较长，可以先快速的看完一遍了解课文大意，再有重点的读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认读生字：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">钮扣</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出租</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">搁置</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">锤子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刨子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">锯</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">门槛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">膝盖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">拒绝</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">仆人</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嘭嘭</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">寡妇</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">喇叭</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">娶亲</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">笑眯眯</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开火车读生词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">３、默读课文，自己看看课文可以分成几部分。说说自己的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">４、三颗钮扣都为人们做了些什么事情？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">５、它的小木屋为什么能够容纳这么多的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，找出能够概括课文内容的句子？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">品读国王的话，体会问题不在于房子，而在于心。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、小结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想一想，老国王为什么摘下自己的王冠？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">木匠用它博大纯朴的爱心容纳了自己身边的人，它的爱心虽小却能温暖众生，我们能为身边的人做些什么呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">想一想，写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、复习生字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开火车读生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">注意：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">槛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">囔</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的读音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、表演</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">请同学把自己组编的故事演一演，想一想，木匠的房子为什么能够容纳下这么多的人？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作业：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如果你是那位国王，你会为自己的人民做些什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把你自己的想法写下来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、交流摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读一读自己从课文中摘抄下来的好词佳句</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说一说自己在阅读中还收集到了哪些课外词句，比较难以理解的要为同学们加以讲解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读例句考虑冬冬提出的问题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人的心只有拳头那么大，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">可一个好人的心容的下全世界的人。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">考虑：前半句说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">后半句说</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">，用可连接，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">可</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">还能换成什么词？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">你能不能再说几句这样的话？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、通过本单元的学习，你一定有了解到不少名人名言吧，互相读一读谈谈自己的理解：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不积跬步，无以至千里，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">不积小溪，无以成江海。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">合抱之木，生于毫末，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">九层之台，起于垒土。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">勿以恶小而为之，勿以善小而不为。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">进一步理解心存大志也要从小事做起</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">班级交流，并进行板书</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">根据同学的交流，在自己的摘录本上进行补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、读开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自己读文章，说说你从中受到的启发。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">交流你最近读过的好书或者好的文章，说说内容，谈谈感想，把它推荐给你的好朋友读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">教学反思：学生对本单元的习作特别感兴趣，习作内容是根据《井底之蛙》改变一个童话故事，主题是关于大与小的</span><span style="color: red">，在学习了寓言后，再加上兴趣的作用，本单元的习作最成功。由此我想到了，作文教学一方面应该兴趣的影响，回想自己的文章不也正是写的自己有感而发的吗？另一方面中段的作文教学还应该有教师有效的引导，以范文为例，学习写法和成功之处，这样就不会出现&ldquo;巧妇难为无米之炊&rdquo;的尴尬局面。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>班主任工作计划</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第十二单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">风雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">风雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为题，包括两篇主题课文和两篇自读课文。《瑞雪图》用优美、生动的语言为我们勾画了胶东半岛的第一场雪，雪前、雪中和雪后的美景，表达了作者对这场预兆丰年大雪的喜悦之情。《下雪的早晨》写作者在雪后宁静的早晨，想起了夏天树林里的小孩天真、活泼，抒发了作者喜悦和期盼之情。《深山风雪路》记叙了邮递员在冬天的风雪里，仍在古长城旁的荒凉险峻的山间邮路上，为人民送书报信件的事迹，赞扬了老吕二十五年如一日，为邮递事业任劳任怨、不计个人得失的无私奉献精神。两篇主体课文和一篇阅读课文和谐的唱出了一曲雪瑞人美的颂歌。说明文《雪》，对雪的形状、重量，雪的形成及雪对农业生产的作用等，做了较详细的介绍。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本单元语文天地中的摘录笔记和错别字检阅，主要是复习以前的内容并进行归纳总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">介绍了两句与雪有关的古诗，主要是由今而古，领略雪的意味。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、口语交际中安排了说雪或想象中雪景的内容，旨在启发学生把平时所见、所想与本单元所学结合起来，培养口头表达能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、笔下生花安排了写学期总结，既是对总结这种形式的学习，又是学生对自己语文学习的总结，可与金钥匙的内容结合起来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">13</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，学写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">14</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习一些朗读技巧，做到有感情的朗读（朗诵）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、领略大自然的美好及给人们带来的幸福生活。感受诗的意境，学习联想与想象。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习整理资料。学习写个人总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生自己品味，培养学生多读自悟，品词赏句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会生字。记准读音，分清字形，了解意思。能够正确、工整、美观的进行书写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的学习使学生掌握有条理、有顺序的进行观察、描写的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《瑞雪图》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、引入课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、大家喜欢下雪吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讲述：四十几年前，在我国的胶东半岛上，下过一场大雪。当时，正是自然灾害严重，农业欠收的时候，这时候下一场雪是多么的及时啊！著名作家峻青怀着异常高兴的心情写了一篇文章《瑞雪图》，今天我们一起来学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、整体感知，学习字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）、学习字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读，生边听边划记生字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认读生字，相机释义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">胶东半岛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">骤然</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">彤云密布</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">簌簌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">万籁俱寂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">眺望</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">粉妆玉砌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">投掷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、给生字扩词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、比较形近字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">端；眺</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">挑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">逃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">桃；掷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">郑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，推荐好词语，提出不理解的词语，师生答疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）、整体感知课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生默读课文，说说课文写了什么内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生有感情的自课文，对照金钥匙思考课文是按什么顺序记叙的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名分自然段读课文，思考课文可以分为几个部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师总结：课文按照事情发展的顺序可以分为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">部分，一、下雪前；二、下雪时；三、下雪后；四、点题，赞扬雪景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、再读课文，要求准确流畅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、点名读，师生评议。主要侧重字音准确，是否流畅等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、旧知导入。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文是按什么顺序记叙的，可以分为几个部分？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习课文，理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）、学习课文第一部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读课文，思考：下雪前，天气有什么变化？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文，说说这一段主要写了什么？能不能用一个词语来概括这一段的主要内容？（板书：骤然变冷）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）、学习课文第二部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文，思考：这是一场怎样的雪？从哪些词语可以看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，找出这一段的的象声词，说说它们模拟了怎样的声音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自渎课文，想想这一段怎样才能读得更好。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开始的时候，还伴着一阵小雨。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得轻、快。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大片大片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">彤云密布</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得厚重。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">夜里</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得轻，脆。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读。生揣摩，再读。给本段课文加上小标题。（板书：雪大夜静）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）、学习课文第三部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读课文，生思考</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">105</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">页填空题：雪后的景色，先写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">），再写人；先写色彩，再写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）；先写静，再写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）；先写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">），再写近处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课文，找到写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">景物、人物</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">色彩、声音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">静景、动景</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的句子，读给老师和同学听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读下面</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">组句子，说说哪句更好一些，为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些落光了叶子的树木上，挂满了毛茸茸亮晶晶的银条儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些落光了叶子的树木上，挂满了银条儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些冬夏常青的松树和柏树上，挂满了蓬松松沉甸甸的雪球儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些冬夏常青的松树和柏树上，挂满了雪球儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导朗读。试一试，怎样才能读好这一自然段。强调读好</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蓬松松沉甸甸</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">毛茸茸亮晶晶</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语。比较枯枝被积雪压段的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">声与人踩在雪地上发出</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">声的不同读法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：通过语速语调的轻、重、缓、急表现人们雪后的愉悦心情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、根据老师的指导，有感情的读课文。说说这一部分用一个什么样的标题合适。（板书：景美人欢）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（四）、学习课文第四部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文。说说作者向我们描写了哪些</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">图画</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生补充</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞雪兆丰年</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、总结全文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你学了这篇课文有什么收获？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你还有什么疑问？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业：根据自己的理解，画一幅《瑞雪丰年图》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时：开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话引入。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了《瑞雪图》以后，大家对雪有了不同的感受，今天，我们来学习一篇介绍雪的知识的文章</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读课文，找找有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自读课文，提出不理解的生字词，师生释疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小组学习课文，收集信息。把学生分成</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个小组，每个小组学习课文的一部分。学习完了，要求把收集到的关于雪的知识汇报给老师和同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小组汇报。其他成员相机补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、体会古诗、谚语的妙处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、找一找，文中有哪些古诗和谚语，说说它们有什么用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、我所知道的有关雪的古诗和谚语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《下雪的早晨》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、了解作者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生汇报收集到的资料，教师做适当补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师范读。学生注意正字音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自由读。要求：流畅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名分小节读。师生评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、品诗，再读诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习第一小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读第一小节。说说诗人在第一小节写了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）我们应该怎样来读第一小节？（轻、美）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）试着背诵第一小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习第二、三小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）老师读第二、三小节。同学们思考：这两小节写了什么？它发生在什么季节？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）人们经常在冬天想着夏天，在夏天想着冬天，你有过类似的经历吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）这是一个什么样的小男孩？你觉得他会是谁？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读第二、三小节。说说作者在诗中透出一种什么样的感情，我们应该怎样来读这两小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）自己再读这两小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）同桌互读，互评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、背诵全诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二、三课时：畅所欲言</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你见过的雪或想象的雪。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、看。出示挂图或课件，指导学生观察。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、留心观察雪花的形状、大小、颜色，体会雪花的外形特点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、确定观察的顺序，注意屋顶上、树上、马路上、旷野中下雪后的不同情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、议。小组内议论，体会留给自己印象最深的情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在组内展示自己收集的资料或图片，大家说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内交流自己的观察所得，并进行补充或合理的想象。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、说。全班汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、一组派代表汇报</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大家从以下几方面评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）说的顺序。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）是否运用了适当的修辞手法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）是否生动，具体。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）有没有感情的表达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生介绍其他描写雪的段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、写。整理自己的思路，自拟题目，写成一段话话或一篇文章。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时：我的摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、我的摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结近一段摘录笔记的情况。表扬坚持做摘录笔记的同学。表扬动脑筋作摘录笔记的同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、交流摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）读一读别人的摘录笔记，学习别人的优点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）帮助同学查找笔记中的问题。主要是错别字的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）把检查的结果告诉同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、介绍全诗。《白雪歌送武判官归京》、《雪梅》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、领会两句诗的意思。说说诗人是怎样来写雪的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">深山风雪路</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、课前谈话，交代学习目的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们学习《深山风雪路》这篇文章，这篇文章的学习主要依靠同学的自学，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、默看课文，弄懂生字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默看课文，划记生字或不理解的词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、查字典或找同学老师解决生字词的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、理清脉络，理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示思考题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）课文写了谁，一件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）课文哪些地方最让你感动？你要推荐哪些词语或句段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、带着思考题，再看课文。解决这些问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、看看自己还有什么不明白的地方。请教老师或同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、有感情地读课文。背诵好词好句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结学法，举一反三。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刚才我们自学时经历了哪些步骤。你在哪个步骤花的时间最长？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三、四课时：笔下生花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写学期总结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、看例文，明白什么是学期总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生看例文，说说它和我们平时见过的文章有什么不同。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）内容比较单一；（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）没有对过程的描述；（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）分条列出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、指导总结的写法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、专题总结和综合性总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、突出学期的概念。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想，自己本学期在哪一方面或哪几方面进步最大，确定写的内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分析自己为什么会有进步或做过哪些努力，取得了什么经验，分条列出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、找出在此方面存在哪些不足或今后努力的方向，奋斗目标等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、写总结的格式。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、动笔写总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、交流自己的总结，师生评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、誊写总结。</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">十二单元的主题是风雪，峻青的《瑞雪图》改编自《第一场雪》，编者将原文中雪的好处删去，留下了雪的美景，在品位了雪的美后，直接切入重点，欣赏雪后的美景，通过读&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;品&mdash;&mdash;议&mdash;&mdash;读的方式，让学生在雪后享受了一番，此外课外我还格外布置了收集有关写雪景的美文赏析会，让学生自由收集他们认为最美的雪文，小组读，全班赏的方式，进行了有效的课外拓展。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>心得体会</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第十二单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">风雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">风雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为题，包括两篇主题课文和两篇自读课文。《瑞雪图》用优美、生动的语言为我们勾画了胶东半岛的第一场雪，雪前、雪中和雪后的美景，表达了作者对这场预兆丰年大雪的喜悦之情。《下雪的早晨》写作者在雪后宁静的早晨，想起了夏天树林里的小孩天真、活泼，抒发了作者喜悦和期盼之情。《深山风雪路》记叙了邮递员在冬天的风雪里，仍在古长城旁的荒凉险峻的山间邮路上，为人民送书报信件的事迹，赞扬了老吕二十五年如一日，为邮递事业任劳任怨、不计个人得失的无私奉献精神。两篇主体课文和一篇阅读课文和谐的唱出了一曲雪瑞人美的颂歌。说明文《雪》，对雪的形状、重量，雪的形成及雪对农业生产的作用等，做了较详细的介绍。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本单元语文天地中的摘录笔记和错别字检阅，主要是复习以前的内容并进行归纳总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">介绍了两句与雪有关的古诗，主要是由今而古，领略雪的意味。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、口语交际中安排了说雪或想象中雪景的内容，旨在启发学生把平时所见、所想与本单元所学结合起来，培养口头表达能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、笔下生花安排了写学期总结，既是对总结这种形式的学习，又是学生对自己语文学习的总结，可与金钥匙的内容结合起来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">13</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，学写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">14</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习一些朗读技巧，做到有感情的朗读（朗诵）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、领略大自然的美好及给人们带来的幸福生活。感受诗的意境，学习联想与想象。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习整理资料。学习写个人总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生自己品味，培养学生多读自悟，品词赏句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会生字。记准读音，分清字形，了解意思。能够正确、工整、美观的进行书写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的学习使学生掌握有条理、有顺序的进行观察、描写的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《瑞雪图》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、引入课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、大家喜欢下雪吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讲述：四十几年前，在我国的胶东半岛上，下过一场大雪。当时，正是自然灾害严重，农业欠收的时候，这时候下一场雪是多么的及时啊！著名作家峻青怀着异常高兴的心情写了一篇文章《瑞雪图》，今天我们一起来学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、整体感知，学习字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）、学习字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读，生边听边划记生字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认读生字，相机释义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">胶东半岛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">骤然</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">彤云密布</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">簌簌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">万籁俱寂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">眺望</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">粉妆玉砌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">投掷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、给生字扩词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、比较形近字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">端；眺</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">挑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">逃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">桃；掷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">郑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，推荐好词语，提出不理解的词语，师生答疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）、整体感知课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生默读课文，说说课文写了什么内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生有感情的自课文，对照金钥匙思考课文是按什么顺序记叙的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名分自然段读课文，思考课文可以分为几个部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师总结：课文按照事情发展的顺序可以分为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">部分，一、下雪前；二、下雪时；三、下雪后；四、点题，赞扬雪景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、再读课文，要求准确流畅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、点名读，师生评议。主要侧重字音准确，是否流畅等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、旧知导入。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文是按什么顺序记叙的，可以分为几个部分？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习课文，理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）、学习课文第一部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读课文，思考：下雪前，天气有什么变化？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文，说说这一段主要写了什么？能不能用一个词语来概括这一段的主要内容？（板书：骤然变冷）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）、学习课文第二部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文，思考：这是一场怎样的雪？从哪些词语可以看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，找出这一段的的象声词，说说它们模拟了怎样的声音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自渎课文，想想这一段怎样才能读得更好。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开始的时候，还伴着一阵小雨。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得轻、快。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大片大片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">彤云密布</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得厚重。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">夜里</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得轻，脆。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读。生揣摩，再读。给本段课文加上小标题。（板书：雪大夜静）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）、学习课文第三部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读课文，生思考</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">105</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">页填空题：雪后的景色，先写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">），再写人；先写色彩，再写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）；先写静，再写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）；先写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">），再写近处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课文，找到写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">景物、人物</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">色彩、声音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">静景、动景</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的句子，读给老师和同学听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读下面</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">组句子，说说哪句更好一些，为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些落光了叶子的树木上，挂满了毛茸茸亮晶晶的银条儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些落光了叶子的树木上，挂满了银条儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些冬夏常青的松树和柏树上，挂满了蓬松松沉甸甸的雪球儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些冬夏常青的松树和柏树上，挂满了雪球儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导朗读。试一试，怎样才能读好这一自然段。强调读好</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蓬松松沉甸甸</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">毛茸茸亮晶晶</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语。比较枯枝被积雪压段的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">声与人踩在雪地上发出</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">声的不同读法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：通过语速语调的轻、重、缓、急表现人们雪后的愉悦心情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、根据老师的指导，有感情的读课文。说说这一部分用一个什么样的标题合适。（板书：景美人欢）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（四）、学习课文第四部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文。说说作者向我们描写了哪些</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">图画</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生补充</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞雪兆丰年</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、总结全文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你学了这篇课文有什么收获？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你还有什么疑问？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业：根据自己的理解，画一幅《瑞雪丰年图》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时：开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话引入。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了《瑞雪图》以后，大家对雪有了不同的感受，今天，我们来学习一篇介绍雪的知识的文章</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读课文，找找有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自读课文，提出不理解的生字词，师生释疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小组学习课文，收集信息。把学生分成</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个小组，每个小组学习课文的一部分。学习完了，要求把收集到的关于雪的知识汇报给老师和同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小组汇报。其他成员相机补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、体会古诗、谚语的妙处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、找一找，文中有哪些古诗和谚语，说说它们有什么用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、我所知道的有关雪的古诗和谚语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《下雪的早晨》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、了解作者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生汇报收集到的资料，教师做适当补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师范读。学生注意正字音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自由读。要求：流畅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名分小节读。师生评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、品诗，再读诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习第一小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读第一小节。说说诗人在第一小节写了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）我们应该怎样来读第一小节？（轻、美）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）试着背诵第一小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习第二、三小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）老师读第二、三小节。同学们思考：这两小节写了什么？它发生在什么季节？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）人们经常在冬天想着夏天，在夏天想着冬天，你有过类似的经历吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）这是一个什么样的小男孩？你觉得他会是谁？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读第二、三小节。说说作者在诗中透出一种什么样的感情，我们应该怎样来读这两小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）自己再读这两小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）同桌互读，互评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、背诵全诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二、三课时：畅所欲言</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你见过的雪或想象的雪。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、看。出示挂图或课件，指导学生观察。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、留心观察雪花的形状、大小、颜色，体会雪花的外形特点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、确定观察的顺序，注意屋顶上、树上、马路上、旷野中下雪后的不同情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、议。小组内议论，体会留给自己印象最深的情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在组内展示自己收集的资料或图片，大家说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内交流自己的观察所得，并进行补充或合理的想象。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、说。全班汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、一组派代表汇报</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大家从以下几方面评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）说的顺序。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）是否运用了适当的修辞手法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）是否生动，具体。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）有没有感情的表达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生介绍其他描写雪的段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、写。整理自己的思路，自拟题目，写成一段话话或一篇文章。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时：我的摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、我的摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结近一段摘录笔记的情况。表扬坚持做摘录笔记的同学。表扬动脑筋作摘录笔记的同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、交流摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）读一读别人的摘录笔记，学习别人的优点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）帮助同学查找笔记中的问题。主要是错别字的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）把检查的结果告诉同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、介绍全诗。《白雪歌送武判官归京》、《雪梅》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、领会两句诗的意思。说说诗人是怎样来写雪的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">深山风雪路</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、课前谈话，交代学习目的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们学习《深山风雪路》这篇文章，这篇文章的学习主要依靠同学的自学，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、默看课文，弄懂生字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默看课文，划记生字或不理解的词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、查字典或找同学老师解决生字词的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、理清脉络，理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示思考题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）课文写了谁，一件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）课文哪些地方最让你感动？你要推荐哪些词语或句段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、带着思考题，再看课文。解决这些问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、看看自己还有什么不明白的地方。请教老师或同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、有感情地读课文。背诵好词好句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结学法，举一反三。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刚才我们自学时经历了哪些步骤。你在哪个步骤花的时间最长？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三、四课时：笔下生花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写学期总结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、看例文，明白什么是学期总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生看例文，说说它和我们平时见过的文章有什么不同。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）内容比较单一；（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）没有对过程的描述；（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）分条列出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、指导总结的写法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、专题总结和综合性总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、突出学期的概念。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想，自己本学期在哪一方面或哪几方面进步最大，确定写的内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分析自己为什么会有进步或做过哪些努力，取得了什么经验，分条列出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、找出在此方面存在哪些不足或今后努力的方向，奋斗目标等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、写总结的格式。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、动笔写总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、交流自己的总结，师生评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、誊写总结。</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">十二单元的主题是风雪，峻青的《瑞雪图》改编自《第一场雪》，编者将原文中雪的好处删去，留下了雪的美景，在品位了雪的美后，直接切入重点，欣赏雪后的美景，通过读&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;品&mdash;&mdash;议&mdash;&mdash;读的方式，让学生在雪后享受了一番，此外课外我还格外布置了收集有关写雪景的美文赏析会，让学生自由收集他们认为最美的雪文，小组读，全班赏的方式，进行了有效的课外拓展。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>复习计划和教案</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第十二单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">风雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">风雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为题，包括两篇主题课文和两篇自读课文。《瑞雪图》用优美、生动的语言为我们勾画了胶东半岛的第一场雪，雪前、雪中和雪后的美景，表达了作者对这场预兆丰年大雪的喜悦之情。《下雪的早晨》写作者在雪后宁静的早晨，想起了夏天树林里的小孩天真、活泼，抒发了作者喜悦和期盼之情。《深山风雪路》记叙了邮递员在冬天的风雪里，仍在古长城旁的荒凉险峻的山间邮路上，为人民送书报信件的事迹，赞扬了老吕二十五年如一日，为邮递事业任劳任怨、不计个人得失的无私奉献精神。两篇主体课文和一篇阅读课文和谐的唱出了一曲雪瑞人美的颂歌。说明文《雪》，对雪的形状、重量，雪的形成及雪对农业生产的作用等，做了较详细的介绍。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本单元语文天地中的摘录笔记和错别字检阅，主要是复习以前的内容并进行归纳总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">介绍了两句与雪有关的古诗，主要是由今而古，领略雪的意味。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、口语交际中安排了说雪或想象中雪景的内容，旨在启发学生把平时所见、所想与本单元所学结合起来，培养口头表达能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、笔下生花安排了写学期总结，既是对总结这种形式的学习，又是学生对自己语文学习的总结，可与金钥匙的内容结合起来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">13</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，学写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">14</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习一些朗读技巧，做到有感情的朗读（朗诵）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、领略大自然的美好及给人们带来的幸福生活。感受诗的意境，学习联想与想象。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习整理资料。学习写个人总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生自己品味，培养学生多读自悟，品词赏句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会生字。记准读音，分清字形，了解意思。能够正确、工整、美观的进行书写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的学习使学生掌握有条理、有顺序的进行观察、描写的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《瑞雪图》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、引入课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、大家喜欢下雪吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讲述：四十几年前，在我国的胶东半岛上，下过一场大雪。当时，正是自然灾害严重，农业欠收的时候，这时候下一场雪是多么的及时啊！著名作家峻青怀着异常高兴的心情写了一篇文章《瑞雪图》，今天我们一起来学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、整体感知，学习字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）、学习字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读，生边听边划记生字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认读生字，相机释义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">胶东半岛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">骤然</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">彤云密布</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">簌簌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">万籁俱寂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">眺望</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">粉妆玉砌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">投掷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、给生字扩词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、比较形近字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">端；眺</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">挑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">逃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">桃；掷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">郑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，推荐好词语，提出不理解的词语，师生答疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）、整体感知课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生默读课文，说说课文写了什么内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生有感情的自课文，对照金钥匙思考课文是按什么顺序记叙的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名分自然段读课文，思考课文可以分为几个部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师总结：课文按照事情发展的顺序可以分为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">部分，一、下雪前；二、下雪时；三、下雪后；四、点题，赞扬雪景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、再读课文，要求准确流畅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、点名读，师生评议。主要侧重字音准确，是否流畅等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、旧知导入。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文是按什么顺序记叙的，可以分为几个部分？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习课文，理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）、学习课文第一部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读课文，思考：下雪前，天气有什么变化？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文，说说这一段主要写了什么？能不能用一个词语来概括这一段的主要内容？（板书：骤然变冷）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）、学习课文第二部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文，思考：这是一场怎样的雪？从哪些词语可以看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，找出这一段的的象声词，说说它们模拟了怎样的声音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自渎课文，想想这一段怎样才能读得更好。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开始的时候，还伴着一阵小雨。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得轻、快。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大片大片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">彤云密布</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得厚重。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">夜里</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得轻，脆。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读。生揣摩，再读。给本段课文加上小标题。（板书：雪大夜静）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）、学习课文第三部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读课文，生思考</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">105</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">页填空题：雪后的景色，先写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">），再写人；先写色彩，再写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）；先写静，再写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）；先写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">），再写近处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课文，找到写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">景物、人物</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">色彩、声音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">静景、动景</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的句子，读给老师和同学听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读下面</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">组句子，说说哪句更好一些，为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些落光了叶子的树木上，挂满了毛茸茸亮晶晶的银条儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些落光了叶子的树木上，挂满了银条儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些冬夏常青的松树和柏树上，挂满了蓬松松沉甸甸的雪球儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些冬夏常青的松树和柏树上，挂满了雪球儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导朗读。试一试，怎样才能读好这一自然段。强调读好</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蓬松松沉甸甸</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">毛茸茸亮晶晶</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语。比较枯枝被积雪压段的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">声与人踩在雪地上发出</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">声的不同读法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：通过语速语调的轻、重、缓、急表现人们雪后的愉悦心情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、根据老师的指导，有感情的读课文。说说这一部分用一个什么样的标题合适。（板书：景美人欢）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（四）、学习课文第四部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文。说说作者向我们描写了哪些</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">图画</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生补充</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞雪兆丰年</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、总结全文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你学了这篇课文有什么收获？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你还有什么疑问？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业：根据自己的理解，画一幅《瑞雪丰年图》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时：开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话引入。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了《瑞雪图》以后，大家对雪有了不同的感受，今天，我们来学习一篇介绍雪的知识的文章</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读课文，找找有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自读课文，提出不理解的生字词，师生释疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小组学习课文，收集信息。把学生分成</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个小组，每个小组学习课文的一部分。学习完了，要求把收集到的关于雪的知识汇报给老师和同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小组汇报。其他成员相机补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、体会古诗、谚语的妙处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、找一找，文中有哪些古诗和谚语，说说它们有什么用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、我所知道的有关雪的古诗和谚语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《下雪的早晨》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、了解作者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生汇报收集到的资料，教师做适当补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师范读。学生注意正字音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自由读。要求：流畅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名分小节读。师生评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、品诗，再读诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习第一小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读第一小节。说说诗人在第一小节写了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）我们应该怎样来读第一小节？（轻、美）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）试着背诵第一小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习第二、三小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）老师读第二、三小节。同学们思考：这两小节写了什么？它发生在什么季节？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）人们经常在冬天想着夏天，在夏天想着冬天，你有过类似的经历吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）这是一个什么样的小男孩？你觉得他会是谁？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读第二、三小节。说说作者在诗中透出一种什么样的感情，我们应该怎样来读这两小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）自己再读这两小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）同桌互读，互评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、背诵全诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二、三课时：畅所欲言</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你见过的雪或想象的雪。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、看。出示挂图或课件，指导学生观察。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、留心观察雪花的形状、大小、颜色，体会雪花的外形特点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、确定观察的顺序，注意屋顶上、树上、马路上、旷野中下雪后的不同情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、议。小组内议论，体会留给自己印象最深的情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在组内展示自己收集的资料或图片，大家说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内交流自己的观察所得，并进行补充或合理的想象。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、说。全班汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、一组派代表汇报</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大家从以下几方面评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）说的顺序。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）是否运用了适当的修辞手法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）是否生动，具体。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）有没有感情的表达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生介绍其他描写雪的段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、写。整理自己的思路，自拟题目，写成一段话话或一篇文章。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时：我的摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、我的摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结近一段摘录笔记的情况。表扬坚持做摘录笔记的同学。表扬动脑筋作摘录笔记的同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、交流摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）读一读别人的摘录笔记，学习别人的优点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）帮助同学查找笔记中的问题。主要是错别字的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）把检查的结果告诉同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、介绍全诗。《白雪歌送武判官归京》、《雪梅》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、领会两句诗的意思。说说诗人是怎样来写雪的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">深山风雪路</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、课前谈话，交代学习目的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们学习《深山风雪路》这篇文章，这篇文章的学习主要依靠同学的自学，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、默看课文，弄懂生字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默看课文，划记生字或不理解的词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、查字典或找同学老师解决生字词的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、理清脉络，理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示思考题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）课文写了谁，一件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）课文哪些地方最让你感动？你要推荐哪些词语或句段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、带着思考题，再看课文。解决这些问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、看看自己还有什么不明白的地方。请教老师或同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、有感情地读课文。背诵好词好句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结学法，举一反三。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刚才我们自学时经历了哪些步骤。你在哪个步骤花的时间最长？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三、四课时：笔下生花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写学期总结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、看例文，明白什么是学期总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生看例文，说说它和我们平时见过的文章有什么不同。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）内容比较单一；（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）没有对过程的描述；（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）分条列出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、指导总结的写法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、专题总结和综合性总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、突出学期的概念。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想，自己本学期在哪一方面或哪几方面进步最大，确定写的内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分析自己为什么会有进步或做过哪些努力，取得了什么经验，分条列出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、找出在此方面存在哪些不足或今后努力的方向，奋斗目标等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、写总结的格式。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、动笔写总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、交流自己的总结，师生评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、誊写总结。</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">十二单元的主题是风雪，峻青的《瑞雪图》改编自《第一场雪》，编者将原文中雪的好处删去，留下了雪的美景，在品位了雪的美后，直接切入重点，欣赏雪后的美景，通过读&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;品&mdash;&mdash;议&mdash;&mdash;读的方式，让学生在雪后享受了一番，此外课外我还格外布置了收集有关写雪景的美文赏析会，让学生自由收集他们认为最美的雪文，小组读，全班赏的方式，进行了有效的课外拓展。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>教案</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第十二单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">风雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">风雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为题，包括两篇主题课文和两篇自读课文。《瑞雪图》用优美、生动的语言为我们勾画了胶东半岛的第一场雪，雪前、雪中和雪后的美景，表达了作者对这场预兆丰年大雪的喜悦之情。《下雪的早晨》写作者在雪后宁静的早晨，想起了夏天树林里的小孩天真、活泼，抒发了作者喜悦和期盼之情。《深山风雪路》记叙了邮递员在冬天的风雪里，仍在古长城旁的荒凉险峻的山间邮路上，为人民送书报信件的事迹，赞扬了老吕二十五年如一日，为邮递事业任劳任怨、不计个人得失的无私奉献精神。两篇主体课文和一篇阅读课文和谐的唱出了一曲雪瑞人美的颂歌。说明文《雪》，对雪的形状、重量，雪的形成及雪对农业生产的作用等，做了较详细的介绍。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本单元语文天地中的摘录笔记和错别字检阅，主要是复习以前的内容并进行归纳总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">介绍了两句与雪有关的古诗，主要是由今而古，领略雪的意味。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、口语交际中安排了说雪或想象中雪景的内容，旨在启发学生把平时所见、所想与本单元所学结合起来，培养口头表达能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、笔下生花安排了写学期总结，既是对总结这种形式的学习，又是学生对自己语文学习的总结，可与金钥匙的内容结合起来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">13</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，学写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">14</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习一些朗读技巧，做到有感情的朗读（朗诵）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、领略大自然的美好及给人们带来的幸福生活。感受诗的意境，学习联想与想象。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习整理资料。学习写个人总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生自己品味，培养学生多读自悟，品词赏句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会生字。记准读音，分清字形，了解意思。能够正确、工整、美观的进行书写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的学习使学生掌握有条理、有顺序的进行观察、描写的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《瑞雪图》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、引入课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、大家喜欢下雪吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讲述：四十几年前，在我国的胶东半岛上，下过一场大雪。当时，正是自然灾害严重，农业欠收的时候，这时候下一场雪是多么的及时啊！著名作家峻青怀着异常高兴的心情写了一篇文章《瑞雪图》，今天我们一起来学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、整体感知，学习字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）、学习字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读，生边听边划记生字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认读生字，相机释义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">胶东半岛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">骤然</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">彤云密布</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">簌簌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">万籁俱寂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">眺望</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">粉妆玉砌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">投掷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、给生字扩词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、比较形近字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">端；眺</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">挑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">逃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">桃；掷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">郑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，推荐好词语，提出不理解的词语，师生答疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）、整体感知课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生默读课文，说说课文写了什么内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生有感情的自课文，对照金钥匙思考课文是按什么顺序记叙的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名分自然段读课文，思考课文可以分为几个部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师总结：课文按照事情发展的顺序可以分为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">部分，一、下雪前；二、下雪时；三、下雪后；四、点题，赞扬雪景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、再读课文，要求准确流畅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、点名读，师生评议。主要侧重字音准确，是否流畅等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、旧知导入。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文是按什么顺序记叙的，可以分为几个部分？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习课文，理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）、学习课文第一部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读课文，思考：下雪前，天气有什么变化？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文，说说这一段主要写了什么？能不能用一个词语来概括这一段的主要内容？（板书：骤然变冷）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）、学习课文第二部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文，思考：这是一场怎样的雪？从哪些词语可以看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，找出这一段的的象声词，说说它们模拟了怎样的声音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自渎课文，想想这一段怎样才能读得更好。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开始的时候，还伴着一阵小雨。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得轻、快。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大片大片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">彤云密布</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得厚重。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">夜里</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得轻，脆。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读。生揣摩，再读。给本段课文加上小标题。（板书：雪大夜静）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）、学习课文第三部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读课文，生思考</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">105</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">页填空题：雪后的景色，先写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">），再写人；先写色彩，再写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）；先写静，再写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）；先写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">），再写近处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课文，找到写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">景物、人物</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">色彩、声音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">静景、动景</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的句子，读给老师和同学听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读下面</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">组句子，说说哪句更好一些，为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些落光了叶子的树木上，挂满了毛茸茸亮晶晶的银条儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些落光了叶子的树木上，挂满了银条儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些冬夏常青的松树和柏树上，挂满了蓬松松沉甸甸的雪球儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些冬夏常青的松树和柏树上，挂满了雪球儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导朗读。试一试，怎样才能读好这一自然段。强调读好</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蓬松松沉甸甸</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">毛茸茸亮晶晶</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语。比较枯枝被积雪压段的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">声与人踩在雪地上发出</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">声的不同读法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：通过语速语调的轻、重、缓、急表现人们雪后的愉悦心情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、根据老师的指导，有感情的读课文。说说这一部分用一个什么样的标题合适。（板书：景美人欢）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（四）、学习课文第四部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文。说说作者向我们描写了哪些</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">图画</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生补充</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞雪兆丰年</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、总结全文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你学了这篇课文有什么收获？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你还有什么疑问？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业：根据自己的理解，画一幅《瑞雪丰年图》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时：开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话引入。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了《瑞雪图》以后，大家对雪有了不同的感受，今天，我们来学习一篇介绍雪的知识的文章</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读课文，找找有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自读课文，提出不理解的生字词，师生释疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小组学习课文，收集信息。把学生分成</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个小组，每个小组学习课文的一部分。学习完了，要求把收集到的关于雪的知识汇报给老师和同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小组汇报。其他成员相机补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、体会古诗、谚语的妙处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、找一找，文中有哪些古诗和谚语，说说它们有什么用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、我所知道的有关雪的古诗和谚语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《下雪的早晨》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、了解作者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生汇报收集到的资料，教师做适当补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师范读。学生注意正字音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自由读。要求：流畅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名分小节读。师生评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、品诗，再读诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习第一小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读第一小节。说说诗人在第一小节写了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）我们应该怎样来读第一小节？（轻、美）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）试着背诵第一小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习第二、三小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）老师读第二、三小节。同学们思考：这两小节写了什么？它发生在什么季节？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）人们经常在冬天想着夏天，在夏天想着冬天，你有过类似的经历吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）这是一个什么样的小男孩？你觉得他会是谁？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读第二、三小节。说说作者在诗中透出一种什么样的感情，我们应该怎样来读这两小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）自己再读这两小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）同桌互读，互评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、背诵全诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二、三课时：畅所欲言</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你见过的雪或想象的雪。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、看。出示挂图或课件，指导学生观察。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、留心观察雪花的形状、大小、颜色，体会雪花的外形特点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、确定观察的顺序，注意屋顶上、树上、马路上、旷野中下雪后的不同情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、议。小组内议论，体会留给自己印象最深的情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在组内展示自己收集的资料或图片，大家说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内交流自己的观察所得，并进行补充或合理的想象。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、说。全班汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、一组派代表汇报</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大家从以下几方面评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）说的顺序。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）是否运用了适当的修辞手法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）是否生动，具体。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）有没有感情的表达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生介绍其他描写雪的段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、写。整理自己的思路，自拟题目，写成一段话话或一篇文章。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时：我的摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、我的摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结近一段摘录笔记的情况。表扬坚持做摘录笔记的同学。表扬动脑筋作摘录笔记的同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、交流摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）读一读别人的摘录笔记，学习别人的优点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）帮助同学查找笔记中的问题。主要是错别字的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）把检查的结果告诉同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、介绍全诗。《白雪歌送武判官归京》、《雪梅》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、领会两句诗的意思。说说诗人是怎样来写雪的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">深山风雪路</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、课前谈话，交代学习目的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们学习《深山风雪路》这篇文章，这篇文章的学习主要依靠同学的自学，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、默看课文，弄懂生字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默看课文，划记生字或不理解的词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、查字典或找同学老师解决生字词的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、理清脉络，理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示思考题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）课文写了谁，一件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）课文哪些地方最让你感动？你要推荐哪些词语或句段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、带着思考题，再看课文。解决这些问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、看看自己还有什么不明白的地方。请教老师或同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、有感情地读课文。背诵好词好句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结学法，举一反三。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刚才我们自学时经历了哪些步骤。你在哪个步骤花的时间最长？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三、四课时：笔下生花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写学期总结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、看例文，明白什么是学期总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生看例文，说说它和我们平时见过的文章有什么不同。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）内容比较单一；（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）没有对过程的描述；（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）分条列出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、指导总结的写法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、专题总结和综合性总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、突出学期的概念。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想，自己本学期在哪一方面或哪几方面进步最大，确定写的内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分析自己为什么会有进步或做过哪些努力，取得了什么经验，分条列出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、找出在此方面存在哪些不足或今后努力的方向，奋斗目标等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、写总结的格式。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、动笔写总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、交流自己的总结，师生评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、誊写总结。</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">十二单元的主题是风雪，峻青的《瑞雪图》改编自《第一场雪》，编者将原文中雪的好处删去，留下了雪的美景，在品位了雪的美后，直接切入重点，欣赏雪后的美景，通过读&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;品&mdash;&mdash;议&mdash;&mdash;读的方式，让学生在雪后享受了一番，此外课外我还格外布置了收集有关写雪景的美文赏析会，让学生自由收集他们认为最美的雪文，小组读，全班赏的方式，进行了有效的课外拓展。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>复习计划</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第十二单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">风雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">风雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为题，包括两篇主题课文和两篇自读课文。《瑞雪图》用优美、生动的语言为我们勾画了胶东半岛的第一场雪，雪前、雪中和雪后的美景，表达了作者对这场预兆丰年大雪的喜悦之情。《下雪的早晨》写作者在雪后宁静的早晨，想起了夏天树林里的小孩天真、活泼，抒发了作者喜悦和期盼之情。《深山风雪路》记叙了邮递员在冬天的风雪里，仍在古长城旁的荒凉险峻的山间邮路上，为人民送书报信件的事迹，赞扬了老吕二十五年如一日，为邮递事业任劳任怨、不计个人得失的无私奉献精神。两篇主体课文和一篇阅读课文和谐的唱出了一曲雪瑞人美的颂歌。说明文《雪》，对雪的形状、重量，雪的形成及雪对农业生产的作用等，做了较详细的介绍。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本单元语文天地中的摘录笔记和错别字检阅，主要是复习以前的内容并进行归纳总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">介绍了两句与雪有关的古诗，主要是由今而古，领略雪的意味。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、口语交际中安排了说雪或想象中雪景的内容，旨在启发学生把平时所见、所想与本单元所学结合起来，培养口头表达能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、笔下生花安排了写学期总结，既是对总结这种形式的学习，又是学生对自己语文学习的总结，可与金钥匙的内容结合起来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">13</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，学写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">14</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习一些朗读技巧，做到有感情的朗读（朗诵）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、领略大自然的美好及给人们带来的幸福生活。感受诗的意境，学习联想与想象。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习整理资料。学习写个人总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生自己品味，培养学生多读自悟，品词赏句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会生字。记准读音，分清字形，了解意思。能够正确、工整、美观的进行书写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的学习使学生掌握有条理、有顺序的进行观察、描写的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《瑞雪图》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、引入课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、大家喜欢下雪吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讲述：四十几年前，在我国的胶东半岛上，下过一场大雪。当时，正是自然灾害严重，农业欠收的时候，这时候下一场雪是多么的及时啊！著名作家峻青怀着异常高兴的心情写了一篇文章《瑞雪图》，今天我们一起来学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、整体感知，学习字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）、学习字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读，生边听边划记生字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认读生字，相机释义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">胶东半岛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">骤然</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">彤云密布</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">簌簌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">万籁俱寂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">眺望</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">粉妆玉砌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">投掷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、给生字扩词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、比较形近字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">端；眺</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">挑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">逃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">桃；掷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">郑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，推荐好词语，提出不理解的词语，师生答疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）、整体感知课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生默读课文，说说课文写了什么内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生有感情的自课文，对照金钥匙思考课文是按什么顺序记叙的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名分自然段读课文，思考课文可以分为几个部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师总结：课文按照事情发展的顺序可以分为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">部分，一、下雪前；二、下雪时；三、下雪后；四、点题，赞扬雪景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、再读课文，要求准确流畅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、点名读，师生评议。主要侧重字音准确，是否流畅等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、旧知导入。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文是按什么顺序记叙的，可以分为几个部分？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习课文，理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）、学习课文第一部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读课文，思考：下雪前，天气有什么变化？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文，说说这一段主要写了什么？能不能用一个词语来概括这一段的主要内容？（板书：骤然变冷）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）、学习课文第二部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文，思考：这是一场怎样的雪？从哪些词语可以看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，找出这一段的的象声词，说说它们模拟了怎样的声音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自渎课文，想想这一段怎样才能读得更好。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开始的时候，还伴着一阵小雨。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得轻、快。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大片大片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">彤云密布</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得厚重。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">夜里</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得轻，脆。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读。生揣摩，再读。给本段课文加上小标题。（板书：雪大夜静）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）、学习课文第三部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读课文，生思考</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">105</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">页填空题：雪后的景色，先写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">），再写人；先写色彩，再写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）；先写静，再写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）；先写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">），再写近处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课文，找到写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">景物、人物</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">色彩、声音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">静景、动景</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的句子，读给老师和同学听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读下面</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">组句子，说说哪句更好一些，为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些落光了叶子的树木上，挂满了毛茸茸亮晶晶的银条儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些落光了叶子的树木上，挂满了银条儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些冬夏常青的松树和柏树上，挂满了蓬松松沉甸甸的雪球儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些冬夏常青的松树和柏树上，挂满了雪球儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导朗读。试一试，怎样才能读好这一自然段。强调读好</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蓬松松沉甸甸</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">毛茸茸亮晶晶</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语。比较枯枝被积雪压段的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">声与人踩在雪地上发出</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">声的不同读法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：通过语速语调的轻、重、缓、急表现人们雪后的愉悦心情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、根据老师的指导，有感情的读课文。说说这一部分用一个什么样的标题合适。（板书：景美人欢）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（四）、学习课文第四部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文。说说作者向我们描写了哪些</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">图画</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生补充</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞雪兆丰年</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、总结全文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你学了这篇课文有什么收获？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你还有什么疑问？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业：根据自己的理解，画一幅《瑞雪丰年图》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时：开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话引入。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了《瑞雪图》以后，大家对雪有了不同的感受，今天，我们来学习一篇介绍雪的知识的文章</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读课文，找找有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自读课文，提出不理解的生字词，师生释疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小组学习课文，收集信息。把学生分成</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个小组，每个小组学习课文的一部分。学习完了，要求把收集到的关于雪的知识汇报给老师和同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小组汇报。其他成员相机补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、体会古诗、谚语的妙处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、找一找，文中有哪些古诗和谚语，说说它们有什么用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、我所知道的有关雪的古诗和谚语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《下雪的早晨》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、了解作者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生汇报收集到的资料，教师做适当补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师范读。学生注意正字音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自由读。要求：流畅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名分小节读。师生评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、品诗，再读诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习第一小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读第一小节。说说诗人在第一小节写了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）我们应该怎样来读第一小节？（轻、美）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）试着背诵第一小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习第二、三小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）老师读第二、三小节。同学们思考：这两小节写了什么？它发生在什么季节？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）人们经常在冬天想着夏天，在夏天想着冬天，你有过类似的经历吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）这是一个什么样的小男孩？你觉得他会是谁？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读第二、三小节。说说作者在诗中透出一种什么样的感情，我们应该怎样来读这两小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）自己再读这两小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）同桌互读，互评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、背诵全诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二、三课时：畅所欲言</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你见过的雪或想象的雪。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、看。出示挂图或课件，指导学生观察。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、留心观察雪花的形状、大小、颜色，体会雪花的外形特点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、确定观察的顺序，注意屋顶上、树上、马路上、旷野中下雪后的不同情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、议。小组内议论，体会留给自己印象最深的情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在组内展示自己收集的资料或图片，大家说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内交流自己的观察所得，并进行补充或合理的想象。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、说。全班汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、一组派代表汇报</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大家从以下几方面评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）说的顺序。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）是否运用了适当的修辞手法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）是否生动，具体。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）有没有感情的表达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生介绍其他描写雪的段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、写。整理自己的思路，自拟题目，写成一段话话或一篇文章。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时：我的摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、我的摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结近一段摘录笔记的情况。表扬坚持做摘录笔记的同学。表扬动脑筋作摘录笔记的同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、交流摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）读一读别人的摘录笔记，学习别人的优点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）帮助同学查找笔记中的问题。主要是错别字的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）把检查的结果告诉同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、介绍全诗。《白雪歌送武判官归京》、《雪梅》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、领会两句诗的意思。说说诗人是怎样来写雪的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">深山风雪路</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、课前谈话，交代学习目的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们学习《深山风雪路》这篇文章，这篇文章的学习主要依靠同学的自学，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、默看课文，弄懂生字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默看课文，划记生字或不理解的词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、查字典或找同学老师解决生字词的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、理清脉络，理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示思考题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）课文写了谁，一件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）课文哪些地方最让你感动？你要推荐哪些词语或句段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、带着思考题，再看课文。解决这些问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、看看自己还有什么不明白的地方。请教老师或同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、有感情地读课文。背诵好词好句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结学法，举一反三。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刚才我们自学时经历了哪些步骤。你在哪个步骤花的时间最长？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三、四课时：笔下生花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写学期总结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、看例文，明白什么是学期总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生看例文，说说它和我们平时见过的文章有什么不同。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）内容比较单一；（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）没有对过程的描述；（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）分条列出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、指导总结的写法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、专题总结和综合性总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、突出学期的概念。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想，自己本学期在哪一方面或哪几方面进步最大，确定写的内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分析自己为什么会有进步或做过哪些努力，取得了什么经验，分条列出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、找出在此方面存在哪些不足或今后努力的方向，奋斗目标等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、写总结的格式。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、动笔写总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、交流自己的总结，师生评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、誊写总结。</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">十二单元的主题是风雪，峻青的《瑞雪图》改编自《第一场雪》，编者将原文中雪的好处删去，留下了雪的美景，在品位了雪的美后，直接切入重点，欣赏雪后的美景，通过读&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;品&mdash;&mdash;议&mdash;&mdash;读的方式，让学生在雪后享受了一番，此外课外我还格外布置了收集有关写雪景的美文赏析会，让学生自由收集他们认为最美的雪文，小组读，全班赏的方式，进行了有效的课外拓展。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>校本培训－－论文</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第十二单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">风雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">风雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为题，包括两篇主题课文和两篇自读课文。《瑞雪图》用优美、生动的语言为我们勾画了胶东半岛的第一场雪，雪前、雪中和雪后的美景，表达了作者对这场预兆丰年大雪的喜悦之情。《下雪的早晨》写作者在雪后宁静的早晨，想起了夏天树林里的小孩天真、活泼，抒发了作者喜悦和期盼之情。《深山风雪路》记叙了邮递员在冬天的风雪里，仍在古长城旁的荒凉险峻的山间邮路上，为人民送书报信件的事迹，赞扬了老吕二十五年如一日，为邮递事业任劳任怨、不计个人得失的无私奉献精神。两篇主体课文和一篇阅读课文和谐的唱出了一曲雪瑞人美的颂歌。说明文《雪》，对雪的形状、重量，雪的形成及雪对农业生产的作用等，做了较详细的介绍。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本单元语文天地中的摘录笔记和错别字检阅，主要是复习以前的内容并进行归纳总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">介绍了两句与雪有关的古诗，主要是由今而古，领略雪的意味。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、口语交际中安排了说雪或想象中雪景的内容，旨在启发学生把平时所见、所想与本单元所学结合起来，培养口头表达能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、笔下生花安排了写学期总结，既是对总结这种形式的学习，又是学生对自己语文学习的总结，可与金钥匙的内容结合起来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">13</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，学写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">14</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习一些朗读技巧，做到有感情的朗读（朗诵）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、领略大自然的美好及给人们带来的幸福生活。感受诗的意境，学习联想与想象。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习整理资料。学习写个人总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生自己品味，培养学生多读自悟，品词赏句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会生字。记准读音，分清字形，了解意思。能够正确、工整、美观的进行书写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的学习使学生掌握有条理、有顺序的进行观察、描写的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《瑞雪图》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、引入课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、大家喜欢下雪吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讲述：四十几年前，在我国的胶东半岛上，下过一场大雪。当时，正是自然灾害严重，农业欠收的时候，这时候下一场雪是多么的及时啊！著名作家峻青怀着异常高兴的心情写了一篇文章《瑞雪图》，今天我们一起来学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、整体感知，学习字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）、学习字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读，生边听边划记生字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认读生字，相机释义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">胶东半岛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">骤然</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">彤云密布</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">簌簌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">万籁俱寂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">眺望</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">粉妆玉砌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">投掷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、给生字扩词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、比较形近字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">端；眺</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">挑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">逃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">桃；掷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">郑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，推荐好词语，提出不理解的词语，师生答疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）、整体感知课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生默读课文，说说课文写了什么内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生有感情的自课文，对照金钥匙思考课文是按什么顺序记叙的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名分自然段读课文，思考课文可以分为几个部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师总结：课文按照事情发展的顺序可以分为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">部分，一、下雪前；二、下雪时；三、下雪后；四、点题，赞扬雪景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、再读课文，要求准确流畅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、点名读，师生评议。主要侧重字音准确，是否流畅等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、旧知导入。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文是按什么顺序记叙的，可以分为几个部分？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习课文，理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）、学习课文第一部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读课文，思考：下雪前，天气有什么变化？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文，说说这一段主要写了什么？能不能用一个词语来概括这一段的主要内容？（板书：骤然变冷）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）、学习课文第二部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文，思考：这是一场怎样的雪？从哪些词语可以看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，找出这一段的的象声词，说说它们模拟了怎样的声音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自渎课文，想想这一段怎样才能读得更好。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开始的时候，还伴着一阵小雨。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得轻、快。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大片大片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">彤云密布</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得厚重。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">夜里</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得轻，脆。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读。生揣摩，再读。给本段课文加上小标题。（板书：雪大夜静）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）、学习课文第三部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读课文，生思考</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">105</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">页填空题：雪后的景色，先写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">），再写人；先写色彩，再写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）；先写静，再写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）；先写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">），再写近处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课文，找到写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">景物、人物</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">色彩、声音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">静景、动景</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的句子，读给老师和同学听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读下面</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">组句子，说说哪句更好一些，为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些落光了叶子的树木上，挂满了毛茸茸亮晶晶的银条儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些落光了叶子的树木上，挂满了银条儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些冬夏常青的松树和柏树上，挂满了蓬松松沉甸甸的雪球儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些冬夏常青的松树和柏树上，挂满了雪球儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导朗读。试一试，怎样才能读好这一自然段。强调读好</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蓬松松沉甸甸</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">毛茸茸亮晶晶</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语。比较枯枝被积雪压段的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">声与人踩在雪地上发出</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">声的不同读法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：通过语速语调的轻、重、缓、急表现人们雪后的愉悦心情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、根据老师的指导，有感情的读课文。说说这一部分用一个什么样的标题合适。（板书：景美人欢）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（四）、学习课文第四部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文。说说作者向我们描写了哪些</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">图画</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生补充</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞雪兆丰年</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、总结全文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你学了这篇课文有什么收获？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你还有什么疑问？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业：根据自己的理解，画一幅《瑞雪丰年图》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时：开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话引入。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了《瑞雪图》以后，大家对雪有了不同的感受，今天，我们来学习一篇介绍雪的知识的文章</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读课文，找找有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自读课文，提出不理解的生字词，师生释疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小组学习课文，收集信息。把学生分成</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个小组，每个小组学习课文的一部分。学习完了，要求把收集到的关于雪的知识汇报给老师和同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小组汇报。其他成员相机补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、体会古诗、谚语的妙处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、找一找，文中有哪些古诗和谚语，说说它们有什么用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、我所知道的有关雪的古诗和谚语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《下雪的早晨》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、了解作者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生汇报收集到的资料，教师做适当补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师范读。学生注意正字音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自由读。要求：流畅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名分小节读。师生评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、品诗，再读诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习第一小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读第一小节。说说诗人在第一小节写了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）我们应该怎样来读第一小节？（轻、美）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）试着背诵第一小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习第二、三小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）老师读第二、三小节。同学们思考：这两小节写了什么？它发生在什么季节？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）人们经常在冬天想着夏天，在夏天想着冬天，你有过类似的经历吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）这是一个什么样的小男孩？你觉得他会是谁？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读第二、三小节。说说作者在诗中透出一种什么样的感情，我们应该怎样来读这两小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）自己再读这两小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）同桌互读，互评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、背诵全诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二、三课时：畅所欲言</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你见过的雪或想象的雪。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、看。出示挂图或课件，指导学生观察。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、留心观察雪花的形状、大小、颜色，体会雪花的外形特点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、确定观察的顺序，注意屋顶上、树上、马路上、旷野中下雪后的不同情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、议。小组内议论，体会留给自己印象最深的情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在组内展示自己收集的资料或图片，大家说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内交流自己的观察所得，并进行补充或合理的想象。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、说。全班汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、一组派代表汇报</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大家从以下几方面评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）说的顺序。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）是否运用了适当的修辞手法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）是否生动，具体。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）有没有感情的表达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生介绍其他描写雪的段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、写。整理自己的思路，自拟题目，写成一段话话或一篇文章。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时：我的摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、我的摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结近一段摘录笔记的情况。表扬坚持做摘录笔记的同学。表扬动脑筋作摘录笔记的同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、交流摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）读一读别人的摘录笔记，学习别人的优点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）帮助同学查找笔记中的问题。主要是错别字的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）把检查的结果告诉同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、介绍全诗。《白雪歌送武判官归京》、《雪梅》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、领会两句诗的意思。说说诗人是怎样来写雪的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">深山风雪路</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、课前谈话，交代学习目的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们学习《深山风雪路》这篇文章，这篇文章的学习主要依靠同学的自学，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、默看课文，弄懂生字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默看课文，划记生字或不理解的词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、查字典或找同学老师解决生字词的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、理清脉络，理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示思考题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）课文写了谁，一件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）课文哪些地方最让你感动？你要推荐哪些词语或句段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、带着思考题，再看课文。解决这些问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、看看自己还有什么不明白的地方。请教老师或同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、有感情地读课文。背诵好词好句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结学法，举一反三。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刚才我们自学时经历了哪些步骤。你在哪个步骤花的时间最长？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三、四课时：笔下生花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写学期总结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、看例文，明白什么是学期总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生看例文，说说它和我们平时见过的文章有什么不同。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）内容比较单一；（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）没有对过程的描述；（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）分条列出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、指导总结的写法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、专题总结和综合性总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、突出学期的概念。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想，自己本学期在哪一方面或哪几方面进步最大，确定写的内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分析自己为什么会有进步或做过哪些努力，取得了什么经验，分条列出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、找出在此方面存在哪些不足或今后努力的方向，奋斗目标等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、写总结的格式。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、动笔写总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、交流自己的总结，师生评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、誊写总结。</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">十二单元的主题是风雪，峻青的《瑞雪图》改编自《第一场雪》，编者将原文中雪的好处删去，留下了雪的美景，在品位了雪的美后，直接切入重点，欣赏雪后的美景，通过读&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;品&mdash;&mdash;议&mdash;&mdash;读的方式，让学生在雪后享受了一番，此外课外我还格外布置了收集有关写雪景的美文赏析会，让学生自由收集他们认为最美的雪文，小组读，全班赏的方式，进行了有效的课外拓展。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>工会</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第十二单元</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">风雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本单元以</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">风雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">为题，包括两篇主题课文和两篇自读课文。《瑞雪图》用优美、生动的语言为我们勾画了胶东半岛的第一场雪，雪前、雪中和雪后的美景，表达了作者对这场预兆丰年大雪的喜悦之情。《下雪的早晨》写作者在雪后宁静的早晨，想起了夏天树林里的小孩天真、活泼，抒发了作者喜悦和期盼之情。《深山风雪路》记叙了邮递员在冬天的风雪里，仍在古长城旁的荒凉险峻的山间邮路上，为人民送书报信件的事迹，赞扬了老吕二十五年如一日，为邮递事业任劳任怨、不计个人得失的无私奉献精神。两篇主体课文和一篇阅读课文和谐的唱出了一曲雪瑞人美的颂歌。说明文《雪》，对雪的形状、重量，雪的形成及雪对农业生产的作用等，做了较详细的介绍。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、本单元语文天地中的摘录笔记和错别字检阅，主要是复习以前的内容并进行归纳总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">介绍了两句与雪有关的古诗，主要是由今而古，领略雪的意味。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、口语交际中安排了说雪或想象中雪景的内容，旨在启发学生把平时所见、所想与本单元所学结合起来，培养口头表达能力。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、笔下生花安排了写学期总结，既是对总结这种形式的学习，又是学生对自己语文学习的总结，可与金钥匙的内容结合起来。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生在三年级的语文学习中通过摘抄好词佳句积累了一定的词语，口语表达能力有所提高。部分学生与老师的交流较多，口语表达、情感表达较好，还有部分学生却不善于表达自己的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认识</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">13</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字，学写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">14</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个生字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习一些朗读技巧，做到有感情的朗读（朗诵）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、领略大自然的美好及给人们带来的幸福生活。感受诗的意境，学习联想与想象。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习整理资料。学习写个人总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">让学生自己品味，培养学生多读自悟，品词赏句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学会生字。记准读音，分清字形，了解意思。能够正确、工整、美观的进行书写。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过课文的学习使学生掌握有条理、有顺序的进行观察、描写的方法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先让学生自读课文、自学生字，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">以读代讲，感悟文章内涵</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《瑞雪图》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、引入课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、大家喜欢下雪吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、讲述：四十几年前，在我国的胶东半岛上，下过一场大雪。当时，正是自然灾害严重，农业欠收的时候，这时候下一场雪是多么的及时啊！著名作家峻青怀着异常高兴的心情写了一篇文章《瑞雪图》，今天我们一起来学习。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、整体感知，学习字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）、学习字词</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读，生边听边划记生字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、认读生字，相机释义。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">胶东半岛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">骤然</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">彤云密布</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">簌簌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">万籁俱寂</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">眺望</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">粉妆玉砌</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">投掷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、给生字扩词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、比较形近字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">端；眺</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">挑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">逃</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">桃；掷</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">郑</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，推荐好词语，提出不理解的词语，师生答疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）、整体感知课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生默读课文，说说课文写了什么内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、生有感情的自课文，对照金钥匙思考课文是按什么顺序记叙的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名分自然段读课文，思考课文可以分为几个部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师总结：课文按照事情发展的顺序可以分为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">部分，一、下雪前；二、下雪时；三、下雪后；四、点题，赞扬雪景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、再读课文，要求准确流畅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、点名读，师生评议。主要侧重字音准确，是否流畅等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、旧知导入。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">课文是按什么顺序记叙的，可以分为几个部分？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、学习课文，理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）、学习课文第一部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名读课文，思考：下雪前，天气有什么变化？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文，说说这一段主要写了什么？能不能用一个词语来概括这一段的主要内容？（板书：骤然变冷）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）、学习课文第二部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文，思考：这是一场怎样的雪？从哪些词语可以看出来？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、默读课文，找出这一段的的象声词，说说它们模拟了怎样的声音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自渎课文，想想这一段怎样才能读得更好。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开始的时候，还伴着一阵小雨。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得轻、快。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大片大片</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">彤云密布</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得厚重。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">夜里</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读得轻，脆。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读。生揣摩，再读。给本段课文加上小标题。（板书：雪大夜静）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（三）、学习课文第三部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师范读课文，生思考</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">105</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">页填空题：雪后的景色，先写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">），再写人；先写色彩，再写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）；先写静，再写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）；先写（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">），再写近处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课文，找到写</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">景物、人物</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">色彩、声音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">静景、动景</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的句子，读给老师和同学听。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读下面</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">组句子，说说哪句更好一些，为什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些落光了叶子的树木上，挂满了毛茸茸亮晶晶的银条儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些落光了叶子的树木上，挂满了银条儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些冬夏常青的松树和柏树上，挂满了蓬松松沉甸甸的雪球儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">那些冬夏常青的松树和柏树上，挂满了雪球儿。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导朗读。试一试，怎样才能读好这一自然段。强调读好</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">嗬</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">蓬松松沉甸甸</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">毛茸茸亮晶晶</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">等词语。比较枯枝被积雪压段的</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">声与人踩在雪地上发出</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">咯吱咯吱</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">声的不同读法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：通过语速语调的轻、重、缓、急表现人们雪后的愉悦心情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、根据老师的指导，有感情的读课文。说说这一部分用一个什么样的标题合适。（板书：景美人欢）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（四）、学习课文第四部分。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文。说说作者向我们描写了哪些</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">图画</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生补充</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">瑞雪兆丰年</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的理由。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、总结全文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说你学了这篇课文有什么收获？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你还有什么疑问？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、布置作业：根据自己的理解，画一幅《瑞雪丰年图》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时：开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、谈话引入。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学习了《瑞雪图》以后，大家对雪有了不同的感受，今天，我们来学习一篇介绍雪的知识的文章</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读课文，找找有关</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的信息。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、自读课文，提出不理解的生字词，师生释疑。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小组学习课文，收集信息。把学生分成</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">个小组，每个小组学习课文的一部分。学习完了，要求把收集到的关于雪的知识汇报给老师和同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分小组汇报。其他成员相机补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、体会古诗、谚语的妙处。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、找一找，文中有哪些古诗和谚语，说说它们有什么用。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、我所知道的有关雪的古诗和谚语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《下雪的早晨》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、了解作者。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生汇报收集到的资料，教师做适当补充。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、教师范读。学生注意正字音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生自由读。要求：流畅。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名分小节读。师生评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、品诗，再读诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习第一小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读第一小节。说说诗人在第一小节写了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）我们应该怎样来读第一小节？（轻、美）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）试着背诵第一小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学习第二、三小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）老师读第二、三小节。同学们思考：这两小节写了什么？它发生在什么季节？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）人们经常在冬天想着夏天，在夏天想着冬天，你有过类似的经历吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）这是一个什么样的小男孩？你觉得他会是谁？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）指名读第二、三小节。说说作者在诗中透出一种什么样的感情，我们应该怎样来读这两小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）自己再读这两小节。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）同桌互读，互评。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）全班齐读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、背诵全诗。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二、三课时：畅所欲言</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说说你见过的雪或想象的雪。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、看。出示挂图或课件，指导学生观察。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、留心观察雪花的形状、大小、颜色，体会雪花的外形特点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、确定观察的顺序，注意屋顶上、树上、马路上、旷野中下雪后的不同情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、议。小组内议论，体会留给自己印象最深的情景。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、在组内展示自己收集的资料或图片，大家说一说。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组内交流自己的观察所得，并进行补充或合理的想象。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、说。全班汇报。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、一组派代表汇报</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">,</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">大家从以下几方面评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）说的顺序。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）是否运用了适当的修辞手法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）是否生动，具体。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）有没有感情的表达。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、师生介绍其他描写雪的段落。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、写。整理自己的思路，自拟题目，写成一段话话或一篇文章。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">《语文天地》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时：我的摘录笔记</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读一读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、我的摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结近一段摘录笔记的情况。表扬坚持做摘录笔记的同学。表扬动脑筋作摘录笔记的同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、交流摘录笔记。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）读一读别人的摘录笔记，学习别人的优点。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）帮助同学查找笔记中的问题。主要是错别字的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）把检查的结果告诉同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、读一读。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、介绍全诗。《白雪歌送武判官归京》、《雪梅》。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、领会两句诗的意思。说说诗人是怎样来写雪的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抄写诗句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">深山风雪路</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、课前谈话，交代学习目的。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">今天，我们学习《深山风雪路》这篇文章，这篇文章的学习主要依靠同学的自学，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、默看课文，弄懂生字词。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生默看课文，划记生字或不理解的词语。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、查字典或找同学老师解决生字词的问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、理清脉络，理解课文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、出示思考题：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）课文写了谁，一件什么事？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）课文哪些地方最让你感动？你要推荐哪些词语或句段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、带着思考题，再看课文。解决这些问题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、看看自己还有什么不明白的地方。请教老师或同学。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、有感情地读课文。背诵好词好句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、总结学法，举一反三。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">刚才我们自学时经历了哪些步骤。你在哪个步骤花的时间最长？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三、四课时：笔下生花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">写学期总结</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、看例文，明白什么是学期总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、学生看例文，说说它和我们平时见过的文章有什么不同。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、总结：（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）内容比较单一；（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）没有对过程的描述；（</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）分条列出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、指导总结的写法。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、专题总结和综合性总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、突出学期的概念。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、想一想，自己本学期在哪一方面或哪几方面进步最大，确定写的内容。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、分析自己为什么会有进步或做过哪些努力，取得了什么经验，分条列出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、找出在此方面存在哪些不足或今后努力的方向，奋斗目标等。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、写总结的格式。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、动笔写总结。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、交流自己的总结，师生评议。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、誊写总结。</span></div>
<div><span style="color: red">十二单元的主题是风雪，峻青的《瑞雪图》改编自《第一场雪》，编者将原文中雪的好处删去，留下了雪的美景，在品位了雪的美后，直接切入重点，欣赏雪后的美景，通过读&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;品&mdash;&mdash;议&mdash;&mdash;读的方式，让学生在雪后享受了一番，此外课外我还格外布置了收集有关写雪景的美文赏析会，让学生自由收集他们认为最美的雪文，小组读，全班赏的方式，进行了有效的课外拓展。</span></div>
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>班主任工作计划</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第七单元：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这是一个开放的单元。地名是各个历史时代人类的产物。它记录了人类探索自然的历程，记录了战争、疾病、浩劫与磨难，记录了民族的变迁与融合，记录了环境的变化，有着丰富的历史、地理、语言、经济、民族、社会等科学内涵，是一种特殊的文化现象，是人类历史的活化石。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地名命名的类型：根据自然景观（方位、距离、地理、形态、特征、物产和其他特征）命名、根据人文历史（居民、族姓、史迹、事件、人物传说、寓托思想情感）命名、其他多种形式命名。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生们对道路名称比较熟悉，但对于祖国的地理知识比较匮乏，课外书读得不多。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本组课文的学习，对学生进行热爱家乡、热爱祖国的教育。通过读地图、调查访问、收集资料、游艺活动等，使学生透过地名，了解历史文化知识，学会整理资料、提取信息、撰写调查报告，体会其中的文化。在收集、介绍地名的过程中，用自己获得的识字方法自觉识字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">掌握更多的有关地名的知识，学会整理信息，激发热爱家乡、热爱祖国的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">由学生先查找资料，以备上课使用。课堂上通过互相交流，拓宽知识面，提高学习兴趣。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在我们学校和家庭的周围，有许多有趣别致的地方，它们有的折射出当地的风土人情的影子，有的记载了岁月更迭的变化，有的对应着祖国的锦绣山河</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">许多地名都蕴含着丰富的历史文化知识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示：丁丁家乡的地图</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、观察你发现了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、出示；青岛地图</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组讨论：你发现青岛的地名有什么特点？你了解这些地名的文化人文内涵吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、交流：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如：中山路</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">鲁迅公园</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这是人的名字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">香港路</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">哈尔滨路</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">北京路</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">上海路等，这些是城市的名字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">八达峡</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">团岛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小鱼山等这是地理的名称</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &hellip;&hellip;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、日积月累</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们在课余时间收集了不少全国及世界各地的地名，现在我们将这些地名进行分类：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">含有方位词的：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">表示颜色的词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">含有和水有关的词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">含有地方特产名称：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人名：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">姓氏：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你还知道特别命名的城市的名字和外国城市的名字吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你在收集、介绍城市名字的过程中，遇到不认识的字你怎样解决的呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">预习初显身手</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过上节课的学习，我们发现地名里的学问可真不少！今天我们就一起来开一个地名游艺会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">按照自己的兴趣小组合作编排游戏，并设计好游戏的规则</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师要参与到学生中，可以设计以下的形式：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、猜城市名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">金银铜铁</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">倾盆大雨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四季温暖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">风平浪静</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">双喜临门</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">飞流直下三千尺</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">天无三日晴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">水边人家</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">两个胖子睡一头</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">戈壁滩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、找一找诗中的地名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">胜日寻芳泗水滨，无边光景一时新。泗水：河名，在山东省。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">故人西辞黄鹤楼，烟花三月下扬州。黄鹤楼：今在江苏扬州市城西。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">天门中断楚江开，碧水东流至此回。天门：在安徽。楚江：在安徽。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朝辞白帝彩云间，千里江陵一日还。白帝：今四川。江陵：今湖北。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抢答，说地名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说出三条以城市命名的路名。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说出三个用少数民族语命名的城市。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说出带</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">阳</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">字的三个城市名。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说出带</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">海</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">字的三个城市名。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、填成语，组地名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">至高无</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">底捞月</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人定胜</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">落石出</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语重心</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">暖花开</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">金石为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">官许愿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">难能可</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">春白雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人才济</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">征北战</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五湖四</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">诛笔伐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">声东击</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如泰山</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说东道</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">死不屈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一步登</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">津有味</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、查找资料，介绍一个地名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、将地名串成相声或描述生活经历的文章</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生进行游戏活动。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">预习开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、揭示课题，简介趵突泉和作者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、板书课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">趵突</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是跳跃突起的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、投影（观察）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">使学生对趵突泉有个整体的初步的了解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们看，这就是历史悠久、闻名于世的山东济南的趵突泉。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">简介趵突泉。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、自由朗读，思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读了课文，你们觉得趵突泉怎样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、学习课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读本段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">名胜</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词在这里怎样理解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、现在单讲趵突泉是什么意思？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这一段在文中起什么作用？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）课文从哪几方面描写趵突泉的？请同学们默读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2.3.4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段。（趵突泉的溪水、大泉的样子，小泉的样子）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影片，图文对照的进行描述。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、什么样的水叫活水？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、作者在什么地方？看到怎样的一溪活水？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">清浅</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">鲜活</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是什么意思？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作者抓住泉水活，清浅，鲜活这三个特点，写出趵突泉的水很美，这段的最后一句话写什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名朗读本段，这一段哪一句是中心句？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、下面写什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先讲什么？再讲什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读出写泉池的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读出写泉水的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作者抓住泉水的什么特点来写的？划出有关的词语</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、作者是怎样写自己的感受和联想的？请用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;~~~~&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">划出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读倒数第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话什么意思？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读这段最后一句。冬天的泉更美，表现在哪里？谁能说说自己最欣赏的词语是哪些？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话这样写好在哪里？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名朗读本段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">池边还有数不清的小泉眼。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这是一句什么句式？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这一自然段描写了几种形态的小泉？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">种小泉的特点是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课文从哪几方面描写小泉眼的美丽有趣？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、作者是怎样描写小泉的不同形态的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、结合课文解释</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">摇曳和五光十色</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">摇曳</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">换个词说可用哪个词？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五光十色是什么意思？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导朗读，提醒学生注意描写小泉动态美的词语。读完后，再对照投影图片找出描写小泉特点的句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七、略读《秦皇岛的来历》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由读，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）用自己的方法解决不认识的字的读音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）这篇文章主要讲了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读，检查学生的读音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从这篇文章中你得到哪些信息？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">预习笔下生花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四、五课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、回忆本单元有关地名的文章和游艺活动。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、明确本次笔下生花的要求</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、回忆初显身手中</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">查找资料，介绍一个地名将地名串成相声或描述生活经历的文章</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的内容</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、重点指导地名调查报告的写法</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地名调查报告，主要是对地名的历史渊源、变迁等情况进行深入的调查，经过分析综合，客观的写出书面报告。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">调查报告的基本结构：题目、内容来源、报告内容、附件注释等，在报告结尾写明调查人和时间。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">调查报告的语言要简明扼要。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说自己打算写什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">启发学生将调查获取的信息和游艺会上设计的活动内容写下来即可</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、学生构思，一气呵成。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有根有据（真实）；有情有意（有中心）；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有血有肉（内容具体）；有声有色（生动）；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有条有理（结构清楚）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把握住衡量的尺度，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、教给学生三种修改的方法</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自己读、请人提意见和冷处理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">要点：内容与中心是否吻合；是否存在病句；有无错别字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、选择自己喜欢的方法修改作文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">组长要对组员的修改情况作记录：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、充分展示。再差学生也要念，学生习作需要鼓励的，良性刺激和正面鼓励非常重要。在小组内有所记录，每月公布一次，不管长短和质量。笔下生花的意思是：只要写了，就是一朵花。</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：《地名》单元是综合实践单元，在精心备课的基础上，我采用了活动、游戏、竞赛的方式，让学生兴趣昂然地完成了这个单元。本单元的设计以学生自主设计活动为主，在能力锻炼方面也起到了作用，在随后的教学中，我发现学生对这个单元的知识格外感兴趣，因此进行了拓展练习，开展了省会城市、首都、谜语等多种形式的比赛，既丰富了学生知识，又锻炼了能力。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>心得体会</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第七单元：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这是一个开放的单元。地名是各个历史时代人类的产物。它记录了人类探索自然的历程，记录了战争、疾病、浩劫与磨难，记录了民族的变迁与融合，记录了环境的变化，有着丰富的历史、地理、语言、经济、民族、社会等科学内涵，是一种特殊的文化现象，是人类历史的活化石。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地名命名的类型：根据自然景观（方位、距离、地理、形态、特征、物产和其他特征）命名、根据人文历史（居民、族姓、史迹、事件、人物传说、寓托思想情感）命名、其他多种形式命名。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生们对道路名称比较熟悉，但对于祖国的地理知识比较匮乏，课外书读得不多。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本组课文的学习，对学生进行热爱家乡、热爱祖国的教育。通过读地图、调查访问、收集资料、游艺活动等，使学生透过地名，了解历史文化知识，学会整理资料、提取信息、撰写调查报告，体会其中的文化。在收集、介绍地名的过程中，用自己获得的识字方法自觉识字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">掌握更多的有关地名的知识，学会整理信息，激发热爱家乡、热爱祖国的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学策略</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">由学生先查找资料，以备上课使用。课堂上通过互相交流，拓宽知识面，提高学习兴趣。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学过程</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第一课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">在我们学校和家庭的周围，有许多有趣别致的地方，它们有的折射出当地的风土人情的影子，有的记载了岁月更迭的变化，有的对应着祖国的锦绣山河</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&hellip;&hellip;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">许多地名都蕴含着丰富的历史文化知识。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示：丁丁家乡的地图</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、观察你发现了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、出示；青岛地图</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、小组讨论：你发现青岛的地名有什么特点？你了解这些地名的文化人文内涵吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、交流：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如：中山路</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">鲁迅公园</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这是人的名字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">香港路</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">哈尔滨路</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">北京路</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">上海路等，这些是城市的名字</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">八达峡</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">团岛</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">小鱼山等这是地理的名称</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &hellip;&hellip;<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、日积月累</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们在课余时间收集了不少全国及世界各地的地名，现在我们将这些地名进行分类：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">含有方位词的：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">表示颜色的词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">含有和水有关的词：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">含有地方特产名称：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人名：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">姓氏：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你还知道特别命名的城市的名字和外国城市的名字吗？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、你在收集、介绍城市名字的过程中，遇到不认识的字你怎样解决的呢？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">预习初显身手</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第二课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">导入：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过上节课的学习，我们发现地名里的学问可真不少！今天我们就一起来开一个地名游艺会。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">按照自己的兴趣小组合作编排游戏，并设计好游戏的规则</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教师要参与到学生中，可以设计以下的形式：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、猜城市名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">金银铜铁</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">倾盆大雨</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四季温暖</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">风平浪静</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">双喜临门</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">飞流直下三千尺</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">天无三日晴</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">水边人家</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">两个胖子睡一头</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">戈壁滩</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、找一找诗中的地名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">胜日寻芳泗水滨，无边光景一时新。泗水：河名，在山东省。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">故人西辞黄鹤楼，烟花三月下扬州。黄鹤楼：今在江苏扬州市城西。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">天门中断楚江开，碧水东流至此回。天门：在安徽。楚江：在安徽。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">朝辞白帝彩云间，千里江陵一日还。白帝：今四川。江陵：今湖北。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、抢答，说地名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说出三条以城市命名的路名。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说出三个用少数民族语命名的城市。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说出带</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">阳</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">字的三个城市名。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说出带</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">海</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">字的三个城市名。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、填成语，组地名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">至高无</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">底捞月</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人定胜</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">落石出</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">语重心</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">暖花开</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">金石为</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">官许愿</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">难能可</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">春白雪</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">人才济</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">征北战</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五湖四</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">诛笔伐</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">声东击</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">如泰山</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">说东道</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">死不屈</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一步登</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">____ ____</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">津有味</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、查找资料，介绍一个地名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、将地名串成相声或描述生活经历的文章</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生进行游戏活动。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">预习开卷有益</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第三课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、揭示课题，简介趵突泉和作者</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、板书课题。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">趵突</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是跳跃突起的意思。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、投影（观察）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">使学生对趵突泉有个整体的初步的了解。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、同学们看，这就是历史悠久、闻名于世的山东济南的趵突泉。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">简介趵突泉。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、自由朗读，思考：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">读了课文，你们觉得趵突泉怎样？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、学习课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（一）第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读本段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">名胜</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一词在这里怎样理解？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、现在单讲趵突泉是什么意思？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这一段在文中起什么作用？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">（二）课文从哪几方面描写趵突泉的？请同学们默读</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2.3.4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段。（趵突泉的溪水、大泉的样子，小泉的样子）</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">出示投影片，图文对照的进行描述。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、什么样的水叫活水？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、作者在什么地方？看到怎样的一溪活水？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">清浅</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">鲜活</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">是什么意思？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作者抓住泉水活，清浅，鲜活这三个特点，写出趵突泉的水很美，这段的最后一句话写什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名朗读本段，这一段哪一句是中心句？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、下面写什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">先讲什么？再讲什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读出写泉池的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、读出写泉水的句子。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">作者抓住泉水的什么特点来写的？划出有关的词语</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、作者是怎样写自己的感受和联想的？请用</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;~~~~&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">划出。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读倒数第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">句。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话什么意思？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、齐读这段最后一句。冬天的泉更美，表现在哪里？谁能说说自己最欣赏的词语是哪些？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这句话这样写好在哪里？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">讲读第</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自然段</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指名朗读本段。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">池边还有数不清的小泉眼。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这是一句什么句式？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、这一自然段描写了几种形态的小泉？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">种小泉的特点是什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 4</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、课文从哪几方面描写小泉眼的美丽有趣？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、作者是怎样描写小泉的不同形态的？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"> <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 6</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、结合课文解释</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">摇曳和五光十色</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">摇曳</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">换个词说可用哪个词？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五光十色是什么意思？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 7</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、指导朗读，提醒学生注意描写小泉动态美的词语。读完后，再对照投影图片找出描写小泉特点的句子</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 8</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、朗读课文</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">七、略读《秦皇岛的来历》</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自由读，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）用自己的方法解决不认识的字的读音。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">）这篇文章主要讲了什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">指名读，检查学生的读音</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">从这篇文章中你得到哪些信息？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">布置作业</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">预习笔下生花</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">第四、五课时</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">一、回忆本单元有关地名的文章和游艺活动。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">二、明确本次笔下生花的要求</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、回忆初显身手中</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">查找资料，介绍一个地名将地名串成相声或描述生活经历的文章</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&rdquo;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">的内容</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 2</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、重点指导地名调查报告的写法</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地名调查报告，主要是对地名的历史渊源、变迁等情况进行深入的调查，经过分析综合，客观的写出书面报告。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">调查报告的基本结构：题目、内容来源、报告内容、附件注释等，在报告结尾写明调查人和时间。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">调查报告的语言要简明扼要。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">、说说自己打算写什么？</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">启发学生将调查获取的信息和游艺会上设计的活动内容写下来即可</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">三、学生构思，一气呵成。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有根有据（真实）；有情有意（有中心）；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有血有肉（内容具体）；有声有色（生动）；</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">有条有理（结构清楚）。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">把握住衡量的尺度，</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">四、教给学生三种修改的方法</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">&mdash;&mdash;</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">自己读、请人提意见和冷处理。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">要点：内容与中心是否吻合；是否存在病句；有无错别字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">五、选择自己喜欢的方法修改作文。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">组长要对组员的修改情况作记录：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">六、充分展示。再差学生也要念，学生习作需要鼓励的，良性刺激和正面鼓励非常重要。在小组内有所记录，每月公布一次，不管长短和质量。笔下生花的意思是：只要写了，就是一朵花。</span></div>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt; color: red">教学反思：《地名》单元是综合实践单元，在精心备课的基础上，我采用了活动、游戏、竞赛的方式，让学生兴趣昂然地完成了这个单元。本单元的设计以学生自主设计活动为主，在能力锻炼方面也起到了作用，在随后的教学中，我发现学生对这个单元的知识格外感兴趣，因此进行了拓展练习，开展了省会城市、首都、谜语等多种形式的比赛，既丰富了学生知识，又锻炼了能力。</span></div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>]]></description><pubdate>2008-10-24 0:18:13</pubdate><category>复习计划和教案</category><author>孙媛媛</author><guid>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</guid></item><item><title>小学语文第七册教案</title><link>http://blog.cdjnjy.com/_u/sunyy/htm/20507.html</link><description><![CDATA[<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div><span style="font-size: 9pt">第七单元：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地名</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教材分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">这是一个开放的单元。地名是各个历史时代人类的产物。它记录了人类探索自然的历程，记录了战争、疾病、浩劫与磨难，记录了民族的变迁与融合，记录了环境的变化，有着丰富的历史、地理、语言、经济、民族、社会等科学内涵，是一种特殊的文化现象，是人类历史的活化石。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">地名命名的类型：根据自然景观（方位、距离、地理、形态、特征、物产和其他特征）命名、根据人文历史（居民、族姓、史迹、事件、人物传说、寓托思想情感）命名、其他多种形式命名。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学情分析</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">学生们对道路名称比较熟悉，但对于祖国的地理知识比较匮乏，课外书读得不多。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">教学目标：</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">通过本组课文的学习，对学生进行热爱家乡、热爱祖国的教育。通过读地图、调查访问、收集资料、游艺活动等，使学生透过地名，了解历史文化知识，学会整理资料、提取信息、撰写调查报告，体会其中的文化。在收集、介绍地名的过程中，用自己获得的识字方法自觉识字。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">重点难点</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size: 9pt">掌握更多的有关地名的知识，学会整理信息，激发热爱家乡、热爱祖国的感情。</span><span style="font-size: 9pt"><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp; <br />
&nb
